Guest User

haha

a guest
Oct 13th, 2016
60
0
Never
Not a member of Pastebin yet? Sign Up, it unlocks many cool features!
text 429.44 KB | None | 0 0
  1. DAILY QUIZ UPDATE
  2.  
  3. NO QUESTION ANSWER
  4. 1 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement is true?
  5. Command SORT can be used to sort columns in ascending or descending order in a dataset.
  6.  
  7. 2 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  8. While creating the data set in 3.2 option, if I don’t give the dataset name in " " then the first qualifier will get added and the data set name will be as <USERID>.<USERID>.PS
  9. TRUE
  10. 3 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a function of TSO subsystem?
  11. Online Job Functions
  12.  
  13. 4 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Command used to search a string between 1 to 30 columns
  14. F 'string' 1,30
  15.  
  16. 5 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  17. It is possible to send a message to the mainframe user who has not logged on currently by using TSO command
  18. TRUE
  19.  
  20. 6 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. There is a command similar to Wordwrap (as in Notepad or MS WORD) in mainframe.
  21. TRUE
  22.  
  23. 7 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What command should be used for auto saving the data?
  24. AUTOSAVE ON
  25.  
  26. 8 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum record length of a dataset that can be edited using ISPF Edit panel?
  27. 255
  28.  
  29. 9 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which TSO line command is used to change the color of the mainframes screen?
  30. COLOR
  31.  
  32. 10 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the folowing is used to purge a job?
  33. P as the line command for the required job
  34.  
  35. 11 How do you display member list? Use M as the line command
  36.  
  37. 12 Point and Shoot field is a feature by which one can place a cursor at it and press ENTER to perform the action. TRUE
  38. 13 If the command line position needs to be changed, which option should be used in the Primary Option Menu in ISPF? 1 or 11
  39. 14 In a dataset having 15 records, which TSO command will help in reaching line no 5 directly? LOCATE 5
  40.  
  41. 15 It is possible to send a message to the mainframe user who has not logged on currently by using TSO command TRUE
  42. 16 Which of the following can be changed using Option 0 of ISPF/PDF primary option menu(ISPF PARMS)? Terminal type
  43. 17 What will happen in the backend when we do compress the data sets by using Z line command? The data set will be compressed to discard all old versions of data set members, to keep only the most recent version of all data set members - 1.0
  44. 18 What is the expansion of TSO/ISPF
  45. Time Sharing Option Interactive System Productivity Facility
  46. 19 What is the TSO block line Command to get convert all the uppercase alphabetic characters to lowercase
  47. Issue the block line command LCC
  48. 20 What is the command to display the current setting of the PF keys? PFSHOW
  49. (While working KEYS command worked)
  50. 21 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following option needs to be specified when a new dataset is allocated using 3.2 TSO/ISPF option? AVERAGE RECORD UNIT
  51. 22 For a dataset with 10,000
  52. lines, How to cut the first 10 lines and last 10 lines and
  53. paste into another dataset?
  54. First cut 10 lines, then issue CUT APPEND 2. Cut last 10 lines, then issue CUT APPEND 3. Issue PASTE
  55. 23 After exiting from the Primary Option Menu screen of the ISPF/PDF interface,the user sees the TSO “READY” prompt.
  56. Which is the most efficient way to restart the ISPF/PDF interface? The user executes the command “ISPF” or the command “PDF”.
  57. 24 How do you position a member name "TABLES" when the PDS "NH.CU.SA7INT.SOURCE" is opened in EDIT mode?
  58. Using LOCATE TABLES
  59.  
  60. 25 What is the command to see someone else’s jobs in spool?
  61. By issuing PRE * enter and then issue OWNER <ownerid>
  62.  
  63. 26
  64. Can we execute TSO commands in batch ?
  65. TRUE
  66. 27 How to compare one field position in input file against the field position in the output file.
  67. Go to Option 3.13 Issue COMPCOLN & COMPCOLO for Input & Output field positions
  68.  
  69. 28 SuperC supports tape data sets.State True or False
  70. FALSE
  71. 29 Which command can be used to set the NUMBER mode on as well as renumber the sequence numbers in a datset ?
  72. RENUM
  73.  
  74. 30 How can I get the column boundary definition line?
  75. Issue BOUNDS
  76.  
  77. 31 Which of the following command that repeats the FIND to search next occurrence in a dataset?
  78. RFIND
  79.  
  80. 32 FIND command is used to search string in a dataset. State True or False.
  81. TRUE
  82.  
  83. 33 REN is used to renumber the data starting at 100 and incrementing by 100
  84. TRUE
  85. 34 Name the TSO command used to identify the TSO Region ( Development,
  86. Production, or other TSO regions) are currently logged in ? Issue SAREA in the command line
  87. 35 What is the command to rename an entire dataset?
  88. Type R against the dataset name and provide the new name
  89. 36 What command is issued on the command line of a dataset to show the language sensitive colours? HILITE
  90. 37 Which block command is used to delete the set of codes? DD
  91. 38 It is possible to cut more than one set of code snippet into clipboard TRUE
  92. 39 FINDALL is used only for search process statement and not for Compare process statement. State True or False. TRUE
  93. 40 What will "CHANGE ALL a b" do? It will change all the occurrences of a to b
  94. 41 How to Copy a SPOOL data(Job output) into my personal PDS ?
  95. XDC
  96.  
  97. 42 Which command is used to restore the data set which get migrated?
  98. give HRECALL against the data set name
  99.  
  100. 43 Which of the following cannot be processed by the SuperC program?
  101. Two VSAM ESDS datasets
  102.  
  103. 44 What command is used to show the column numbers?
  104. COLS
  105. 45 In SuperC there is no limit on the size of files that can be processed in terms of lines, words or bytes. State True or False.
  106. TRUE
  107. 46 How to delete non-exculded records through one line command?
  108. DEL NX ALL
  109.  
  110. 47 How to set the undo option for editing?
  111. use RECOVERY ON
  112.  
  113. 48 Which command is used to search members with middle name conatins 'DEL' word in a PDS?
  114. Issue M /(*DEL*) against the PDS name.
  115.  
  116. 49
  117. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of TSO/ISPF
  118. Time Sharing Option Interactive System Productivity Facility
  119.  
  120. 50 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Function Key F12 divides the screen into two logical screens separated by a horizontal line. State True or False.
  121. False
  122. 51 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command used to open a new screen in the mainframe?
  123. START <TSO option>
  124.  
  125. 52 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO command to convert Lower case to upper case in a dataset ?
  126. UC
  127.  
  128. 53
  129.  
  130. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to switch between ISPF screens?
  131. Swap
  132. 54 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following provides a variety of facilities that are useful for program development work?
  133. PDF
  134.  
  135. 55 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be the SCROLL on the right side of the panel set to so that cursor advances by one page when PF7 or PF8 are used?
  136. PAGE
  137.  
  138. 56
  139.  
  140. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to display the current setting of the PF keys?
  141. PFSHOW
  142.  
  143. 57
  144.  
  145. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are aliases for the COLUMNS command in ISPF Edit panel?
  146. COLS
  147. COL
  148.  
  149. 58
  150.  
  151. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What command is used to get rid of the 4 to 5 message lines displayed at the beginning of the file in ISPF edit?
  152. RES
  153. 59 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many screens can be opened in ISPF panel at the max in direct screen without split?
  154. 8
  155. 60
  156.  
  157. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to identify which user is currently using the member , when we get "member in use" message ?
  158. Press F1 key twice againt the member
  159.  
  160. 61
  161.  
  162. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following space parameter needs to be specified during the allocation of a partitioned dataset?
  163. PRIMARY QUANTITY
  164.  
  165. 62 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the coding standards for JCL?
  166. All of the listed options
  167.  
  168. 63
  169.  
  170. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For the below IEBCOPY utility, dataset mentioned in IN6 DD contains 'A' to 'Z' PDS members.
  171. What parameter needs to be used to copy all the members except B,R,Z members into OUT1 dataset?
  172.  
  173. //COPY JOB ...
  174. //JOBSTEP EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY
  175. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A
  176. //OUT1 DD DSNAME=DATASET1,UNIT=disk,VOL=SER=111112,
  177. // DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
  178. //IN6 DD DSNAME=DATASET6,UNIT=disk,VOL=SER=111115,
  179. // DISP=OLD
  180. //SYSUT3 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1))
  181. //SYSUT4 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1))
  182. //SYSIN DD *
  183. COPYOPER COPY OUTDD=OUT1
  184. INDD=IN6
  185. /* EXCLUDE MEMBER=(B,R,Z)
  186.  
  187. 64 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The keyword used in SORT to overwrite the input record content
  188. OVERLAY
  189.  
  190. 65 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below JCL and choose the output after the execution.
  191.  
  192. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  193. //CREATEPS DD SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),
  194. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=800)
  195. Temporary dataset will be created and deleted
  196.  
  197. 66 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  198. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  199. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),EVEN)
  200.  
  201. Whether STEP03 will execute ?
  202. T
  203.  
  204. 67 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What would be the correct Sysin card to copy the records into a key sequential dataset using IDCAMS utility?
  205. //REPRO1 JOB ... //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //INDSET1 DD DSNAME=ISAMDSET,DISP=OLD, // DCB=(DSORG=IS,BUFNO=6) //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * REPRO - INFILE(INDSET1) - OUTDATASET(D40.EXAMPLE.KSDS1) /*
  206.  
  207. 68
  208.  
  209. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DFSORT command is used to write the deleted records in a data set defined?
  210. XSUM
  211.  
  212. 69 carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following SORT parameter is used to compare two files?
  213. Joinkeys
  214. 70 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below SORT Jcl and choose the correct purpose of it.
  215. //SYSIN DD *
  216. SORT FIELDS=COPY,STOPAFT=100
  217. OUTREC FIELDS=(1:8,3,10:60,8,69:X)
  218. /*
  219. //
  220. The sorted output file will be copied first 100 records from input file and SPACES at 69th position.
  221.  
  222. 71 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The IBM utility used extensively to manage VSAM datasets
  223. IDCAMS
  224.  
  225. 72 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid GDG creation?
  226. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //SYSIN DD * //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* DEFINE GENERATIONDATAGROUP - (NAME(SYS02.MYDATA.BASE) - LIMIT(200) - OWNER(P3SUN00) NOSCRATCH NOEMPTY) //
  227. 73 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the full form of GDG? Generation Data Groups
  228. 74 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False. Consider the below scenario.
  229. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PGM1
  230. //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.FILE1(+1),DISP=(NEW,CATLG),SPACE=(TRK,(100,10))
  231. //STEP2 EXEC PGM=PGM1
  232. //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.FILE1(+0),DISP=(OLD)
  233.  
  234. If a (+1) generation dataset is created in the first step of a job, it can be referenced in later steps of the same Job as (+0).
  235. False
  236. 75 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The GDG "MYID.TEST.LIB" has been created with NOEMPTY SCRATCH as sub parameters and this needs to be changed to EMPTY NOSCRATCH.
  237.  
  238. Which code snippet will do this?
  239. //MYJOB JOB (AS123), 'SHARMI' //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * ALTER MYID.TEST.LIB EMPTY NOSCRATCH /* //
  240. 76 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the condition code COND= (4092, GE, step1) is executed on step2, then for which of the following return codes will step2 get executed 4094
  241. 77 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to ABEND? All of the above
  242. 78 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL:
  243.  
  244. //STEP010 EXEC PGM=CREATGDG
  245. //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=&UTLMSG
  246. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=&UTLMSG
  247. //SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=&DUMP
  248. //*
  249. //I06M430F DD DSN=GDGFILE.GDG(+1),
  250. // DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  251. // UNIT=SYSDA,
  252. // SPACE=(TRK,(15,15),RLSE),
  253. // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=501,BLKSIZE=0)
  254. //**** REPRO *****
  255. //STEP020 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS,COND=(0,NE)
  256. //SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT=D
  257. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
  258. //*
  259. //INDD1 DD DSN=GDGFILE.GDG(?),
  260. // DISP=SHR
  261. //OUTDD1 DD DSN=NEWGDG.FILE(+1),
  262. // DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  263. // UNIT=SYSDA,
  264. // SPACE=(TRK,(15,15),RLSE),
  265. // DCB=(MODELGDG,RECFM=FB,LRECL=501,BLKSIZE=0)
  266.  
  267. How will you do the version referencing for GDGFILE.GDG in STEP020 considering that the need is to copy the created GDG version in STEP010?
  268. No answer was there
  269. In result
  270.  
  271. 79 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many number of generations can be held in a GDG? 255
  272. 80 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which "system abend" will occur when there is a insufficient space in disk? SB37 Abend
  273. 81
  274. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ABEND Code for Time out
  275.  
  276. S322
  277. 82 Consider the below JCL and choose the output after the execution.
  278.  
  279. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  280. //CREATEPS DD SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),
  281. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=800)
  282. Temporary dataset will be created and deleted
  283.  
  284. 83 What is the key word to be used while copying VB file to FB using SORT
  285. VTOF
  286.  
  287. 84 One IDCAMS JCL step comprises a Delete cluster, Define cluster, REPRO. When it is compiled, it returns a RC 8 for delete, RC 0 for Define and RC 4 for REPRO. Which RC will be notified to the User?
  288. 8
  289. 85 What is the offset starting position for Variable-length records in SORT ?
  290. Starting byte + 4
  291.  
  292. 86 The IBM utility that could be used as dummy program
  293. IEFBR14
  294.  
  295. 87 Which DFSORT command is used to specify the number of records to be skipped before sorting or copying begins?
  296. SKIPREC
  297.  
  298. 88 It is possible to add sequence number using SORT
  299. T
  300. 89 what is the maximum number of datasets can be used in SORTIN statement for merge operation ?
  301. 16
  302. 90 //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  303. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  304. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),(0,LE,STEP01),(4,LT))
  305.  
  306. Consider if the STEP01 executes to give return code as 0.
  307.  
  308. Whether the STEP03 will bypass ?
  309. T
  310. 91 Consider a scenario where the below file doesnt exist, what will happen after the execution of the step in JCL ?
  311.  
  312. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  313. //CREATEPS DD DSN=TCHN670.TEMP,DISP=MOD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),
  314. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=800)
  315. TCHN670.TEMP will be created and deleted
  316.  
  317. 92 The IBM utility used extensively to manage VSAM datasets IDCAMS
  318. 93 What is the key word to be used while copying VB file to FB using SORT VTOF
  319. 94 Which of the following SORT parameter is used to compare two files? JOINKEYS
  320. 95 What command to be used to control the sequece number increment in SORT utility INCR
  321. 96 IEBCOPY utility is used to copy a physical sequential dataset. T
  322. 97 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a JOB, having multiple steps, has to execute the final IEFBR14 step regardless of whether the previous steps successfully execute or not, which of the following EXEC statement should be used in the final step?
  323. //LASTSTEP EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  324.  
  325. 98 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the code snippet below: //STEP1 EXEC PGM = IDCAMS
  326. // SYSIN DD *
  327. DEFINE GDG (NAME(MY.GDG.BASE) LIMIT(3) SCRATCH )
  328. /*
  329. Which of the following statements is True?
  330.  
  331. If the GDG 'MY.GDG.BASE' is uncatalogued, then it is deleted physically.
  332.  
  333. 99 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What would be the correct Sysin card to copy the records into a key sequential dataset using IDCAMS utility?
  334. //REPRO1 JOB ... //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //INDSET1 DD DSNAME=ISAMDSET,DISP=OLD, // DCB=(DSORG=IS,BUFNO=6) //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * REPRO - INFILE(INDSET1) - OUTDATASET(D40.EXAMPLE.KSDS1) /*
  335.  
  336. 100 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following example is correct for concatenating datasets?
  337. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=FILE1.TST.DATA, DISP=SHR // DD DSNAME=FILE2.TST.DATA, DISP=SHR
  338.  
  339. 101 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter coded to omit first 1000 records using REPRO command ?
  340. SKIP(1000)
  341. 102 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be coded to copy first 5 records from RRDS file to KSDS file using REPRO command ? FROMNUMBER(1) TONUMBER(5)
  342. 103 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Purpose of DUMP default parameter coded in PRINT command ? It specifies that each byte in the logical record is to be printed in both hexa decimal and character format
  343. 104 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the significane of REUSE parameter in REPRO ?
  344. REUSE option in REPRO deletes records in output file and copy new records from input file. This replace can happen only when output file is defined with REUSE option
  345. 105 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter in IDCAMS ALTER is used to set the dataset read-only? INHIBIT
  346. 106 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement about IDCAMS commands are correct ?
  347. PRINT prints the dataset contents.
  348. 107 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the usage of UPGRADE parameter while defining alternate index ? State TRUE or FALSE. UPGRADE specifies whether an alternate index is updated when there is an update to the base cluster.
  349. 108 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the default parameter in PRINT command ?
  350. DUMP
  351. 109 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The purpose of VERIFY command is to re-sync the end of file info with the catalog info ? T
  352.  
  353. 110 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  354.  
  355. Statement 1: The BLDINDEX command always involves a sorting operation.
  356. Statement 2: Before BLDINDEX command is used, the base cluster must be loaded with data.
  357.  
  358. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  359. Statement 1 and 2 both are true
  360. 111 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option specified to Delete a VSAM non-empty clusters. FORCE
  361. 112 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below VSAM control statements. Choose the correct option.
  362.  
  363. DEFINE CLUSTER(NAME(USERID.VSAM.FILE) -
  364. VOLUME(TCHN01) -
  365. TRACKS(1 1) -
  366. CISZ(4096) -
  367. RECORDSIZE (80,80) -
  368. LINEAR -
  369. )
  370. Record size cannnot be specified.
  371. 113 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is MODEL parameter in Define VSAM cluster ?
  372. MODEL parameter is used to specify an existing cluster from which the attributes used to define the new cluster should be copied
  373. 114 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option specified to Delete the associated entry for the object to be removed from the Volume Table of Contents. SCRATCH
  374. 115 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the use of the PATH command?
  375. The PATH is used to access a record in base cluster by means of an ALTERNATEINDEX
  376. 116 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  377.  
  378. Statement 1: REPRO command can be used in case a VSAM KSDS dataset becomes unusable
  379. Statement 2: EXAMINE command is used to inspect and report structural errors within VSAM datasets
  380.  
  381. Which of the following is applicable for the above?
  382. Statement 1 is false and 2 is true
  383. 117 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. By considering the below code snippet, select the appropriate answer in the perspect of syntax in INFILE & OUTFILE
  384.  
  385. //IDCAMCOP EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  386. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
  387. //FILEINP DD DSN=MYID.INPUT,DISP=SHR
  388. //FILEOUP DD DSN=MYID.TEST.KSDS,DISP=SHR
  389. //SYSIN DD *
  390. REPRO INFILE(MYID.INPUT) OUTFILE(MYID.TEST.KSDS)
  391. /*
  392. Only DD names should be given while using INFILE & OUTFILE
  393. 118 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The VERIFY command can be used on Base Cluster Alternate Index
  394. 119 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  395. Records can be copied from VSAM file to PS file using REPRO command.
  396. True
  397. 120 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  398.  
  399. Statement 1: The BLDINDEX command always involves a sorting operation.
  400. Statement 2: Before BLDINDEX command is used, the base cluster must be loaded with data.
  401.  
  402. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  403. Statement 1 and 2 both are true
  404. 121 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a valid feature of ISPF?
  405. Provides an environment for interactive software project management
  406. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. TSO is a subsystem that runs on the Mainframe operating system like MVS.
  407. State True or False.
  408. True
  409. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following option needs to be specified when a new dataset is allocated using 3.2 TSO/ISPF option?
  410.  
  411. AVERAGE RECORD UNIT
  412. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO command to convert Lower case to upper case in a dataset ?
  413. Uc
  414.  
  415. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are aliases for the COLUMNS command in ISPF Edit panel?
  416.  
  417. COLS
  418. COL
  419. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can you display and edit the CLIP board content after issue of CUT command?
  420. Use CUT DISPLAY
  421. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement is true? Command SORT can be used to sort columns in ascending or descending order in a dataset.
  422. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to switch between ISPF screens?
  423. SWAP
  424. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be changed using Option 0 of ISPF/PDF primary option menu(ISPF PARMS)?
  425.  
  426. Terminal type
  427. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to display the current setting of the PF keys?
  428. PFSHOW
  429. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will identify the hexadecimal characters in a dataset? FIND X'0980312'
  430. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which block command is used to delete the set of codes?
  431. DD
  432. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to rename an entire dataset?
  433. Type R against the dataset name and provide the new name
  434. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is the statement that copies a member of the library into the member being edited?
  435. COPY member {AFTER } lptr [linenum-range] {BEFORE}
  436. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Name the TSO command used to identify the TSO Region ( Development,
  437. Production, or other TSO regions) are currently logged in ?
  438. Issue SAREA in the command line
  439.  
  440. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The command/option to find the last 10 datasets that I have accessed ?
  441. Option REFLIST in menu bar
  442.  
  443. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to keep the command in the command line without doing re-type the same command after its execution? Issue command in the command line along with prefix of '&'
  444. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following cannot be processed by the SuperC program?
  445. Two VSAM ESDS datasets
  446. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Name the command used to do a wordwrap of 80 characters per line in Mainframe ?
  447. Issue TF80 command in the line where to do a wordwrap
  448. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the text handling command which allows a text line to be split at the cursor to allow insertion ?
  449. TS
  450. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following IBM utility is used to copy a sequential dataset?
  451. IEBEDIT
  452. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the maximum number of datasets can be used in SORTIN statement for merge operation ?
  453. 16
  454. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  455. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  456. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),ONLY)
  457.  
  458. Which are all the steps will get bypassed ?
  459. STEP02 and STEP03
  460.  
  461. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider a scenario where the below file doesnt exist, what will happen after the execution of the step in JCL ?
  462.  
  463. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  464. //CREATEPS DD DSN=TCHN670.TEMP,DISP=MOD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),
  465. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=800)
  466. TCHN670.TEMP will be created and deleted.
  467. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  468. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  469. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),EVEN)
  470.  
  471. Whether STEP03 will execute ?
  472. T
  473. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  474. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  475. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,NE),(0,LT))
  476.  
  477. Which STEPS will get executed ?
  478. STEP01 and STEP03
  479. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the coding standards for JCL? All of the listed options
  480. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a JCL , a GDG version is created as follows.
  481. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT
  482. ….
  483. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE(+1),DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE)
  484. How will it be referred as input in the next step of the same JCL?
  485. TEST.OUTFILE(+1)
  486. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sate True or False.
  487. IEBCOPY utility is used to copy a physical sequential dataset.
  488. T
  489. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below sort card and choose the correct option.
  490.  
  491. SORT FIELDS=(1,3,ZD,A)
  492. SUM FIELDS=(1,3,ZD)
  493. Cannot Sum sort keys.
  494. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to concatenate datasets having different Block size ?
  495. T
  496. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the prefix character for symbolic parameter
  497. &
  498. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sample Code
  499. //A PROC
  500. //AS1 EXEC PGM=A124
  501. //AIN DD DSN=SAMPLE.DATA,DISP=SHR
  502. //AOUT DD DSN=TEST.SAMPLE,UNIT=SYSDA,
  503. // SPACE=(CYL,(5,1)),DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  504. // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,DSORG=PS)
  505. //AS2 EXEC PGM=ABC
  506. // PEND
  507.  
  508. //JOB1 JOB
  509. //STEP1 EXEC PROC=A
  510. //STEP2 EXEC PGM=JKL
  511. What would you add to STEP1 of JOB1 which calls the above procedure to change the dataset of AOUT in procedure A from a disk to a tape dataset?
  512. //AS1.AOUT DD UNIT=TAPE
  513. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which restart command is used to disallows automated restart and checkpoint processing?
  514. RD=NC
  515. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which code snippet is correct to have the below requirement?
  516.  
  517. The output file should be included only for the records, which amount is greater than 10000 & sorted in ascending order based on the first 10 characters
  518. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT //SORTIN DD DSN=MYID.TEST.INPUT,DISP=SHR //SORTOUT DD DSN=MYID.TEST.OUTPUT,DISP=(NEW,CATLG), // SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)), // DCB=(LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=800,RECFM=FB) //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(1,10,CH,A) INCLUDE COND=(40,8,ZD,GT,10000) /*
  519. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Block size for DASD files must be defined as ?
  520. BLKSIZE=0
  521. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of JCL and MVS?
  522. Job Control Language Multiple Virtual Storage
  523. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to override a COND parameter in the PROC step to bypass ?
  524.  
  525. //STEP010 EXEC PGM=PGM1, COND=(0,GT)
  526. // EXEC PROCNAME, COND.STEP010=(0,LE)
  527. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement is used to provide PARM parameters for a DB2 program?
  528. SYSTSIN card
  529. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Comment statement need to start with
  530. //*
  531. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter is used to modify the attributes of a GDG defined ?
  532. ALTER command
  533.  
  534. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter is used to modify the attributes of a GDG defined ?
  535. ALTER command
  536. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What condition should be applied so that the step executes even if the previous step terminates abnormally? COND=EVEN
  537. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will delete all the generations of GDG USERID.GDG.BASE keeping the GDG base?
  538. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14 //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.GDG.BASE,DISP=(SHR,DELETE,KEEP)
  539. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What condition should be applied so that the step executes even if the previous step terminates abnormally COND=EVEN
  540. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If we have a data set containing 10,000 fixed blocked records with LRECL=100. What is the space required for the above blksize ?
  541. Blocks needed = 10,000/(4096/100)
  542. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the condition code COND= (4092, GE, step1) is executed on step2, then for which of the following return codes will step2 get executed
  543. 4094
  544. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which "system abend" will occur when there is a insufficient space in disk?
  545. SB37 Abend
  546. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the basic JES2 statements below?
  547.  
  548. /*NOTIFY /*PRIORITY
  549.  
  550. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL.
  551.  
  552.  
  553. //MYJOB JOB(P,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A
  554. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM1
  555. //STEPLIB DD DSNAME=LIB1.TEST1.LOADLIB,DISP-SHR
  556. //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=A
  557. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=FILE1.TST1.DATA, DISP=SHR
  558. //STEP2 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM2
  559. //STEPLIB DD DSNAME=LIB1.TEST1.LOADLIB,DISP-SHR
  560. //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=A
  561. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=FILE2.TST.DATA, DISP=SHR
  562.  
  563. If the above job fails while executing STEP2, which of the following changed jobcards executes the job again, beginning in that step?
  564.  
  565. //MYJOB JOB(P,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A,RESTART=STEP2
  566. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the types of datasets provided by Virtual Storage Access Methods VSAM?
  567.  
  568. All of the listed above
  569. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is REPLICATE parameter in Define VSAM cluster ?
  570. REPLICATE specifies that VSAM should write each index record on a track as many times as it will fit.
  571. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to REWRITE and DELETE a record in ESDS file ?
  572. REWRITE is possible but DELETE is not allowed
  573. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Control Interval contains
  574. Records free space
  575. Control interval definition field(CIDF)
  576. and Record definition field(RDF).
  577.  
  578. Which component is an "optional" one in the listed above?
  579. Records free space
  580. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option specified to Delete a specific VSAM objects (SPACE, USERCATALOG, GDG) even though they may be non-empty.
  581. FORCE
  582. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the range of value is allowed to set the MAXCC in the job?
  583. 0 to 16
  584.  
  585. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is the Syntax Freespace(CA%,CI%) correct for defining the VSAM cluster ?
  586. F
  587. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are the ranges of CISZ (Control Interval size) specified while creating a KSDS VSAM cluster ?
  588. The specified CISZ size must be 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096.
  589. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the VSAM file status code to notify "End of file encountered"?
  590. 10
  591. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  592. File Manager is a tool whic is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing and other file related operations
  593. T
  594. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  595.  
  596. Statement 1: REPRO command can be used in case a VSAM KSDS dataset becomes unusable
  597. Statement 2: EXAMINE command is used to inspect and report structural errors within VSAM datasets
  598.  
  599. Which of the following is applicable for the above?
  600. Statement 1 is false and 2 is true
  601. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  602. Path is acting as a logical connection between the base cluster and the Alternate Index
  603. T
  604. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is contained in the index component of a VSAM dataset?
  605. Record Key and record location number
  606. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is DELETE command in VSAM deletes the clusters which has retention period that has not expired.
  607. F
  608.  
  609. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the use of the PATH command?
  610. The PATH is used to access a record in base cluster by means of an ALTERNATEINDEX
  611. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does ERASE parameter in DEFINE CLUSTER command do? It overwrites the data component with binary zeros
  612. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  613. Records can be copied from VSAM file to PS file using REPRO command.
  614. T
  615. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE.
  616. Is it possible to delete non-vsam dataset using IDCAMS utiltity ?
  617. T
  618. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to copy records in a VSAM file to a non-VSAM file ?
  619. REPRO
  620. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will happen if a file 'EMP-ADDRESS-DETAILS' is referred to as 'EMP-ADRESS-DETAILS' in the program?
  621. It should throw the error message 'EMP-ADDRESS-DETAILS was not defined as a file-name'
  622. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What happens when EXIT PROGRAM is coded in the Main Program?
  623.  
  624. Results in 4038 abend.
  625.  
  626. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  627.  
  628. FILE-CONTROL.
  629. SELECT EMP-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
  630. ORGANIZATION IS INDEXED
  631. ACCESS MODE IS DYNAMIC.
  632.  
  633. There is one error in the above code. Choose the error statement from the following options.
  634.  
  635. RECORD KEY clause must be specified for an indexed sequential file.
  636. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declaration in the File section of a program.
  637. 05 CALENDAR-DATE PIC X(6).
  638. 10 CALENDAR-DD PIC 99.
  639. 10 CALENDAR-MM PIC 99.
  640. 10 CALENDAR-YY PIC 99.
  641.  
  642. Which of the following statements is true about the declarations?
  643. Incorrect, since PIC clause cannot be specified for a group item
  644. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Match the Following and choose the right option
  645. 1. SOC1- a) Data Exception
  646. 2. SOC4- b) Divide by Zero Exception
  647. 3. SOC7- c) Address Exception
  648. 4. SOCB- d) Operation Exception
  649. 1 - d
  650. 2 - c
  651. 3 - a
  652. 4 – b
  653. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following files can be opened in all the 4 modes?
  654. Sequential
  655. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done?
  656. OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  657.  
  658. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT RAFFLE_FILE
  659. ON ASCENDING KEY IBM-MAIN Y2K-MAIN
  660. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  661. Which one the following is true.
  662. IBM-MAIN is the major key and Y2K-MAIN is the minor key.
  663. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. There is a file whose ORGANIZATION is INDEXED. You want to read records from the file in random fashion as well as sequentially.
  664. Which of the following access mode would you specify?
  665. DYNAMIC
  666. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the modes which are used to open the files for writing? EXTEND OUTPUT
  667. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following are Data division entries
  668. 01 S PIC 9(2) VALUE IS 50
  669. 01 T PIC 9(3) VALUE IS 950
  670. The following is the procedure Division statement
  671. ADD S TO T ON SIZE ERROR DISPLAY 'ON SIZE ERROR'
  672. DISPLAY 'T' T
  673. What is the value of B when it is displayed?
  674. 100
  675. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Say whether the following is True or False MARKS GRADE 80-100 A, 80-101 B, 80-102 C
  676. EVALUATE MARKS
  677. WHEN 80 THRU 100
  678. MOVE "A" TO GRADE
  679. WHEN 80 THRU 101
  680. MOVE "B" TO GRADE
  681. WHEN 80 THRU 102
  682. MOVE "C" TO GRADE
  683. END-EVALUATE
  684. T
  685. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes of storage are required to hold emp-sal-rec which
  686.  
  687. is defined as follows.
  688.  
  689. 01 emp-sal-rec.
  690.  
  691. 05 sal-history occurs 12 times.
  692.  
  693. 10 sal pic 9(4)v99.
  694.  
  695. 10 months pic z9.
  696.  
  697. 10 deductions occurs 5 times pic 9(3)v99.
  698. 396
  699. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •Three data-names var1, var2 and var3 have the following WORKING-STORAGE data descriptions:
  700.  
  701.  
  702. 01 var1 PIC 99V999.
  703. 01 var2 PIC 9(4)V999.
  704. 01 var3 PIC 9(4)V99.
  705.  
  706. If the following statement is executed with the values 10.261, 991.724 and 20.0 in var1, var2 and var3 respectively, the resulting what will be the value of var3
  707.  
  708. ADD var1, var2 GIVING var3 ROUNDED ON SIZE ERROR, MOVE ZERO TO VAR3
  709. 1001.99
  710.  
  711. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. consider the following piece of code
  712.  
  713. 01 GROSS-PAY
  714. 05 BASIC-PAY PIC 9(5)
  715. 05 ALLOWENCES PIC 9(3)
  716. if BASIC-PAY has a value 1000 and ALLOWENCES has a value
  717. of 250,what will be
  718. displayed by the statement
  719. DISPLAY GROSS-PAY
  720. a.1250
  721. b.01000250
  722. c.01250
  723. d.1.250
  724. 01000250
  725. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State true or False
  726. The POINTER in string handling is used to start a control in a position other than 1.
  727. T
  728. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will be the counter value after executing the below code
  729. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  730. 01 WS-STRING PIC X(10) VALUE 'MAMMAMCAMM'.
  731. 01 WS-CTR PIC 9(02) VALUE 0.
  732. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  733. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  734. INSPECT WS-STRING TALLYING WS-CTR FOR CHARACTERS BEFORE
  735. INITIAL 'C'.
  736. DISPLAY 'WS-CTR :' WS-CTR.
  737. WS-CTR :06
  738. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Four data-names DATA-1, DATA-2, DATA-3 and
  739. DATA-4 are defined as following
  740. Data-name PIC clause Value Initialized to
  741. DATA-1 999 015
  742. DATA-2 999 005
  743. DATA-3 999 000
  744. DATA-4 999 000
  745. On executing the PROCEDURE DIVISION statement
  746. DIVIDE DATA-1 INTO DATA-2 GIVING DATA-3
  747. REMAINDER DATA-4
  748. These data-names will respectively assume values:
  749. 15,5,0,5
  750. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code snippet.
  751.  
  752. 01 WS-ITEM.
  753. 05 WS-TOTAL PIC 9(5) VALUE SPACES.
  754. 05 WS-NET PIC 9(10) VALUE ZEROES.
  755. 05 WS-GROSS PIC 9(20) VALUE ZEROES.
  756. ..
  757. COMPUTE WS-GROSS = (WS-NET - WS-TOTAL)
  758. The code is syntatically incorrect.
  759.  
  760. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF NOT AGE LESS THAN 30 AND 40
  761. GO TO PARA-AGE-MIDDLES. The controls will go to the paragraph named PARA-AGE-MIDDLE.
  762.  
  763. If AGE is greater than or equal to 30 but less than 40.
  764. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following command that repeats the FIND to search next occurrence in a dataset?
  765. RFIND
  766. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following cannot be processed by the SuperC program?
  767. Two VSAM ESDS datasets
  768. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FINDALL is used only for search process statement and not for Compare process statement. State True or False.
  769. TRUE
  770. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to find out the record length using tso command?
  771. Issue TSO command LISTDS
  772. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FIND command is used to search string in a dataset. State True or False.
  773.  
  774. T
  775.  
  776. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Name the TSO command used to identify the TSO Region ( Development,
  777. Production, or other TSO regions) are currently logged in ?
  778. Issue SAREA in the command line
  779. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the equalant key function for command RFIND
  780. PF5
  781. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to see someone else’s jobs in spool?
  782. By issuing PRE * enter and then issue OWNER <ownerid>
  783. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to copy data from one dataset to another dataset?
  784. Type CC as the line command for the first and last lines of the desired set of lines, issue CUT in the command line and issue PASTE in the command line of the other dataset
  785. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will identify the hexadecimal characters in a dataset?
  786. FIND X'0980312'
  787.  
  788. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below scenario.
  789. //STEP10 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  790. //SYSIN DD *
  791. DELETE (GDGNAME) GDG FORCE
  792. /*
  793. //
  794.  
  795. What will be output after the execution ?
  796. Delete the GDG index, model and all related GDG's from system catalogs.
  797. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The IBM utility used extensively to manage VSAM datasets
  798. IDCAMS
  799.  
  800. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DFSORT command is used to specify the number of records to be skipped before sorting or copying begins?
  801. SKIPREC
  802. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sate True or False.
  803. IEBCOPY utility is used to copy a physical sequential dataset.
  804. T
  805. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The IBM utility that could be used as dummy program IEFBR14
  806. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  807. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  808. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),ONLY)
  809.  
  810. Which are all the steps will get bypassed ?
  811. STEP02 and STEP03
  812. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a JOB, having multiple steps, has to execute the final IEFBR14 step regardless of whether the previous steps successfully execute or not, which of the following EXEC statement should be used in the final step? //LASTSTEP EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  813. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the coding standards for JCL? All of the listed options
  814. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  815. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  816. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,NE),(0,LT))
  817.  
  818. Which STEPS will get executed ?
  819. STEP01 and STEP03
  820. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The keyword used in SORT to overwrite the input record content OVERLAY
  821. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. With respect to JCL statements, which of the following is not allowed in PROCs?
  822. All of the listed options
  823. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider Space= (27998,(20000,1000),RLSE, CONTIG). It requests that primary space be allocated on contiguous cylinders and tracks.State True or False
  824. TRUE
  825.  
  826. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If RESTART parameter is coded, it needs to be coded in JOBCARD
  827. T
  828.  
  829. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the record formats can be accepted in JCL for RECFM parameter?
  830. F,FB,V,VB,U
  831.  
  832. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following type of statements cannot be coded with Comments?
  833. JES2 control statements
  834. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What abend occurs when the Job exceeds the Time limit specified? S322
  835. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to JCL symbols?
  836. All of the listed options
  837.  
  838. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to override a COND parameter in the PROC step to bypass ?
  839.  
  840. //STEP010 EXEC PGM=PGM1, COND=(0,GT)
  841. // EXEC PROCNAME, COND.STEP010=(0,LE)
  842. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. JCL procedures can be retrieved from the following.
  843. 1. From Private library
  844. 2. From the input stream
  845. 3. From the system library
  846.  
  847. What is the order in which system searches for a JCL procedure?
  848. In the order of 2,1, and 3
  849. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Status' value for DISP parameter
  850. CATLG
  851. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is stands for G0001 and V00 in the below GDG file
  852.  
  853. "MYID.LIB.TEST.G0001V00"
  854. G0001 is the Generation number V00 is the Version Number
  855.  
  856. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  857. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  858. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),ONLY)
  859.  
  860. Whether STEP03 will execute ?
  861. F
  862. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to identify the LIMIT size of an Generation Data Group or GDG? (Assume the GDG name as GDG.ONE)
  863.  
  864. //STEP4 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //STEPCAT DD DSNAME=GDG.ONE,DISP=SHR //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * LISTCAT /*
  865. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a COND Code parameter, what is the maximum number of conditions can be validated ?
  866. 8
  867. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job statement in a JCL:
  868.  
  869. //MYJOB JOB(T,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A
  870.  
  871. How do you verify the syntax errors of above job without actually executing the job?
  872. By modifying the first statement to //MYJOB JOB (T,U202,SH1),’VIJAY’,CLASS=A,TYPRUN=SCAN
  873.  
  874. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will happen When COND=ONLY is coded in the current job step?
  875. The current job step will run only when any of the previous steps abnormally terminate
  876. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid GDG creation?
  877. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //SYSIN DD * //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* DEFINE GENERATIONDATAGROUP - (NAME(SYS02.MYDATA.BASE) - LIMIT(200) - OWNER(P3SUN00) NOSCRATCH NOEMPTY) //
  878. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will delete all the generations of GDG USERID.GDG.BASE keeping the GDG base?
  879. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14 //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.GDG.BASE,DISP=(SHR,DELETE,KEEP)
  880. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  881. GDGs are a group of data sets which are related to each other chronologically and functionally. These related data sets share a different data set name
  882. F
  883. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Many JCL statements contain specific values designed to direct and control the execution of the statement.
  884. What are these fields called ?
  885. Parameters
  886. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DEFINE CLUSTER command, RECORDSIZE(100,200) means ________________
  887.  
  888. Maximum record size 200 and average record size 100
  889.  
  890. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are correct for calculating the record size of an alternate cluster?
  891. Unique case: 5 + ( alt-key-length + primary-key )
  892. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is CI split possible in ESDS file ?
  893. F
  894. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are the types of VSAM files ?
  895. 1. KSDS 2. ESDS 3. RRDS 4. LDS
  896.  
  897. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is PRINT prints the VSAM dataset contents ? T
  898. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the ISPF command to execute the VSAM cluster definition?
  899. EXECUTE
  900. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is the Syntax Freespace(CA%,CI%) correct for defining the VSAM cluster ?
  901.  
  902. F
  903.  
  904. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is DELETE command deletes all objects associated with a retention period that has not expired.
  905. F
  906. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Would you specify FREESPACE for an ESDS?
  907. F
  908. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are the ranges of CISZ (Control Interval size) specified while creating a KSDS VSAM cluster ?
  909. The specified CISZ size must be 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096.
  910.  
  911. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to copy records in a VSAM file to a non-VSAM file ?
  912. REPRO
  913. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be specified to create VSAM RRDS base cluster file ?
  914. NUMBERED
  915. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter in IDCAMS ALTER is used to remove protection provided by certain security systems? NULLIFY
  916. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An alternate index has been created with the alternate key length as 6 and its structure is as below.
  917. 0 to 4 - ?
  918. 5 to 10 - Alternate key
  919. 11 to remaining - Other information
  920.  
  921. Which component is occupied by first 5 bytes?
  922. Control Information
  923. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does UPDATE parameter in DEFINE PATH indicate?
  924. When path is opened for processing both base cluster and it's upgrade set is opened for processing
  925. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the purpose of the START command ?
  926. To position a current record pointer on a desired record.
  927. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option specified to Delete a VSAM non-empty clusters.
  928. FORCE
  929. carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The purpose of VERIFY command is to re-sync the end of file info with the catalog info ?
  930. T
  931. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter in IDCAMS ALTER is used to set the dataset read-only?
  932. INHIBIT
  933. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter in IDCAMS is used to set aside free space for RRDS file?
  934. FREESPACE parameter is not applicable
  935. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What happens when a program A calls Program B, but Program B is unavailable?
  936. Exception or overflow condition occurs
  937. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  938. GO TO verb is used to unconditionally transfer the control to elsewhere in the program. But it is not advisable to use in the program.
  939. T
  940.  
  941. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ‘CONTINUE’ is a No operation statement and indicates that no executable instruction is present.
  942. State True or False.
  943. TRUE
  944. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true about INDEX for a TABLE?
  945. The Index is defined with the table and represents a displacement into the table.
  946. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether TRUE or FALSE
  947. The index value of an array can be passed thru LINKAGE SECTION
  948. F
  949. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the difference between Perform and Call is incorrect?
  950. Perform refers to only one paragraph whereas call refers to an entire subprogram consisting of any number of paragraphs.
  951.  
  952. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Statement I: SEARCH and SEARCH ALL can be used to search for an element in a table that satisfies a given criteria. Statement II: SEARCH ALL is faster than SEARCH. Which of the above statements is true
  953. I & II
  954.  
  955. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the use of CONTINUE statement?
  956.  
  957. It gives control to the next verb after the explicit scope terminator.
  958. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following COBOL verbs can be used to initialize the Table indexes? SET
  959. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ON SIZE ERROR can be used with
  960. All of the above
  961. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will happen if a file 'EMP-ADDRESS-DETAILS' is referred to as 'EMP-ADRESS-DETAILS' in the program? It should throw the error message 'EMP-ADDRESS-DETAILS was not defined as a file-name'
  962. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operations is not allowed when a relative file is opened in I-O mode and the access mode is Random?
  963. START
  964.  
  965. FD FILE-1
  966. 01 REC-1 PIC X(80)
  967. ......
  968. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION
  969. 01 W-REC PIC X(90)
  970. ........
  971. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  972. FIRST-PARA
  973. .......
  974. READ FILE-1 INTO W-REC AT END MOVE 1 TO EOF-FLAG
  975. which of the following is true with respect to the above?
  976. REC-1 and W-REC contain the same data
  977. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the rules to be followed for REWRITE statement
  978. All of the listed above
  979. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Files are defined and assigned in which paragraph of I-O section ?
  980. FILE-CONTROL
  981. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done? OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  982. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the correct file organisations used in FILE-SECTION of COBOL?
  983. Sequential, Indexed, Relative.
  984. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Association between file names and corresponding file medium is done in
  985.  
  986. File-Control Paragraph, I-O Section and Environment Division
  987. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. There is a file whose ORGANIZATION is INDEXED. You want to read records from the file in random fashion as well as sequentially.
  988. Which of the following access mode would you specify?
  989. DYNAMIC
  990. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done?
  991. OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  992. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 1000-PROCESS-PARA.
  993. EVALUATE TRUE
  994. WHEN "001"
  995. DISPLAY "VALUE IS 001"
  996. WHEN "002"
  997. DISPLAY "VALUE IS 002"
  998. PERFORM 9000-PARA THRU 9000-PARA-EXIT
  999. WHEN "003"
  1000. DISPLAY "VALUE IS 003"
  1001. PERFORM 9000-PARA THRU 9000-PARA-EXIT
  1002. WHEN "004"
  1003. NEXT SENTENCE
  1004. PERFORM 9000-PARA THRU 9000-PARA-EXIT
  1005. WHEN OTHER
  1006. DISPLAY "OTHER ISSUES"
  1007. END-EVALUATE.
  1008. 1000-EXIT.
  1009. EXIT.
  1010. Consider the above statement and select the appropriate option when option is "004"
  1011. No answer showed
  1012. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the content of RESULT after execution of the following COBOL instruction. The start
  1013. value of RESULT is 0.
  1014. PERFORM VARYING COUNT FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL COUNT = 6
  1015. COMPUTE RESULT = RESULT + 1
  1016. END-PERFORM
  1017. 5
  1018.  
  1019. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. By considering the below code what will be the content of WS-RESULT at the end of the series of move instruction?
  1020. 01 WS-VARIABLES.
  1021. 05 WS-VAR1 PIC X(10) VALUE 'COBOL VSAM'.
  1022. 05 WS-VAR2 PIC X(10).
  1023. 05 WS-RESULT PIC X(5).
  1024. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  1025. 1000-MAIN-PARA.
  1026. MOVE 'JAVA' TO WS-RESULT.
  1027. MOVE WS-VAR1 TO WS-VAR2.
  1028. MOVE WS-VAR2 TO WS-RESULT.
  1029. COBOL
  1030. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
  1031.  
  1032. PROGRAM-ID. PGM028.
  1033.  
  1034. AUTHOR. MAINFRAMEWIZARD.
  1035.  
  1036. DATA DIVISION.
  1037.  
  1038. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  1039.  
  1040. 01 TEST-STRING PIC X(40) VALUE SPACES.
  1041.  
  1042. 01 WS-COUNTER PIC 9(9) VALUE ZEROES.
  1043.  
  1044. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  1045.  
  1046. 10000-MAIN-PARA.
  1047.  
  1048. MOVE 'USE OF INSPECT DEPICTED BY MAINFRAMEWIZARD.COM'
  1049.  
  1050. TO TEST-STRING
  1051.  
  1052. INSPECT TEST-STRING TALLYING WS-COUNTER FOR ALL 'T'
  1053.  
  1054. DISPLAY 'COUNT OF ALL T IN STRING IS = ' WS-COUNTER
  1055.  
  1056. STOP RUN.
  1057. What is the value of WS-COUNTER?
  1058. 000000002
  1059. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 VAR-A PIC $99999
  1060.  
  1061. The value 1234 will be displayed as
  1062. 1234
  1063. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. study the data discriptions and answer the questions given below
  1064. i)01 ORDER RECORD
  1065. 05 OUT-HEADER PIC X(50)
  1066. 05 ITEM-COUNT PIC 99
  1067. 05 OUT-ITEM PIC X(20) OCCURS 1 TO 20 DEPENDING
  1068. ON ITEM-COUNT
  1069. ii)01 NAME-AND-ADDRESS
  1070. 05 N-AND-A-LINE OCCURES 5
  1071. 05 LINE-LENGTH PIC P9
  1072. 05 N-AND-A-CHAR PIC X OCCURS 1 TO 20 DEPENDING ON
  1073. LINE-LENGTH
  1074. iii)01 SALES-LIST
  1075. 05 SALESMAN-COUNT PIC 99
  1076. 05 SALES PIC 9(6) OCCURS 1 TO 100
  1077. DEPENDING ON
  1078. SALESMAN-COUNT
  1079. iv)01 ORDER-RECORD
  1080. 05 NO-OF-BRANDS PIC 99
  1081. 05 BRAND-PURCHASED OCCURS 1 TO 15 DEPENDING ON
  1082. NO-OF-BRANDS
  1083. which of the following is true?
  1084. a.i) and iii) are valid
  1085. b.i) and iv) are valid
  1086. c.i) and iii) are not valid
  1087. d.all are valid
  1088. i) and iii) are not valid
  1089. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-VARIABLES.
  1090. 05 WS-V1 PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  1091. 05 WS-V2 PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  1092. 05 WS-V3 PIC 9(2) VALUE 30.
  1093. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  1094. 1000-MAIN-PARA.
  1095. IF WS-V1 = WS-V2 THEN
  1096. PERFORM 1001-ADD-PARA
  1097. ELSE
  1098. PERFORM 1002-SUB-PARA
  1099. END-IF.
  1100. PERFORM 1003-MUL-PARA.
  1101. By considering the above code snippet select the appropriate option.
  1102.  
  1103. Both 1002-SUB-PARA and 1003-MUL-PARA will get executed
  1104. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code snippet.
  1105.  
  1106. 01 WS-ITEM.
  1107. 05 WS-TOTAL PIC 9(5) VALUE SPACES.
  1108. 05 WS-NET PIC 9(10) VALUE ZEROES.
  1109. 05 WS-GROSS PIC 9(20) VALUE ZEROES.
  1110. ..
  1111. COMPUTE WS-GROSS = (WS-NET - WS-TOTAL)
  1112. The code is syntatically incorrect.
  1113. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For the below code snippet
  1114.  
  1115. IF VAR1 > 3
  1116. NEXT SENTENCE
  1117. ELSE
  1118. DISPLAY 'I AM IN ELSE PART'
  1119. END-IF
  1120.  
  1121. DISPLAY 'IMMEDIATE SENTENCE'.
  1122. DISPLAY 'SECOND SENTENCE'.
  1123. STOP RUN.
  1124.  
  1125. What is the result when VAR1=4
  1126. SECOND SENTENCE
  1127. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  1128. 05 WS-FIRST PIC X(10) VALUE "MAINFRAMES".
  1129. 01 WS-SECOND.
  1130. 05 WS-FF PIC X(06) VALUE "HAPPY ".
  1131. 05 WS-SS PIC X(10).
  1132. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  1133. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  1134. MOVE FUNCTION REVERSE (WS-FIRST) TO WS-SS
  1135. DISPLAY "WS-FIRST :" WS-FIRST
  1136. DISPLAY "WS-SECOND :" WS-SECOND
  1137. After execution of the above code snippet what will be the sysout?
  1138. WS-FIRST :MAINFRAMES WS-SECOND :HAPPY SEMARFNIAM
  1139. If records can be added, but only at the end (append), which type of VSAM dataset is talked about?
  1140. ESDS
  1141.  
  1142. In the COBOL SELECT statement for a KSDS what are the three possibilities for ACCESS ?
  1143. ACCESS can be SEQUENTIAL, RANDOM or DYNAMIC
  1144.  
  1145. It is possible to access records randomly in ESDS T
  1146. Is KEYS parameter defined for a ESDS cluster?
  1147. F
  1148.  
  1149. Select the types of datasets provided by Virtual Storage Access
  1150. All of the listed above
  1151.  
  1152. What are the types of VSAM files?
  1153. 1. KSDS 2. ESDS 3. RRDS 4. LDS
  1154.  
  1155. What is IMBED parameter in Define VSAM cluster?
  1156. IMBED specifies that sequence set records are to be imbedded with the data in the data component of the cluster.
  1157.  
  1158. Before loading a sequential flle to a VSAM KSDS, the input file must be sorted on key value.
  1159. State True or False.
  1160. T
  1161. Control Interval contains Records free space, Control interval definition field(CIDF)and Record definition field(RDF). Which component is an "optional" one in the listed above?
  1162. Records free space
  1163.  
  1164. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How do you repeat the last line command (Action)?
  1165. Use = in the command line
  1166.  
  1167. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Point and Shoot field is a feature by which one can place a cursor at it and press ENTER to perform the action.
  1168. State True or False.
  1169. TRUE
  1170. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the equalant key function for command RETRIEVE
  1171. PF12
  1172. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option is used to invoke CLIST prompt?
  1173. START 6
  1174. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO command to list the attributes of a dataset ?
  1175. LISTDS
  1176.  
  1177. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO command which will exclude all strings in the member and show only the search string which we want to see?
  1178. Type ‘X all’ then ‘F all ‘search-string’
  1179.  
  1180.  
  1181.  
  1182. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  1183. The maximum length of CLIST name followed by TSO command should not exceed 8 characters T
  1184. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to rename an entire datase
  1185. Type R against the dataset name and provide the new name
  1186.  
  1187. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which TSO line command is used to list and directly Browse the member?
  1188. B / (member name) issued against the PDS.
  1189.  
  1190. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In SDSF primary option menu which option is used to see the status of the jobs
  1191. ST
  1192. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will be the result of the below FIND command?
  1193.  
  1194. EXCLUDE ALL; FIND P’VERSION#’ ALL
  1195. Excludes all the lines in the dataset and Finds all the occurrences of Version# where # is a numeric
  1196.  
  1197. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is a SET Command in AMS ?
  1198. SET command used to set either the LASTCC value or the MAXCC value to a specific value.
  1199.  
  1200. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  1201.  
  1202. Using EXPORT command is it possible to copy the records from VSAM file to another VSAM file.
  1203. F
  1204. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code snippet
  1205. //SYSIN DD *
  1206. DEFINE CLUSTER (NAME(MYID.TEST.FILE) -
  1207. VOLUMES(MVS803 MVS804) -
  1208. RECORDSIZE(22 22) -
  1209. RECORDS(100 100) -
  1210. NONINDEXED ) -
  1211. DATA (NAME(MYID.TEST.FILE.DATA))
  1212. //
  1213. What type of MYID.TEST.FILE file will be created after executing the job?
  1214. MYID.TEST.FILE as a ESDS file
  1215.  
  1216.  
  1217. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to copy records in a VSAM file to a non-VSAM file ?
  1218. REPRO
  1219.  
  1220. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE.
  1221. Is it possible to delete non-vsam dataset using IDCAMS utiltity ?
  1222. T
  1223.  
  1224.  
  1225. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. By considering the below code snippet, select the appropriate answer in the perspect of syntax in INFILE & OUTFILE
  1226.  
  1227. //IDCAMCOP EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  1228. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
  1229. //FILEINP DD DSN=MYID.INPUT,DISP=SHR
  1230. //FILEOUP DD DSN=MYID.TEST.KSDS,DISP=SHR
  1231. //SYSIN DD *
  1232. REPRO INFILE(MYID.INPUT) OUTFILE(MYID.TEST.KSDS)
  1233. /* Only DD names should be given while using INFILE & OUTFILE
  1234.  
  1235.  
  1236.  
  1237. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be used to bypass input records when using REPRO command?
  1238. SKIP(n)
  1239. COUNT(n)
  1240. FROMKEY(n1) TOKEY(n2)
  1241.  
  1242.  
  1243.  
  1244. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter in IDCAMS is used to set aside free space for RRDS file?
  1245. FREESPACE parameter is not applicable
  1246.  
  1247. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  1248. Path is acting as a logical connection between the base cluster and the Alternate Index
  1249. T
  1250. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct option which related to the below statement
  1251. "Deleting a record in a sequential file is ..."
  1252.  
  1253. Not Possible
  1254. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operations is not allowed when a relative file is opened in I-O mode and the access mode is Random? START
  1255. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How do you refer the fixed block file in COBOL program?
  1256. ORGANIZATION IS SEQUENTIAL RECORDING MODE IS F BLOCK CONTAINS 0
  1257.  
  1258. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the options which are related to START statement
  1259.  
  1260. Enables the positioning of the pointer as a specific point in an indexed or relative file
  1261.  
  1262. C arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the correct file organisations used in FILE-SECTION of COBOL?
  1263. Sequential, Indexed, Relative.
  1264. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For each file you want to read in a COBOL program you have to provide a set of declarations
  1265. and instructions. In which order must they be executed?
  1266. (1) SELECT infile ASSIGN TO xx
  1267. (2) READ infile
  1268. (3) OPEN INPUT infile
  1269. (4) CLOSE infile
  1270. 1, 3, 2, 4
  1271. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT RAFFLE_FILE
  1272. ON ASCENDING KEY IBM-MAIN Y2K-MAIN
  1273. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  1274. Which one the following is true.
  1275. IBM-MAIN is the major key and Y2K-MAIN is the minor key.
  1276. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •Consider the following FILE SECTION and select the most appropriate comment from the four given below:
  1277.  
  1278. 05 CALENDAR-DATE PIC X(6).
  1279. 10 CALENDAR-DD PIC 99.
  1280. 10 CALENDAR-MM PIC 99.
  1281. 10 CALENDAR-YY PIC 99.
  1282. Incorrect, since PIC clause cannot be specified for a group item
  1283. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option which is not suitable, if the file is opened in the below mode
  1284. OPEN INPUT
  1285. WRITE
  1286. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  1287. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files.
  1288. T
  1289. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Copybook can contain only file layouts. State True or False.
  1290. T
  1291. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done?
  1292. OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  1293. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Match the file operation and file status code and choose the right option
  1294. 1. File Attribute Mismatch -a) 35
  1295. 2. Duplicate Key condition on KSDS file -b) 49
  1296. 3. File Not Available -c) 22
  1297. 4. REWRITE on file that is not opened I-O -d) 39
  1298. 1 - d 2 - c 3 - a 4 – b
  1299. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For each file you want to read in a COBOL program you have to provide a set of declarations
  1300. and instructions. Select the appropriate order?
  1301. (a) SELECT infile ASSIGN TO
  1302. (b) READ infile
  1303. (c) OPEN INPUT infile
  1304. (d) CLOSE infile
  1305. a, c, b, d
  1306. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the file status code for "FILE NOT FOUND"?
  1307. 13
  1308. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FD FILE1-DATA
  1309. RECORDING MODE F
  1310. BLOCK CONTAINS 0 RECORDS.
  1311. 01 S1-FILE1-DATA PIC X(400).
  1312. 01 WS-USING-FILE1 REDEFINES S1-FILE1-DATA.
  1313.  
  1314. Is the above file section declaration syntatically correct ?
  1315. F
  1316. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The Procedure Division of a program contains the statement
  1317.  
  1318. WRITE MASTER-REC
  1319.  
  1320. Which of the OPEN mode must not be used for the same?
  1321. OPEN INPUT
  1322. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  1323. READ NEXT RECORD is specified when an index sequential file is being read sequentially
  1324. T
  1325. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct option which related to the below statement
  1326. "Deleting a record in a sequential file is ..."
  1327. Not Possible
  1328. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider a scenario what will happen when I try to open an empty file in INPUT/I-O mode having incorrect DD name ? JOB will abend with S322 due to File status 35
  1329. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FILE-CONTROL paragraph in a COBOL program appears in which division?
  1330.  
  1331. Input-Output Section in Environment Division
  1332. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Indicate which one of the following will not have the INVALID KEY Phrase when used in connection with sequentially accessed relative file in a PROCEDURE DIVISION with out any declarative section.
  1333. REWRITE STATEMENT
  1334. C arefully read the question and answer accordingly. consider the following
  1335. FD FILE-1
  1336. 01 REC-1 PIC X(80)
  1337. ......
  1338. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION
  1339. 01 W-REC PIC X(90)
  1340. ........
  1341. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  1342. FIRST-PARA
  1343. .......
  1344. READ FILE-1 INTO W-REC AT END MOVE 1 TO EOF-FLAG
  1345. which of the following is true with respect to the above?
  1346. REC-1 and W-REC contain the same data
  1347. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the modes which are used to open the files for writing? EXTEND OUTPUT
  1348. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. READ INPFILE INTO INPREC
  1349. AT END
  1350. CLOSE INPFILE
  1351. STOP RUN
  1352. END-READ.
  1353.  
  1354. For the above code snippet, which is correct
  1355. AT END path is taken when the current read encounters end of file
  1356. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option which is not suitable, if the file is opened in the below mode
  1357. OPEN INPUT
  1358. WRITE
  1359. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following files can be opened in all the 4 modes?
  1360. Sequential
  1361. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following is a Procedure division statement
  1362. READ IN-FILE INTO IN-REC AT END CLOSE IN-FILE STOP RUN.
  1363. Where IN-REC is the record-name of IN-FILE. Which one of the following is
  1364. Correct?
  1365. The AT END path is taken if all the records have been read and the current read encounters the end of file.
  1366. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does file status 37 signify ?
  1367. File OPEN with wrong mode
  1368. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following OPEN statement:
  1369.  
  1370. OPEN EXTEND IN-FILE.
  1371.  
  1372. Identify correct statements from the following related to above.
  1373. If the organization of IN-FILE is sequential, records can be added at the end.
  1374. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FD FILE1-DATA
  1375. RECORDING MODE F
  1376. BLOCK CONTAINS 0 RECORDS.
  1377. 01 S1-FILE1-DATA PIC X(400).
  1378. 01 WS-USING-FILE1 REDEFINES S1-FILE1-DATA.
  1379.  
  1380. Is the above file section declaration syntatically correct ? F
  1381. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Association between file names and corresponding file medium is done in
  1382. File-Control Paragraph, I-O Section and Environment Division
  1383. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  1384. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files.
  1385. T
  1386. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid scope terminator in COBOL?
  1387. END
  1388. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the statement which is not acceptable in COBOL?
  1389. IF WS-VARIABLE IS NONALPHABETIC
  1390. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 level number in COBOL is an independent variable and will take less memory space ? F
  1391. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Results of an EVALUATE statement is same after arranging the order of WHEN clause
  1392. F
  1393. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following item is initialized to ZEROES while using INITIALIZE keyword? Numeric
  1394. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. Can REDEFINES clause be used for '05' level items in FD SECTION? T
  1395. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FUNCTION CURRENT-DATE returns
  1396.  
  1397. Current Date, time and difference between the local time and GMT
  1398. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following verb is used for looping in COBOL?
  1399. PERFORM
  1400.  
  1401. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Observe the COMPUTE statement given below: COMPUTE A ROUNDED= (B ROUNDED* 100)/C ROUNDED
  1402. This statement will round the variables in the COMPUTE statement and round the resultant also after computation
  1403. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 88 level variables can be declared in FD section
  1404. T
  1405. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ADDRESS OF option is used with linkage variables in which levels?
  1406. 01
  1407.  
  1408. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An inline PERFORM ____________________ .
  1409.  
  1410. must be terminated with an END-PERFORM
  1411. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid for a PERFORM statement?
  1412. TEST BEFORE
  1413.  
  1414. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How is sign stored in a COMP field?
  1415. In the most significant bit
  1416. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The number of bytes occupied by a S9(5)COMP-3 field is ____________.
  1417.  
  1418. 03
  1419. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Match the following and choose the right option
  1420. 1. Level Numbers 01 to 49 - a. individual elementary items
  1421. 2. Level Number 77 - b. General elementary items
  1422. 3. Level Number 88 - c. RENAMES clause
  1423. 4. Level Number 66 - d. Condition names
  1424. 1 - b 2 - a 3 - d 4 – c
  1425. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Several alternative paths can be executed by just one - EVALUATE statement
  1426. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct sequence to be involved in compilation?
  1427. Source Program Compiler Object File Link Editor Program File
  1428. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to SQL communication area in COBOL program? It is a data structure that must be included in any host-language program using SQL. It is used to pass feedback about the sql operations to the program. Fields are return codes, error messages, handling codes and warnings.
  1429.  
  1430. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A pre-defined function called by a built-in function reference is called ________________
  1431. Intrinsic function
  1432. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. After instructions are executed by a PERFORM para statement, control returns to the statement directly following the PERFORM.
  1433. State True or False.
  1434. T
  1435.  
  1436. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct in-line PERFORM?
  1437.  
  1438.  
  1439. PERFORM MOVE A TO B END-PERFORM.
  1440. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does a S9(7) SIGN TRAILING SEPARATE field occupy 8 bytes
  1441. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The sign condition determines whether or not the algebraic value of an identifier or arithmetic expression is greater than or less than or equal to zero.
  1442. State True or False.
  1443. T
  1444. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. DELIMITED BY SIZE in STRING fucntion, makes the transfer of characters from source field to receiving field to stop once a blank is encountered F
  1445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  1446. COMP-1 stores binary data.
  1447. F
  1448. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select an invalid scope terminator?
  1449. CASE END-CASE
  1450. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which if the following is a syntactically proper COBOL if statement? IF AMT is less Than ZERO THEN ADD 1 TO Somevalue ELSE ADD 7 to SomeOtherValue END-IF
  1451. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Results of an EVALUATE statement is same after arranging the order of WHEN clause
  1452. F
  1453. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  1454.  
  1455. EMPMST is an Employee master VSAM ESDS file and TRAN is a VSAM ESDS transaction file containing new employee joinee data.
  1456. emp-no is the key for both the files. Both the files are sorted on emp-no.
  1457.  
  1458. A COBOL file matching program takes EMPMST and TRAN as input files and a NEW-EMPMST is created which will have both existing and new employee records.
  1459.  
  1460. During the file match based on emp-no, when emp-no of master file is greater than that in the transaction file, a new record based on transaction record is created in the new master file.
  1461.  
  1462. Which of the following gives the correct file(s) that is(are) read to get the next record?
  1463. Transaction file only
  1464.  
  1465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be specified to create VSAM RRDS base cluster file ?
  1466. NUMBERED
  1467.  
  1468. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to access method in VSAM
  1469. Random Sequential Skip Sequential
  1470.  
  1471. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following command will be used along with REPRO to reset the output cluster to Empty before loading?
  1472. REUSE
  1473.  
  1474.  
  1475.  
  1476. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the VSAM file definition using IDCAMS, FREESPACE is defined as below.
  1477. FREESPACE (10, 20). What does 10 and 20 stand for? 10% of CI free, 20% of CI in CA is free
  1478.  
  1479. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements and select the appropriate answer:
  1480. Statement 1:
  1481. KSDS Records can be copied in REPRO by using FROMKEY and TOKEY
  1482. Statement 2:
  1483. ESDS Records can be copied in REPRO by using FROMADDRESS and TOADDRESS
  1484. Statement 3:
  1485. RRDS Records can be copied in REPRO by using FROMADDR and TOADDR
  1486. Statement 1 & 2 :Both are True
  1487.  
  1488. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. You have to copy 500 records, starting from 2000th record of a KSDS file using REPRO command.
  1489. Which of the parameter listed below can be used to achieve this?
  1490. SKIP (1999) COUNT (500)
  1491.  
  1492.  
  1493.  
  1494. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the following VSAM definition, what is the length of the Key in KSDS?
  1495.  
  1496. DEFINE CLUSTER -
  1497. (NAME (XIND.NLT.CLUSTER) -
  1498. CYLINDER (5 1) -
  1499. VOLUMES (WORK01) -
  1500. RECORDSIZE (120 124) -
  1501. KEYS (8 24) -
  1502. INDEXED) 8
  1503.  
  1504. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be coded to retain the VSAM file in EXPORT command ?
  1505. TEMPORARY
  1506.  
  1507. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does UPDATE parameter in DEFINE PATH indicate?
  1508. When path is opened for processing both base cluster and it's upgrade set is opened for processing
  1509.  
  1510. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In SHAREOPTIONS(2,3) parameter of DEFINE CLUSTER command, what does parameters 2 and 3 stand for?
  1511. 2 for Cross Region and 3 for Cross System
  1512.  
  1513.  
  1514.  
  1515. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code snippet:
  1516. //STEP10 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  1517. //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=*
  1518. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
  1519. //INDD DD DSN=&SYSUID..TEST.TEST,DISP=SHR
  1520. //SYSIN DD *
  1521. PRINT INFILE(INDD) COUNT(1)
  1522. IF MAXCC=4 THEN DO
  1523. SET MAXCC = 3
  1524. END
  1525. /* The MAXCC will be 3 if the INDD files return code is 4
  1526.  
  1527. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is the IDCAMS ALTER command used to change the LIMIT parameter for a GDG ?
  1528. F
  1529.  
  1530.  
  1531.  
  1532. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be coded to copy first 5 records from RRDS file to KSDS file using REPRO command ?
  1533. FROMNUMBER(1) TONUMBER(5)
  1534.  
  1535.  
  1536.  
  1537. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  1538. Alternate index can be created for RRDS VSAM file ? F
  1539.  
  1540.  
  1541. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE.
  1542. Is it possible to delete non-vsam dataset using IDCAMS utiltity ? T
  1543. Which of the following is contained in the index component of a VSAM dataset?
  1544. Record Key and record location number
  1545.  
  1546. Choose the AMS command necessary to create the ALTERNATIVE INDEX.
  1547. Define PATH
  1548.  
  1549. Consider the below IDCAMS, PRINT command in VSAM. Choose the correct answer.
  1550.  
  1551. //STEP001 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  1552. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=*
  1553. //SYSIN DD *
  1554. PRINT IDS(USERID.VSAM.FILE)
  1555. /*
  1556. Records will be printed in CHARACTER and HEXADECIMAL format.
  1557.  
  1558. What is the usage of UPGRADE parameter while defining alternate index ? State TRUE or FALSE.
  1559. UPGRADE specifies whether an alternate index is updated when there is an update to the base cluster.
  1560.  
  1561. Consider the below code snippet
  1562. //SYSIN DD *
  1563. DEFINE CLUSTER(NAME(MYID.TEST.KSDS) -
  1564. RECORDSIZE(80,80) -
  1565. CISZ(512) -
  1566. REUSE -
  1567. KEYS(3,0) -
  1568. TRACKS(2,3))
  1569. /*
  1570.  
  1571. INDEXED is not given for the specified KSDS in SYSIN card. What will happen after the job completed?
  1572. Data and index component for the specified KSDS will get created
  1573.  
  1574. Which parameter should be specified to create VSAM RRDS base cluster file ?
  1575. NUMBERED
  1576.  
  1577. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many different alternate indexes can be defined on a base cluster?
  1578. 253
  1579.  
  1580. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid GDG creation?
  1581. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //SYSIN DD * //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* DEFINE GENERATIONDATAGROUP - (NAME(SYS02.MYDATA.BASE) - LIMIT(200) - OWNER(P3SUN00) NOSCRATCH NOEMPTY) //
  1582.  
  1583.  
  1584.  
  1585. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below JCL statements and choose its usage.
  1586.  
  1587. //STEP10 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  1588. //MYFILE DD DSN=<dataset name>, DISP=SHR
  1589. //SYSIN DD *
  1590. PRINT INFILE(MYFILE) CHAR COUNT(1)
  1591. /*
  1592. //
  1593. Check for Empty dataset
  1594.  
  1595.  
  1596.  
  1597. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What abend will occur when a the system does not find the program to be executed in Load library?
  1598. S806
  1599.  
  1600. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ABEND Code for Time out
  1601. S322
  1602.  
  1603. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A GDG has been defined in the following manner.
  1604. DEFINE GDG (NAME(USERID.GDG.BASE) LIMIT(5) SCRATCH)
  1605. What happens when a dataset of USERID.GDG.BASE is uncatalogued?
  1606. Deletes the dataset
  1607.  
  1608. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. The syntax is used to refer SORTOUT of STEP01 in SORTIN of STEP02.
  1609. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT
  1610. ……
  1611. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE,
  1612. // DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),DATACLAS=MB001,
  1613. // UNIT=SYSDA,
  1614. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=8000)
  1615. …..
  1616. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=SORT
  1617. ………
  1618. //SORTIN DD DSN=____________
  1619. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE1,
  1620. *.STEP01.SORTOUT
  1621.  
  1622. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which sort command will eliminate duplicate records in the data set?
  1623. SUM FIELDS=NONE
  1624.  
  1625. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter used to control the job step execution based on the return-code of the previous step.
  1626. COND
  1627.  
  1628. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Many JCL statements contain specific values designed to direct and control the execution of the statement.
  1629. What are these fields called ?
  1630. Parameters
  1631.  
  1632. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the program is not coded with PROGRAM-ID what will happen?
  1633. The compilation will be failed with "Expected a program-name"
  1634.  
  1635.  
  1636. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Indicate which one of the following is an invalid paragraph name
  1637. PARA+5
  1638.  
  1639. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Comments or continuation can lie in area A of the cobol program. State True or False.
  1640. F
  1641. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Program-id should mandatorily be same as member name of COBOL program? State True or False.
  1642. F
  1643. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines AREA A in COBOL Program?
  1644. Column 8-11
  1645.  
  1646.  
  1647.  
  1648. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  1649. The level number 01 is coded in Area B F
  1650.  
  1651.  
  1652. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following clause is not mandatory while declaring Indexed files ?
  1653. File Status
  1654.  
  1655. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  1656. Division Header or Section Header or Paragraph Header can lie in Area B.
  1657. F
  1658. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the four Divisions of COBOL at high-level?
  1659. Identification Division Environment Division Data Division Procedure Division
  1660.  
  1661. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A paragraph name may consist of only numeric digits. T
  1662. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines AREA B in COBOL Program?
  1663. Column 12-72
  1664.  
  1665. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The DATA DIVISION is divided into a number of sections such as
  1666. File Section Working-Storage Section
  1667.  
  1668. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ON SIZE ERROR can be used with
  1669. All of the above
  1670.  
  1671. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines a variable length table?
  1672. 01 VAR-RECORD. 05 REC-MISC PIC X(30). 05 REC-SAL-CNT PIC 9(4). 05 REC-SAL PIC 9(5) OCCURS 1 TO 100 TIMES DEPENDING ON REC-SAL-CNT.
  1673.  
  1674. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the bytes
  1675. 01 REC-1.
  1676. 01 L PIC X(6).
  1677. 02 M REDEFINES L.
  1678. 03 N OCCURS 6 TIMES PIC 9.
  1679. 02 O OCCURS 4 TIMES.
  1680. 03 P PIC X(5).
  1681. 03 Q PIC 999.
  1682. 38
  1683.  
  1684. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will cause SOC4 abend with respect to processing of TABLES?
  1685. A Subscript or INDEX is out of bounds (for the table).
  1686.  
  1687.  
  1688.  
  1689. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Linkage section is
  1690.  
  1691. a) It is must for called program
  1692. b) It is must for calling program
  1693. c) used for displaying messages in sub program
  1694. d) Temporary storage for called program Temporary storage for called program
  1695.  
  1696. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How does static call differ from Dynamic call?
  1697. Static call is bound with calling pgm at link edit time whereas dynamic call is loaded from pgm library and static is a part of executable load module
  1698.  
  1699.  
  1700.  
  1701. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In CALL BY REFERENCE method, data value of variable is passed to sub program
  1702. F
  1703. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following cannot be used to set an initial value to an index?
  1704. ADD or MOVE statement.
  1705.  
  1706.  
  1707.  
  1708. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does the call mean by the phrase "caller and calling program share the same memory"?
  1709. Call by reference
  1710.  
  1711. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below statements and state the correct option with respect to SEARCH ALL
  1712. Statement 1: SEARCH ALL can be either ASCENDING or DESCENDING order.
  1713. Statement 2: ASCENDING is default
  1714. Statement 3: DESCENDING is default
  1715. Statement 4: DESCENDING is not default. Key must be specified if an array sorted in descending order
  1716. Statements 1,2,4 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE
  1717.  
  1718. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are the ranges of CISZ (Control Interval size) specified while creating a KSDS VSAM cluster ?
  1719. The specified CISZ size must be 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096.
  1720. The index component in cluster is a collection of logically sequenced keys. The key value is taken from each logical record which will be useful for random access.
  1721. T
  1722. What are the parts of index component in VSAM?
  1723. Sequence set
  1724. If records can be added, but only at the end (append), which type of VSAM dataset is talked about?
  1725.  
  1726. ESDS
  1727. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to edit a dataset in view mode?
  1728. REPLACE .zf .zl <dataset name>
  1729.  
  1730. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which TSO command is used to see the current data set allocations?
  1731. TSO ISRDDN
  1732.  
  1733. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In SHAREOPTIONS(2,3) parameter of DEFINE CLUSTER command, what does parameters 2 and 3 stand for?
  1734. 2 for Cross Region and 3 for Cross System
  1735. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be used to bypass input records when using REPRO command?
  1736. SKIP(n)
  1737. COUNT(n)
  1738. FROMKEY(n1) TOKEY(n2)
  1739. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  1740.  
  1741. Statement 1: ISPF option TS can be used to browse VSAM RRDS datasets.
  1742. Statement 2: Using TS option you can edit records in a VSAM RRDS dataset.
  1743.  
  1744. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  1745. Both statements 1 and 2 are true
  1746. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  1747.  
  1748. Statement 1: You can delete a record in VSAM KSDS dataset using TS option.
  1749. Statement 2: TS option also shows the deleted VSAM KSDS records.
  1750.  
  1751. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  1752. Statement 1 is true, 2 is false
  1753.  
  1754. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is the Syntax Freespace(CA%,CI%) correct for defining the VSAM cluster ?
  1755. F
  1756. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be coded to make VSAM dataset read-only ?
  1757. INHIBIT
  1758. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements with regard to ESDS datasets in COBOL VSAM processing:
  1759.  
  1760. Statement 1: An ESDS dataset can be used in Dynamic access mode.
  1761. Statement 2: Records can be inserted in the middle of an ESDS dataset using INSERT statement.
  1762.  
  1763. Which of the following is applicable for the above statements?
  1764. Statement 1 and 2 are both false
  1765. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is CI split possible in ESDS file ?
  1766. F
  1767. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the default value of the Recordsize parameter, while defining the cluster?
  1768. 4089
  1769. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. It is possible to access records randomly in ESDS T
  1770. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Statement 1: ESDS file can be specified with FREESPACE
  1771. Statement 2: KSDS file can be specified with FREESPACE
  1772.  
  1773. By considering the above statements state the statements whether TRUE or FALSE
  1774. Statement 1 is False Statement 2 is True
  1775. ABEND Code for data exception?
  1776. SOC 7
  1777.  
  1778. If we have a data set containing 10,000 fixed blocked records with LRECL=100. What is the space required for the above blksize?
  1779. Blocks needed = 10,000/(4096/100)
  1780.  
  1781. Which parameter used to control the job step execution based on the return-code of the previous step.
  1782. COND
  1783.  
  1784. Which "system abend" will occur when the job was cancelled because of violations or restrictions?
  1785. S122 Abend
  1786.  
  1787. A GDG has been defined in the following manner.
  1788. DEFINE GDG (NAME(USERID.GDG.BASE) LIMIT(5) SCRATCH)
  1789. What happens when a dataset of USERID.GDG.BASE is uncatalogued?
  1790. Deletes the dataset
  1791.  
  1792. What abend will occur when a the system does not find the program to be executed in Load library?
  1793. S806
  1794.  
  1795. Which parameter is used to modify the attributes of a GDG defined?
  1796. ALTER command
  1797.  
  1798. If the condition code COND= (4092, GE, step1) is executed on step2, then for which of the following return codes will step2 get executed
  1799. 4094
  1800.  
  1801. Which of the following are valid GDG creation?
  1802. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //SYSIN DD * //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=* DEFINE GENERATIONDATAGROUP - (NAME(SYS02.MYDATA.BASE) - LIMIT(200) - OWNER(P3SUN00) NOSCRATCH NOEMPTY) //
  1803.  
  1804. GDGs are a group of data sets which are related to each other chronologically and functionally. These related data sets share a different data set name
  1805. F
  1806.  
  1807. Which "system abend" will occur when there is a insufficient space in disk?
  1808. SB37 Abend
  1809.  
  1810. What is the JCL abend S706 ?
  1811. Load module not executable
  1812.  
  1813. The syntax is used to refer SORTOUT of STEP01 in SORTIN of STEP02.
  1814. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT
  1815. ……
  1816. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE,
  1817. // DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),DATACLAS=MB001,
  1818. // UNIT=SYSDA,
  1819. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=8000)
  1820. …..
  1821. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=SORT
  1822. ………
  1823. //SORTIN DD DSN=____________
  1824. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE1,
  1825. *.STEP01.SORTOUT
  1826.  
  1827.  
  1828. What abend will occur when a the system does not find the program to be executed in Load library?
  1829.  
  1830. S806
  1831.  
  1832. State True or False
  1833. An empty file can be opened in EXTEND mode in a Cobol program and it will not throw any error while running.
  1834. T
  1835. Association between file names and corresponding file medium is done in File-Control Paragraph, I-O Section and Environment Division
  1836.  
  1837. Which condition checks are allowed with the following variable?
  1838. 01 END-OF-FILE PIC X(1).
  1839. 88 EOF VALUE 'N'.
  1840. 88 N-EOF VALUE 'Y'.
  1841. All of the listed above
  1842.  
  1843. Consider the following declaration in the File section of a program.
  1844. 05 CALENDAR-DATE PIC X(6).
  1845. 10 CALENDAR-DD PIC 99.
  1846. 10 CALENDAR-MM PIC 99.
  1847. 10 CALENDAR-YY PIC 99.
  1848. Incorrect, since PIC clause cannot be specified for a group item
  1849.  
  1850. Match the file operation and file status code and choose the right option
  1851. 1. File Attribute Mismatch -a) 35
  1852. 2. Duplicate Key condition on KSDS file -b) 49
  1853. 3. File Not Available -c) 22
  1854. 4. REWRITE on file that is not opened I-O -d) 39
  1855. 1 - d 2 - c 3 - a 4 - b
  1856.  
  1857. SORT RAFFLE_FILE
  1858. ON ASCENDING KEY IBM-MAIN Y2K-MAIN
  1859. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  1860. Which one the following is true.
  1861. IBM-MAIN is the major key and Y2K-MAIN is the minor key.
  1862.  
  1863. State whether True or False. While writing to a file in COBOL, we refer to the file name next to the WRITE verb.
  1864. F
  1865.  
  1866. State True of False
  1867. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files.
  1868. T
  1869.  
  1870. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done?
  1871. OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  1872.  
  1873. For each file you want to read in a COBOL program you have to provide a set of declarations
  1874. and instructions. Select the appropriate order?
  1875. (a) SELECT infile ASSIGN TO
  1876. (b) READ infile
  1877. (c) OPEN INPUT infile
  1878. (d) CLOSE infile
  1879. a, c, b, d
  1880.  
  1881. Select the options which are related to START statement
  1882. Enables the positioning of the pointer as a specific point in an indexed or relative file
  1883.  
  1884. What happens when EXIT PROGRAM is coded in the Main Program?
  1885. Results in 4038 abend.
  1886.  
  1887. FILE-CONTROL paragraph in a COBOL program appears in which division?
  1888. Input-Output Section in Environment Division
  1889.  
  1890. List down the rules to be followed for REWRITE statement
  1891. All of the listed above
  1892.  
  1893. Association between file names and corresponding file medium is done in
  1894. File-Control Paragraph, I-O Section and Environment Division
  1895.  
  1896. What does file status 22 signify ?
  1897. Invalid Key - Duplicate Key found
  1898.  
  1899.  
  1900.  
  1901. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is DELETE command deletes all objects associated with a retention period that has not expired.
  1902. F
  1903. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Before loading a sequential flle to a VSAM KSDS, the input file must be sorted on key value.
  1904. State True or False.
  1905. T
  1906.  
  1907.  
  1908.  
  1909. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a KSDS dataset, if a record length is 128, which of the following are appropriate CISIZE values?
  1910. 512
  1911. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  1912. Can we have duplicate records in Alternate index file ?
  1913. T
  1914. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider there are 10 records in KSDS file. How to print only the last five records ?
  1915. PRINT IDS (DSN) SKIP(5) COUNT (5)
  1916.  
  1917.  
  1918. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether true or false:
  1919.  
  1920. The index component in cluster is a collection of logically sequenced keys. The key value is taken from each logical record which will be useful for random access.
  1921. T
  1922.  
  1923.  
  1924. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements with regard to RRDS datasets in COBOL VSAM processing:
  1925.  
  1926. Statement 1: In the COBOL SELECT clause for a RRDS file, Relative key is R-RRN and R-RRN is part of the record description.
  1927. Statement 2: ACCESS mode is DYNAMIC can be used for a RRDS dataset.
  1928.  
  1929. Which of the following is applicable for the above statements?
  1930. Statement 1 is false, 2 is true
  1931.  
  1932.  
  1933. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  1934. The ERASE parameter specifies that when the cluster is deleted, the space occupied by the cluster should be physically erased by overwriting the space to freeing the space for reuse T
  1935.  
  1936.  
  1937. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which attribute is used to define the number of bytes allotted for the Control Interval while allocating VSAM file by using IDCAMS?
  1938. CISZ
  1939. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following piece of code
  1940. 01 GROUP-ITEM
  1941. 05 AMT-1 PIC 99V9 USAGE COMP VALUE 50
  1942. 05 AMT-2 PIC 9(4)V99 USAGE COMP
  1943. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  1944. MOVE ZERO TO GROUP-ITEM.
  1945. ADD 50 TO AMT-1.
  1946. 50
  1947.  
  1948.  
  1949. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the total number of bytes in the following
  1950. 01 REC-1.
  1951. 02 FIRST-GROUP.
  1952. 03 A1 PIC X(4).
  1953. 03 A2 PIC 99.
  1954. 02 REDEFINES FIRST-GROUP.
  1955. 03 A3 PIC 999.
  1956. 03 A4 PIC 999.
  1957. 02 THIRD-GROUP.
  1958. 03 A5 OCCURS 5 TIMES PIC 99. 16
  1959.  
  1960.  
  1961. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the result of the following code snippet?
  1962.  
  1963. MOVE 1 TO VAR1
  1964. MOVE 2 TO VAR2
  1965.  
  1966. EVALUATE TRUE
  1967.  
  1968. WHEN VAR1=1
  1969. PERFORM PARA-1
  1970. WHEN VAR2=2
  1971. PERFORM PARA-2
  1972. WHEN OTHER
  1973. NEXT SENTENCE
  1974. END-EVALUATE. Compile error for incorrect use of NEXT sentence
  1975.  
  1976. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •Three data-names var1, var2 and var3 have the following WORKING-STORAGE data descriptions:
  1977.  
  1978.  
  1979. 01 var1 PIC 99V999.
  1980. 01 var2 PIC 9(4)V999.
  1981. 01 var3 PIC 9(4)V99.
  1982.  
  1983. If the following statement is executed with the values 10.261, 991.724 and 20.0 in var1, var2 and var3 respectively, the resulting what will be the value of var3
  1984.  
  1985. ADD var1, var2 GIVING var3 ROUNDED ON SIZE ERROR, MOVE ZERO TO VAR3
  1986. 1001.99
  1987.  
  1988. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. By considering the below code what will be the content of WS-RESULT at the end of the series of move instruction?
  1989. 01 WS-VARIABLES.
  1990. 05 WS-VAR1 PIC X(10) VALUE 'COBOL VSAM'.
  1991. 05 WS-VAR2 PIC X(10).
  1992. 05 WS-RESULT PIC X(5).
  1993. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  1994. 1000-MAIN-PARA.
  1995. MOVE 'JAVA' TO WS-RESULT.
  1996. MOVE WS-VAR1 TO WS-VAR2.
  1997. MOVE WS-VAR2 TO WS-RESULT.
  1998. COBOL
  1999.  
  2000.  
  2001. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following symbols can NOT be coded on position 7 of a COBOL program?
  2002. /
  2003.  
  2004.  
  2005. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For the below code snippet
  2006.  
  2007. IF VAR1 > 3
  2008. NEXT SENTENCE
  2009. ELSE
  2010. DISPLAY 'I AM IN ELSE PART'
  2011. END-IF
  2012.  
  2013. DISPLAY 'IMMEDIATE SENTENCE'.
  2014. DISPLAY 'SECOND SENTENCE'.
  2015. STOP RUN.
  2016.  
  2017. What is the result when VAR1=4 SECOND SENTENCE
  2018.  
  2019. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct statement concerning with PERFORM is TRUE
  2020. The use of a PERFORM statement within the range of another PERFORM Statement is allowed,
  2021.  
  2022. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  2023.  
  2024. Statement 1: V and . (Decimal point) picture characters may be used in the same data description entry
  2025. Statement 2: BLANK WHEN ZERO is allowed only for numeric data items
  2026.  
  2027. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  2028. Statement 1 is false and 2 is true
  2029.  
  2030. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 77 A PIC X(10) VALUE IS “PPQQRRSSTT”.In PROCEDURE DIVISION contains the statement EXAMINE P REPLACING ALL “PQR” BY “XYZ” .Indicate which one of the following is true
  2031. The EXAMINE statement is incorrect as it is used to replace a single character by another single character but not a group of characters.
  2032.  
  2033. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. GO BACK is coded instead of STOP RUN in a standalone COBOL program. Execution result will be Similar to STOPRUN
  2034. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the difference between "EXIT PROGRAM" and "END PROGRAM"?
  2035. EXIT PROGRAM is used to end a called program, whereas END PROGRAM is used to end a nested program
  2036. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is used to set the size of a table, depending on the value of a particular variable data item?
  2037. OCCURS DEPENDING ON
  2038. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  2039.  
  2040. Statement 1: There is a limit to the number of INDEXES that can be specified to a TABLE entry.
  2041. Statement 2: There is no limit to the number of dimensions that can be declared for tables.
  2042.  
  2043. Which of the following is applicable with respect to above statements?
  2044. Statement 1 is true, 2 is false
  2045. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to Static linked sub program?
  2046. A statically called subroutine will not be in its initial state the next time it is called unless you explicitly use INITIAL.
  2047.  
  2048. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether TRUE or FALSE
  2049. The index value of an array can be passed thru LINKAGE SECTION
  2050. F
  2051. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What the STOP RUN verb will do in the COBOL program?
  2052. It will terminate the execution of the program
  2053.  
  2054. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether TRUE or FALSE
  2055. The index value of an array can be passed thru LINKAGE SECTION
  2056. F
  2057. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  2058. GO TO verb is used to unconditionally transfer the control to elsewhere in the program. But it is not advisable to use in the program.
  2059. T
  2060. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following COBOL verbs can be used to initialize the Table indexes?
  2061.  
  2062.  
  2063. SET
  2064. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Called program can contain Call statements.
  2065. T
  2066. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  2067.  
  2068. A subprogram PRG2 is compiled and is in LOAD MODULE USER2.TEST.LOAD2.
  2069. Now, main program PRG1(that calls PRG2) is to be compiled into LOAD MODULE USER1.TEST.LOAD1.
  2070. In compile JCL step, C1 is compile step and step L1 is link step.
  2071.  
  2072. Which of the following ddname will be used to include reference to subprogram PRG2?
  2073. //SYSLIB in step L1
  2074. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Static calls are faster than dynamic calls. State True or False. T
  2075. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False
  2076. REDEFINES clause is used to allow the same storage allocation to be referenced by different data
  2077. T
  2078. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Program-id should mandatorily be same as member name of COBOL program? State True or False.
  2079. F
  2080. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A paragraph name may consist of only numeric digits.
  2081. T
  2082. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the four Divisions of COBOL at high-level? Identification Division Environment Division Data Division Procedure Division
  2083. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Comments or continuation can lie in area A of the cobol program. State True or False.
  2084. F
  2085. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  2086. Division Header or Section Header or Paragraph Header can lie in Area B.
  2087. F
  2088. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines AREA A in COBOL Program? Column 8-11
  2089. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following clause is not mandatory while declaring Indexed files ? File Status
  2090. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Indicate which one of the following is an invalid paragraph name PARA+5
  2091. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the program is not coded with PROGRAM-ID what will happen? The compilation will be failed with "Expected a program-name"
  2092. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  2093. The level number 01 is coded in Area B
  2094. F
  2095. If records can be added, but only at the end (append), which type of VSAM dataset is talked about?
  2096. ESDS
  2097. In the COBOL SELECT statement for a KSDS what are the three possibilities for ACCESS ?
  2098. ACCESS can be SEQUENTIAL, RANDOM or DYNAMIC
  2099.  
  2100. It is possible to access records randomly in ESDS
  2101. T
  2102. Is KEYS parameter defined for a ESDS cluster?
  2103. F
  2104. Select the types of datasets provided by Virtual Storage Access
  2105. All of the listed above
  2106.  
  2107.  
  2108. What are the types of VSAM files?
  2109. 1. KSDS 2. ESDS 3. RRDS 4. LDS
  2110.  
  2111. What is IMBED parameter in Define VSAM cluster?
  2112. IMBED specifies that sequence set records are to be imbedded with the data in the data component of the cluster.
  2113.  
  2114. Before loading a sequential flle to a VSAM KSDS, the input file must be sorted on key value.
  2115. State True or False.
  2116. T
  2117. Control Interval contains Records free space, Control interval definition field(CIDF)and Record definition field(RDF). Which component is an "optional" one in the listed above?
  2118. Records free space
  2119.  
  2120. In RRDS records are accessed based on the RBA ?
  2121. F
  2122.  
  2123. Consider the following statements with regard to RRDS datasets in COBOL VSAM processing:
  2124.  
  2125. Statement 1: In the COBOL SELECT clause for a RRDS file, Relative key is R-RRN and R-RRN is part of the record description.
  2126. Statement 2: ACCESS mode is DYNAMIC can be used for a RRDS dataset.
  2127.  
  2128. Which of the following is applicable for the above statements?
  2129. Statement 1 is false, 2 is true
  2130.  
  2131. State True or False.
  2132. Records can be inserted in between the records in ESDS file ?
  2133. F
  2134. Is the integer values of both average and maximum are identical for fixed length records while defining the cluster RECORDSIZE(average maximum)] ?
  2135. T
  2136. Select the tool which is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing, printing, copying and maintain data?
  2137. FILE AID
  2138.  
  2139. List down the allowed rules in naming convention of VSAM datasets?
  2140. 1) Length of file name should not be exceeded 44 characters 2) Letters allowed are (A-Z), (0-9),national characters(@,#,$), and hyphen(-)
  2141.  
  2142. Choose the character of VSAM
  2143. An access method that has a service program called AMS which consists of a utility program called IDCAMS.
  2144.  
  2145. Which of the following option under ISPF you will choose to browse a VSAM KSDS dataset?
  2146. TS option in ISPF, then F, F and option 1
  2147.  
  2148. What is IMBED parameter in Define VSAM cluster ?
  2149. IMBED specifies that sequence set records are to be imbedded with the data in the data component of the cluster.
  2150.  
  2151. Can we have duplicate records in Alternate index file ?
  2152. T
  2153. If you wish to use the REWRITE command how should the VSAM file be opened ?
  2154. It must be opened as INPUT-OUTPUT.
  2155.  
  2156. How do you get dataset information for a VSAM file ?
  2157. LISTCAT command
  2158.  
  2159. Which of the following statements are true about CONTROL INTERVAL SPLIT ?
  2160. The CI will split if one or more records is to be inserted and there is no enough free space in the CI.
  2161. Approximately half of the records in the CI are transferred to a free CI and the record to be inserted is placed in the original CI.
  2162.  
  2163. File Manager is a tool whic is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing and other file related operations
  2164. T
  2165. Is the integer values of both average and maximum are identical for fixed length records while defining the cluster RECORDSIZE(average maximum)] ?
  2166. T
  2167. Is KEYS parameter defined for a ESDS cluster ?
  2168. F
  2169. What is the BUFFERSPACE parameter while defining a cluster ?
  2170. BUFFERSPACE is used to specify the minimum amount of buffer space required to process the dataset.
  2171.  
  2172. What is the total number of extents for a VSAM dataset.
  2173. 123
  2174.  
  2175. Consider the following statements :
  2176.  
  2177. Statement 1: VSAM KSDS files can have only one Primary index
  2178. Statement 2: VSAM KSDS files can have only one Alternate index
  2179.  
  2180. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  2181. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
  2182.  
  2183. What is the default values in SHAREOPTS parameter coded ?
  2184. SHAREOPTS(2 3)
  2185.  
  2186. In RRDS records are accessed based on the RBA ?
  2187. F
  2188. Do all versions of the GDG have to be of the same record length ?
  2189. F
  2190. What is the Default parameters coded while creating a GDG?
  2191. NOEMPTY and NOSCRATCH
  2192.  
  2193. If records can be added, but only at the end (append), which type of VSAM dataset is talked about?
  2194. ESDS
  2195.  
  2196. What is the ISPF command to execute the VSAM cluster definition?
  2197. EXECUTE
  2198.  
  2199. Select the tool which is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing, printing, copying and maintain data?
  2200. FILE AID
  2201.  
  2202. Which of the following defines a variable length table?
  2203. 01 VAR-RECORD. 05 REC-MISC PIC X(30). 05 REC-SAL-CNT PIC 9(4). 05 REC-SAL PIC 9(5) OCCURS 1 TO 100 TIMES DEPENDING ON REC-SAL-CNT.
  2204.  
  2205. What will happen If the below type of scenario code is getting compiled?
  2206. Sub program id is wrongly given in sub program. The main program A is Calling the sub program B
  2207. LINK EDIT will fail
  2208.  
  2209. State whether TRUE or FALSE
  2210. The index value of an array can be passed thru LINKAGE SECTION
  2211. F
  2212. In CALL BY CONTEXT method, sub program will not be able to modify passed parameters
  2213. T
  2214. Which of the following will cause SOC4 abend with respect to processing of TABLES?
  2215. A Subscript or INDEX is out of bounds (for the table)
  2216.  
  2217. Which section is used to pass data from one program to another program ?
  2218. LINKAGE SECTION
  2219.  
  2220. Which of the following is correct with respect to Static linked sub program?
  2221. A statically called subroutine will not be in its initial state the next time it is called unless you explicitly use INITIAL.
  2222. Consider the following COBOL program snippet:
  2223.  
  2224. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  2225. 01 WS-CALLED-PGM PIC X(8) VALUE ‘PROGRAM2’.
  2226.  
  2227. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  2228. MAIN-LOGIC.
  2229. CALL WS-CALLED-PGM.
  2230. STOP RUN.
  2231.  
  2232. CALL is a valid statement in the above code.
  2233. State True or False.
  2234. T
  2235.  
  2236. Which of the following is true about INDEX for a TABLE?
  2237. The Index is defined with the table and represents a displacement into the table.
  2238.  
  2239. SEARCH can include any relational test (<, >, =, <=, >=) or any compound conditional in the WHEN clause. State True or False.
  2240. T
  2241.  
  2242. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below VSAM control statements. Choose the correct option.
  2243.  
  2244. DEFINE CLUSTER(NAME(USERID.VSAM.FILE) -
  2245. VOLUME(TCHN01) -
  2246. TRACKS(1 1) -
  2247. CISZ(4096) -
  2248. RECORDSIZE (80,80) -
  2249. LINEAR -
  2250. )
  2251. Record size cannnot be specified.
  2252. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following parameter of DEFINE ALTERNATE INDEX ensures that alternate indexes are automatically updated when insertions are made to VSAM KSDS? UPGRADE
  2253. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the following Export command, what does the TEMPORARY command do?
  2254. //SYSIN DD *
  2255. EXPORT MVS802.HRTITLE.TABLE -
  2256. OUTFILE(BACKUP) -
  2257. TEMPORARY
  2258. It indicates the source cluster remains after the portable copy is created
  2259. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Point and Shoot field is a feature by which one can place a cursor at it and press ENTER to perform the action.
  2260. State True or False.
  2261. T
  2262. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the command line position needs to be changed, which option should be used in the Primary Option Menu in ISPF? NO ANSWER GIVEN
  2263. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a dataset having 15 records, which TSO command will help in reaching line no 5 directly?
  2264. LOCATE 5
  2265. It is possible to send a message to the mainframe user who has not logged on currently by using TSO command
  2266. T
  2267. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  2268. While creating the data set in 3.2 option, if I don’t give the dataset name in " " then the first qualifier will get added and the data set name will be as <USERID>.<USERID>.PS
  2269. T
  2270. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be changed using Option 0 of ISPF/PDF primary option menu(ISPF PARMS)?
  2271. Terminal type
  2272. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will happen in the backend when we do compress the data sets by using Z line command?
  2273. The data set will be compressed to discard all old versions of data set members, to keep only the most recent version of all data set members
  2274. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of TSO/ISPF Time Sharing Option Interactive System Productivity Facility
  2275. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO block line Command to get convert all the uppercase alphabetic characters to lowercase
  2276. Issue the block line command LCC
  2277. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following option under ISPF you will choose to browse a VSAM KSDS dataset? TS option in ISPF, then F, F and option 1
  2278. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is REPLICATE parameter in Define VSAM cluster ?
  2279. REPLICATE specifies that VSAM should write each index record on a track as many times as it will fit.
  2280. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a large VSAM KSDS dataset, how do you know the number of records deleted since its creation?
  2281. LISTCAT with option ENTRIES and ALL gives the statistics including number of records deleted
  2282.  
  2283. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  2284. The ERASE parameter specifies that when the cluster is deleted, the space occupied by the cluster should be physically erased by overwriting the space to freeing the space for reuse
  2285. T
  2286. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the BUFFERSPACE parameter while defining a cluster ?
  2287. BUFFERSPACE is used to specify the minimum amount of buffer space required to process the dataset.
  2288. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Control Interval contains
  2289. Records free space
  2290. Control interval definition field(CIDF)
  2291. and Record definition field(RDF).
  2292.  
  2293. Which component is an "optional" one in the listed above?
  2294. Records free space
  2295. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  2296. File Manager is a tool whic is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing and other file related operations
  2297. T
  2298. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. It is possible to access records randomly in ESDS
  2299. T
  2300. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements :
  2301.  
  2302. Statement 1: VSAM KSDS files can have only one Primary index
  2303. Statement 2: VSAM KSDS files can have only one Alternate index
  2304.  
  2305. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  2306.  
  2307. Statement 1 is true and 2 is false
  2308. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is PRINT prints the VSAM dataset contents ?
  2309. T
  2310. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements with regard to ESDS datasets in COBOL VSAM processing:
  2311.  
  2312. Statement 1: An ESDS dataset can be used in Dynamic access mode.
  2313. Statement 2: Records can be inserted in the middle of an ESDS dataset using INSERT statement.
  2314.  
  2315. Which of the following is applicable for the above statements?
  2316. Statement 1 and 2 are both false
  2317. carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the following Export command, what does the TEMPORARY command do?
  2318. //SYSIN DD *
  2319. EXPORT MVS802.HRTITLE.TABLE -
  2320. OUTFILE(BACKUP) -
  2321. TEMPORARY
  2322. It indicates the source cluster remains after the portable copy is created
  2323.  
  2324. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter should be coded to copy first 5 records from RRDS file to KSDS file using REPRO command ? FROMNUMBER(1) TONUMBER(5)
  2325. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the use of the PATH command?
  2326. The PATH is used to access a record in base cluster by means of an ALTERNATEINDEX.
  2327. Is it possible to delete non-vsam dataset using IDCAMS utiltity ?
  2328. T
  2329. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following command is used along with REPRO to set the alternate key value as unique?
  2330. UNIQUEKEY
  2331. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following parameter of DEFINE ALTERNATE INDEX ensures that alternate indexes are automatically updated when insertions are made to VSAM KSDS? UPGRADE
  2332. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  2333.  
  2334. EMPMST is an Employee master VSAM ESDS file and TRAN is a VSAM ESDS transaction file containing new employee joinee data.
  2335. emp-no is the key for both the files. Both the files are sorted on emp-no.
  2336.  
  2337. A COBOL file matching program takes EMPMST and TRAN as input files and a NEW-EMPMST is created which will have both existing and new employee records.
  2338.  
  2339. During the file match based on emp-no, when emp-no of master file is greater than that in the transaction file, a new record based on transaction record is created in the new master file.
  2340.  
  2341. Which of the following gives the correct file(s) that is(are) read to get the next record?
  2342. Transaction file only
  2343. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. You have to copy 500 records, starting from 2000th record of a KSDS file using REPRO command.
  2344. Which of the parameter listed below can be used to achieve this?
  2345. SKIP (1999) COUNT (500)
  2346. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  2347.  
  2348. Statement 1: The BLDINDEX command always involves a sorting operation.
  2349. Statement 2: Before BLDINDEX command is used, the base cluster must be loaded with data.
  2350.  
  2351. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  2352. Statement 1 and 2 both are true
  2353. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the VSAM file definition using IDCAMS, FREESPACE is defined as below.
  2354. FREESPACE (10, 20). What does 10 and 20 stand for?
  2355. 10% of CI free, 20% of CI in CA is free
  2356. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code snippet
  2357. //SYSIN DD *
  2358. DEFINE CLUSTER(NAME(MYID.TEST.KSDS) -
  2359. RECORDSIZE(80,80) -
  2360. CISZ(512) -
  2361. REUSE -
  2362. KEYS(3,0) -
  2363. TRACKS(2,3))
  2364. /*
  2365.  
  2366. INDEXED is not given for the specified KSDS in SYSIN card. What will happen after the job completed?
  2367. Data and index component for the specified KSDS will get created
  2368. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the purpose of the START command ?
  2369. To position a current record pointer on a desired record.
  2370. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Purpose of DUMP default parameter coded in PRINT command ?
  2371. It specifies that each byte in the logical record is to be printed in both hexa decimal and character format.
  2372. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An alternate index has been created with the alternate key length as 6 and its structure is as below.
  2373. 0 to 4 - ?
  2374. 5 to 10 - Alternate key
  2375. 11 to remaining - Other information
  2376.  
  2377. Which component is occupied by first 5 bytes?
  2378. Control Information
  2379. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements and select the appropriate answer:
  2380. Statement 1:
  2381. KSDS Records can be copied in REPRO by using FROMKEY and TOKEY
  2382. Statement 2:
  2383. ESDS Records can be copied in REPRO by using FROMADDRESS and TOADDRESS
  2384. Statement 3:
  2385. RRDS Records can be copied in REPRO by using FROMADDR and TOADDR
  2386.  
  2387. Statement 1 & 2 :Both are True
  2388. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the following VSAM definition, what is the length of the Key in KSDS?
  2389.  
  2390. DEFINE CLUSTER -
  2391. (NAME (XIND.NLT.CLUSTER) -
  2392. CYLINDER (5 1) -
  2393. VOLUMES (WORK01) -
  2394. RECORDSIZE (120 124) -
  2395. KEYS (8 24) -
  2396. INDEXED)
  2397. 8
  2398. Records can be copied from VSAM file to PS file using REPRO command.
  2399. T
  2400. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is contained in the index component of a VSAM dataset?
  2401. Record Key and record location number
  2402. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option specified to Delete a VSAM non-empty clusters.
  2403.  
  2404. FORCE
  2405. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which field in SQLCA contains a return code indicating the status of the most recent SQL statement?
  2406. SQLSTATE
  2407. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL-DB2 code:
  2408.  
  2409. EXEC SQL
  2410. SELECT EMPID, EMPNAME INTO :WS-ARR1
  2411. FROM EMP
  2412. WHERE EMPID=:WS-EMP-ID
  2413. END-EXEC.
  2414. (Assume that WS-ARR1 is the array which has the DCLGEN host variable structure created for EMP table with the two columns EMPID, EMPNAME)
  2415.  
  2416. Which of the following happens when you execute the above code?
  2417. This code runs successfully without any warnings or errors.
  2418. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What additional copybooks would you expect to see in a COBOL/DB2 program as opposed to a COBOL program with no DB2 access?
  2419. SQLCA
  2420. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the sql error code will throw when a table is undefined with a column name ?
  2421. -204
  2422. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the DB2 error routine commonly used to trap the errors ?
  2423. DSNTIAR
  2424. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the option with respect to Host Variables
  2425. Host variables can be used as output data areas in the INTO clause of the SELECT and FETCH statements
  2426. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  2427.  
  2428. Assume a table TABLEA having 1000 rows.
  2429.  
  2430. If you include the statement SELECT COLUMNA FROM TABLEA in an embedded SQL application program, and no cursor is declared
  2431.  
  2432. What is the result of the executed query?
  2433. Program gives error and SQL error code -811 is set
  2434. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When should we execute a REBIND rather than a BIND?
  2435. After the execution of a RUNSTATS.
  2436. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the most efficient way for specifying the table's owner name in a cobol program?
  2437. Define it in the Plan and not in the program.
  2438.  
  2439. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of SQLCA?
  2440. SQL Communication Area
  2441. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to see the active ISPF logical sessions? issue the command LIST and press F9
  2442. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which block command is used to delete the set of codes? DD
  2443. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SuperC supports tape data sets.State True or False.
  2444. F
  2445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to edit a dataset in view mode? REPLACE .zf .zl <dataset name>
  2446.  
  2447. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. REN is used to renumber the data starting at 100 and incrementing by 100 T
  2448. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to compare one field position in input file against the field position in the output file. Go to Option 3.13 Issue COMPCOLN & COMPCOLO for Input & Output field positions
  2449.  
  2450. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be used to compare a specific column in two files on ISPF?
  2451. ISPF Menu option 3.13
  2452. carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  2453. It is possible to cut more than one set of code snippet into clipboard T
  2454. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to view/edit the clipboard ? CUT DISPLAY
  2455. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Name the TSO command used to identify the TSO Region ( Development,
  2456. Production, or other TSO regions) are currently logged in ? Issue SAREA in the command line
  2457.  
  2458. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the four Divisions of COBOL at high-level?
  2459. Identification Division Environment Division Data Division Procedure Division
  2460.  
  2461. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following clause is not mandatory while declaring Indexed files ?
  2462. File Status
  2463. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Program-id should mandatorily be same as member name of COBOL program? State True or False.
  2464. F
  2465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines AREA A in COBOL Program?
  2466. Column 8-11
  2467. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Comments or continuation can lie in area A of the cobol program. State True or False.
  2468. F
  2469. Division Header or Section Header or Paragraph Header can lie in Area B.
  2470. F
  2471. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines AREA B in COBOL Program?
  2472. Column 12-72
  2473. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  2474. The level number 01 is coded in Area B
  2475. F
  2476. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the program is not coded with PROGRAM-ID what will happen?
  2477.  
  2478. The compilation will be failed with "Expected a program-name"
  2479. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the possible open modes for sequential file?
  2480. INPUT and EXTEND
  2481. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following OPEN statement:
  2482.  
  2483. OPEN EXTEND IN-FILE.
  2484.  
  2485. Identify correct statements from the following related to above.
  2486. If the organization of IN-FILE is sequential, records can be added at the end.
  2487. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declaration in the File section of a program.
  2488. 05 CALENDAR-DATE PIC X(6).
  2489. 10 CALENDAR-DD PIC 99.
  2490. 10 CALENDAR-MM PIC 99.
  2491. 10 CALENDAR-YY PIC 99.
  2492.  
  2493. Which of the following statements is true about the declarations?
  2494. Incorrect, since PIC clause cannot be specified for a group item
  2495. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The Procedure Division of a program contains the statement
  2496.  
  2497. WRITE MASTER-REC
  2498.  
  2499. Which of the OPEN mode must not be used for the same?
  2500. OPEN INPUT
  2501. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. While writing to a file in COBOL, we refer to the file name next to the WRITE verb.
  2502. F
  2503. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the file status code for "FILE NOT FOUND"? 13
  2504. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which mode is used to OPEN a file for writing alone?
  2505.  
  2506. OUTPUT EXTEND
  2507. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct option which related to the below statement
  2508. "Deleting a record in a sequential file is ..."
  2509. Not Possible
  2510. In sequential file organization, records cannot be deleted. The record last read by the Read statement is deleted in case of sequential access mode.
  2511.  
  2512.  
  2513. carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  2514. An empty file can be opened in EXTEND mode in a Cobol program and it will not throw any error while running.
  2515. T
  2516. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. There is a file whose ORGANIZATION is INDEXED. You want to read records from the file in random fashion as well as sequentially.
  2517. Which of the following access mode would you specify?
  2518. DYNAMIC
  2519. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Static calls are faster than dynamic calls. State True or False.
  2520. T
  2521. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False
  2522. REDEFINES clause is used to allow the same storage allocation to be referenced by different data
  2523. T
  2524. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following COBOL verbs can be used to initialize the Table indexes?
  2525. SET
  2526. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SEARCH can include any relational test (<, >, =, <=, >=) or any compound conditional in the WHEN clause. State True or False.
  2527. T
  2528. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. GO BACK is coded instead of STOP RUN in a standalone COBOL program. Execution result will be
  2529. Similar to STOPRUN
  2530. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Statement I: SEARCH and SEARCH ALL can be used to search for an element in a table that satisfies a given criteria. Statement II: SEARCH ALL is faster than SEARCH. Which of the above statements is true I & II
  2531. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can we ensure that when the referenced sub-program is called for the next time, it will be entered in its initial state?
  2532.  
  2533. Use CANCEL command
  2534. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How does static call differ from Dynamic call?
  2535. Static call is bound with calling pgm at link edit time whereas dynamic call is loaded from pgm library and static is a part of executable load module
  2536. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. kWhich of the following CALL statements is incorrect ?
  2537. CALL SUB-PGM USING VAR-1 UNTIL VAR-1>10
  2538. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  2539.  
  2540. A subprogram PRG2 is compiled and is in LOAD MODULE USER2.TEST.LOAD2.
  2541. Now, main program PRG1(that calls PRG2) is to be compiled into LOAD MODULE USER1.TEST.LOAD1.
  2542. In compile JCL step, C1 is compile step and step L1 is link step.
  2543.  
  2544. Which of the following ddname will be used to include reference to subprogram PRG2?
  2545.  
  2546. //SYSLIB in step L1
  2547. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does the call mean by the phrase "caller and calling program share the same memory"?
  2548. Call by reference
  2549. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true about INDEX for a TABLE?
  2550. The Index is defined with the table and represents a displacement into the table
  2551. The index value of an array can be passed thru LINKAGE SECTION
  2552. F
  2553. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  2554.  
  2555. SET INDEX TO 8.
  2556. SET INDEX DOWN BY 4.
  2557. SET INDEX TO 4.
  2558. SET INDEX UP BY 1.
  2559. SET INDEX DOWN BY 3.
  2560.  
  2561. What is value of INDEX after executing the above statements?
  2562. 2
  2563. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the bytes
  2564. 01 REC-1.
  2565. 01 L PIC X(6).
  2566. 02 M REDEFINES L.
  2567. 03 N OCCURS 6 TIMES PIC 9.
  2568. 02 O OCCURS 4 TIMES.
  2569. 03 P PIC X(5).
  2570. 03 Q PIC 999.
  2571. 38
  2572. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will happen If the below type of scenario code is getting compiled?
  2573. Sub program id is wrongly given in sub program. The main program A is Calling the sub program B
  2574. LINK EDIT will fail
  2575. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ON SIZE ERROR can be used with
  2576. All of the above
  2577. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which ABEND will occur when the un-initialized numeric item is used in the COMPUTE or MOVE statements?
  2578. S0C7
  2579. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  2580. 01 WS-SWITCHES PIC 9(2).
  2581. 88 C01-TO002 VALUE 10.
  2582. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  2583. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  2584. DISPLAY "WS-SWITCHES :" WS-SWITCHES
  2585. DISPLAY "C01-TO002 :" C01-TO002
  2586. STOP RUN.
  2587. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  2588. The compilation will fail stating that "C01-TO002" was defined as a type that was invalid in this context." because of the 88 level variable cannot be displayed.
  2589. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below statements and choose the correct options
  2590. By using INITIALIZE statement in Cobol
  2591. Statement 1:Alphabetic, Alphanumeric fields & alphanumeric edited items are set to SPACES
  2592. Statement 2: Numeric, Numeric edited items & FILLER set to ZERO
  2593. Statement 3: OCCURS DEPENDING ON items left untouched
  2594. Statement 1, Statement 3 are TRUE Statement 2 is FALSE
  2595. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  2596. 05 WS-RESULT PIC 9(2) VALUE 0.
  2597. 05 WS-A PIC 9(2).
  2598. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  2599. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  2600. PERFORM VARYING WS-A FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL WS-A = 10
  2601. COMPUTE WS-RESULT = WS-RESULT + 1
  2602. END-PERFORM.
  2603. DISPLAY WS-RESULT
  2604. What is the content of WS-RESULT after execution of the above code snippet?
  2605. 9
  2606. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Four data-names DATA-1, DATA-2, DATA-3 and
  2607. DATA-4 are defined as following
  2608. Data-name PIC clause Value Initialized to
  2609. DATA-1 999 015
  2610. DATA-2 999 005
  2611. DATA-3 999 000
  2612. DATA-4 999 000
  2613. On executing the PROCEDURE DIVISION statement
  2614. DIVIDE DATA-1 INTO DATA-2 GIVING DATA-3
  2615. REMAINDER DATA-4
  2616. These data-names will respectively assume values:
  2617. 15,5,0,5
  2618. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-OUTPUT PIC ZZZZVZZ.
  2619. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  2620. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  2621. MOVE 0 TO WS-OUTPUT.
  2622. DISPLAY "OUTPUT WILL BE : " WS-OUTPUT.
  2623.  
  2624. By considering the above code snippet what will be the value of WS-OUTPUT?
  2625. OUTPUT WILL BE : bbbbbb Here b is considered as blank space
  2626. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following code:
  2627. 01 WS-N PIC 9(2) VALUE ZERO.
  2628. A-PARA.
  2629. MOVE 5 TO WS-N.
  2630. PERFORM B-PARA WS-N TIMES.
  2631. B-PARA.
  2632. MOVE 10 TO WS-N.
  2633. How many times will B-PARA be executed 50 times
  2634. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  2635.  
  2636. 01 WS-GROUP-ITEM
  2637. 05 WS-AMOUNT-1 PIC 99 USAGE COMP VALUE 50.
  2638. 05 WS-AMOUNT-2 PIC 9(4)V99 USAGE COMP.
  2639.  
  2640. MOVE ZEROS TO WS-GROUP-ITEM.
  2641. ADD 50 TO WS-AMOUNT-1.
  2642.  
  2643. What is the value stored in WS-AMOUNT-1 after executing the above statements?
  2644. 50
  2645. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL data definition:
  2646.  
  2647. 01 WS-TRANSACTION-RECORD.
  2648. 05 WS-STATUS PIC X.
  2649. 88 VALID-STATUS VALUES "A", "B", "C", "D".
  2650. 88 MARRIED VALUE "A".
  2651. 88 SINGLE VALUE "B".
  2652. 88 SEPARATED VALUE "C".
  2653. 88 DIVORCED VALUE "D".
  2654.  
  2655. Four of the five IF conditions below are equivalent. Identify the odd one.
  2656.  
  2657. IF MARRIED AND SINGLE AND SEPARATED AND DIVORCED
  2658. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The picture of SAMPLE IS
  2659. 02 SAMPLE PIC 999V99
  2660. What will be the content of raffles when the following data is named to it?
  2661. 7892^23
  2662. 89223
  2663. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What parameter in job card decides the output queue
  2664. MSGCLASS
  2665. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ____________ is the identifier used to define the temporary dataset in a JCL.
  2666. &&
  2667. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below Space parameter.
  2668.  
  2669. SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),CONTIG)
  2670.  
  2671. If CONTIG is specified and contiguous space is not available, what will happen ?
  2672. System terminates the job step
  2673.  
  2674. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the default value of MSGLEVEL parameter?
  2675.  
  2676. MSGLEVEL = (1,1)
  2677. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are false with regard to PEND statement in JCL?
  2678. PEND is mandatory for cataloged procedure.
  2679. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following job statement in a JCL:
  2680. //PRINTSS JOB CLASS=A,
  2681. // MSGCLASS=X,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),
  2682. // NOTIFY=&SYSUID
  2683.  
  2684. How do you print the job stream as a sysout?
  2685. TYPRUN=COPY
  2686. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job card:
  2687.  
  2688. //TSOCABX JOB (00010,1020983),'TSOCAB'
  2689.  
  2690. Which of the following parameters, when added to the above Jobcard, executes the job using a D initiator?
  2691. ,CLASS=D
  2692. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DISP parameter to be coded for temporary datasets ?
  2693. DISP=(NEW,PASS)
  2694. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to include the procedure in JCL, if the procedure is available in private library? By including the below code snippet in JCL // JCLLIB ORDER=(library1, library2,...)
  2695. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following modes, when used with the LOCK TABLE statement, will cause the DB2 Database Manager to acquire a table-level lock that prevents other concurrent transac-tions from accessing data stored in the table while the owning transaction is active?
  2696. EXCLUSIVE MODE
  2697. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one is true for COMMIT?
  2698. Both B and C are correct.
  2699. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to Read Stability
  2700.  
  2701. RS holds page and row locks until a COMMIT point is reached. But other programs can INSERT new data
  2702. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate options with respect to CHECKPOINT
  2703.  
  2704. This is the restart logic in the program which will basically stores the information about the last data committed values so that during the application failure, program can be restarted from the failure point.
  2705. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 UDB isolation levels will only lock rows during read process-ing if another transaction tries to drop the table the rows are being read from?
  2706. Uncommitted Read
  2707. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operation enables the user to undo changes made to a database?
  2708. Rollback
  2709. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set?
  2710. Repeatable Read
  2711. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The data changes can be made permanent by using COMMIT. It also permits data to be accessed by other applications who can reference the committed data
  2712. T
  2713. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operation enables the user to undo changes made to a database?
  2714. Rollback
  2715. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true related to isolation levels?
  2716. Statement 1 : CS - Releases the lock on a page after use
  2717. Statement 2: RR - Retains all locks acquired till end of transaction
  2718. Both the statements are true
  2719. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following modes, when used with the LOCK TABLE statement, will cause the DB2 Database Manager to acquire a table-level lock that prevents other concurrent transac-tions from accessing data stored in the table while the owning transaction is active? EXCLUSIVE MODE
  2720. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. LOCK TABLE can be used upon a View. State True or False.
  2721. F
  2722. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which SQL comment successfully removes uncommitted changes from a DB2 database ROLLBACK
  2723. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 6 rows are inserted to a DB2 Table. Next 3 of those are updated, then a rollback is issued. What would happen when the rollback is issued? The 6 rows inserted will be not be present in the table.
  2724. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens when a ROLLBACK is issued?
  2725. All open cursors are closed
  2726. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following occurs if an application ends abnormally during an active unit of
  2727. work?
  2728. The unit of work is rolled back
  2729. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens when LOCKSIZE IS ANY is specified and the application program crosses the limit of maximum number of row or page level lock? LOCK ESCALATION process is handled by DB2
  2730. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A declared temporary table is used for which of the following purposes? Storing intermediate results
  2731. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the SQLCA is included in the program, which of the following host-variables is NOT known and
  2732. as such unavailable for the program?
  2733. SQLNUM
  2734. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When using DCLGEN to generate a table declaration, which information concerning this table
  2735. is NOT available in the generated output?
  2736. The primary key of the table.
  2737. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the field in SQLCA contains the number of rows affected by a DB2 Insert/Delete after the execution of the query. SQLERRD
  2738. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are declarations that need to be made in a DB2 program, to use DSNTIAR?
  2739. ERROR-MESSAGE area and Total length of the message area in COMP value.
  2740. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are valid about data retrieval paths?
  2741. To use an attribute as a data retrieval path, an index should be set on the attribute
  2742. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is the function of the DB2 pre-compiler?
  2743. Replaces all the SQL statements with host language CALL statements
  2744. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An embedded SQL statement returns a sqlcode of - 811, with a message of:
  2745. THE RESULT OF AN EMBEDDED SELECT STATEMENT IS A TABLE OF MORE THAN ONE ROW, OR
  2746. THE RESULT OF THE SUBQUERY OF A BASIC PREDICATE IS MORE THAN ONE VALUE
  2747. What might be the problem and solution, without changing the logical result of the SQL query?
  2748. The SQL statement was not a singleton select. A cursor will be needed.
  2749. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. With respect to the below statements select the appropriate answer
  2750. EXEC SQL
  2751. WHENEVER NOT FOUND
  2752. CONTINUE
  2753. END-EXEC.
  2754. This is the valid statement. WHENEVER is used to direct the processing in the SQL statements
  2755. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The precompilation of DB2 program throws some error.
  2756. Which of the following does the above indicate?
  2757. Incorrect use of SQL statements
  2758. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to 01 level entries in data division?
  2759. 01 level entries can appear in any section of the Data Division
  2760. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following words is NOT a COBOL reserved word?
  2761. VARIABLE
  2762. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Level 77 can be used to define group items.
  2763. F
  2764. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to SQL communication area in COBOL program?
  2765. It is a data structure that must be included in any host-language program using SQL. It is used to pass feedback about the sql operations to the program. Fields are return codes, error messages, handling codes and warnings.
  2766. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An inline PERFORM ____________________ .
  2767. must be terminated with an END-PERFORM.
  2768. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Size of -9(5).999 is
  2769. 10
  2770. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  2771. PICTURE clauses are not
  2772. specified on the group level.
  2773. T
  2774. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A variable of size X(20) can be redefined to X(40)
  2775. T
  2776. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct in-line PERFORM?
  2777. PERFORM MOVE A TO B END-PERFORM.
  2778. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In UNSTRING statement, characters of sending field will be transferred to receiving field including delimiter F
  2779. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 6 rows are inserted to a DB2 Table. Next 3 of those are updated, then a rollback is issued. What would happen when the rollback is issued?
  2780. The 6 rows inserted will be not be present in the table.
  2781. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PIC S9(10)V99 COMP-3 occupy?
  2782. 6
  2783. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid scope terminator in COBOL?
  2784. END.
  2785. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum size of alphanumeric literals in COBOL ?
  2786. 160
  2787. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. DELIMITED BY SIZE in STRING fucntion, makes the transfer of characters from source field to receiving field to stop once a blank is encountered F
  2788. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Size of -9(5).999 is
  2789. 10
  2790. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. After instructions are executed by a PERFORM para statement, control returns to the statement directly following the PERFORM.
  2791. State True or False.
  2792. T
  2793. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which level items may be used to represent fields within a record ?
  2794. 02 to 49
  2795. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  2796. COMP-1 stores binary data.
  2797. F
  2798. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which if the following is a syntactically proper COBOL if statement?
  2799. IF AMT is less Than ZERO THEN ADD 1 TO Somevalue ELSE ADD 7 to SomeOtherValue END-IF
  2800. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A pre-defined function called by a built-in function reference is called ________________
  2801. Intrinsic function
  2802. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Minimize number of join conditions in WHERE clause and Maximize number of tables joined in FROM clause for better performance.
  2803. State True or False.
  2804. F
  2805. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following tools can be used to automate table reorganization operations?
  2806. Task Center
  2807. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Please select the appropriate option after read the below data base related statements.
  2808.  
  2809. Statement 1: Data is actually stored in a structure known as a table space
  2810. Statement 2: Each table space correlates to one or more individual physical VSAM datasets in the DASD volumes of Storage Group.
  2811. Statement 3: Each table space contains only one table
  2812. Statement 1 & 2 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE
  2813. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the name of the default db2 catalog database?
  2814. DSNDB06
  2815. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Besides on TABLE and TABLESPACE level, on what level can implicit locks be placed by DB2?
  2816. On ROW, PAGE and PARTITION level.
  2817. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  2818. QMF is a Query Management Facility which helps to support online execution of SQL statements from TSO terminal
  2819. T
  2820. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 1) Database is a group of logically related Tablespaces and Indexspaces.
  2821. 2) Table space is a logical address space on secondary storage to hold one or more tables.
  2822. 3) Table that is physically stored within a table space contains one or more stored records.
  2823. 4) Table contains one stored record per row in the base table.
  2824. All of the above statements are Correct.
  2825. State True or False.
  2826. T
  2827. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  2828.  
  2829. RESTRICT: Disallows the deletion of the primary key row if any foreign keys relate to that row.
  2830. T
  2831. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement is TRUE with refer to VIEW of the table?
  2832. A VIEW never stores data.
  2833. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is used to indicate a column will not accept NULL values and can be referenced in another table's foreign key specification?
  2834. Unique constraint
  2835. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  2836. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  2837. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),(0,LE,STEP01),(4,LT))
  2838.  
  2839. Consider if the STEP01 executes to give return code as 0.
  2840.  
  2841. Whether the STEP03 will bypass ?
  2842. T
  2843. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT Fields = (6, 10,CH,D) .
  2844. What does this statement represent?
  2845. Key length is 6, starts at 10th position, comparing type is character, arrange in descending order.
  2846.  
  2847. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DFSORT command is used to specify the number of records to be skipped before sorting or copying begins?
  2848. SKIPREC
  2849. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below sort card and choose the correct option.
  2850.  
  2851. SORT FIELDS=(1,3,ZD,A)
  2852. SUM FIELDS=(1,3,ZD)
  2853. Cannot Sum sort keys.
  2854. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the coding standards for JCL?
  2855. All of the listed options
  2856. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider Space= (27998,(20000,1000),RLSE, CONTIG). It requests that primary space be allocated on contiguous cylinders and tracks.State True or False
  2857. T
  2858. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We can give In stream data in a PROC F
  2859. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter can not be used on a JOB statement?
  2860. JCLLIB
  2861. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  2862.  
  2863. Statement 1: There is a limit to the number of INDEXES that can be specified to a TABLE entry.
  2864. Statement 2: There is no limit to the number of dimensions that can be declared for tables.
  2865.  
  2866. Which of the following is applicable with respect to above statements?
  2867. Statement 1 is true, 2 is false
  2868. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  2869. GO TO verb is used to unconditionally transfer the control to elsewhere in the program. But it is not advisable to use in the program.
  2870. T
  2871. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines a variable length table?
  2872. 01 VAR-RECORD. 05 REC-MISC PIC X(30). 05 REC-SAL-CNT PIC 9(4). 05 REC-SAL PIC 9(5) OCCURS 1 TO 100 TIMES DEPENDING ON REC-SAL-CNT.
  2873. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true about INDEX for a TABLE?
  2874. The Index is defined with the table and represents a displacement into the table.
  2875. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the difference if the sub program is coded with EXIT PROGRAM and the sub program is coded with GO BACK ? EXIT PROGRAM : Stop executing the program GO BACK : The control will go back to the main program
  2876. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the bytes
  2877. 01 REC-1.
  2878. 01 L PIC X(6).
  2879. 02 M REDEFINES L.
  2880. 03 N OCCURS 6 TIMES PIC 9.
  2881. 02 O OCCURS 4 TIMES.
  2882. 03 P PIC X(5).
  2883. 03 Q PIC 999.
  2884. 38
  2885. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If you were passing a table via linkage
  2886. Index is preferable
  2887. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. GO BACK is coded instead of STOP RUN in a standalone COBOL program. Execution result will be
  2888. Similar to STOPRUN
  2889. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which section is used to pass data from one program to another program ?
  2890. LINKAGE SECTION
  2891. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In nested programs, Linkage section is not mandatory even if calling program is passing some data.
  2892. State True or False.
  2893. F
  2894. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  2895. Division Header or Section Header or Paragraph Header can lie in Area B.
  2896. F
  2897. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  2898. The level number 01 is coded in Area B
  2899.  
  2900. F
  2901. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Program-id should mandatorily be same as member name of COBOL program? State True or False.
  2902. F
  2903. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the program is not coded with PROGRAM-ID what will happen?
  2904.  
  2905. The compilation will be failed with "Expected a program-name"
  2906.  
  2907. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  2908. An empty file can be opened in EXTEND mode in a Cobol program and it will not throw any error while running.
  2909. T
  2910. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. While writing to a file in COBOL, we refer to the file name next to the WRITE verb.
  2911. F
  2912. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which condition checks are allowed with the following variable?
  2913. 01 END-OF-FILE PIC X(1).
  2914. 88 EOF VALUE 'N'.
  2915. 88 N-EOF VALUE 'Y'.
  2916. All of the listed above
  2917. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Association between file names and corresponding file medium is done in
  2918.  
  2919. File-Control Paragraph, I-O Section and Environment Division
  2920. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For each file you want to read in a COBOL program you have to provide a set of declarations
  2921. and instructions. Select the appropriate order?
  2922. (a) SELECT infile ASSIGN TO
  2923. (b) READ infile
  2924. (c) OPEN INPUT infile
  2925. (d) CLOSE infile a, c, b, d
  2926. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done? OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  2927.  
  2928. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which mode is used to OPEN a file for writing alone?
  2929.  
  2930. OUTPUT EXTEND
  2931. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does file status 22 signify ?
  2932.  
  2933. Invalid Key - Duplicate Key found
  2934.  
  2935. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Indicate which one of the following will not have the INVALID KEY Phrase when used in connection with sequentially accessed relative file in a PROCEDURE DIVISION with out any declarative section.
  2936.  
  2937. REWRITE STATEMENT
  2938.  
  2939. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following files can be opened in all the 4 modes?
  2940. Sequential
  2941.  
  2942. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the file status code for "FILE NOT FOUND"?
  2943. 13
  2944. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct option which related to the below statement
  2945. "Deleting a record in a sequential file is ..."
  2946.  
  2947. Not Possible
  2948. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done? OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  2949. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  2950. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files.
  2951. T
  2952. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does File status 92 signify?
  2953.  
  2954. File is opened for input and an attempt is made to write to it.
  2955.  
  2956.  
  2957. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  2958. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files.
  2959.  
  2960. T
  2961. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option which is not suitable, if the file is opened in the below mode
  2962. WRITE
  2963. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to update a key field of a record in an INDEXED file?
  2964.  
  2965. The record should be deleted and reinserted with the new key field.
  2966.  
  2967. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FD FILE1-DATA
  2968. RECORDING MODE F
  2969. BLOCK CONTAINS 0 RECORDS.
  2970. 01 S1-FILE1-DATA PIC X(400).
  2971. 01 WS-USING-FILE1 REDEFINES S1-FILE1-DATA.
  2972.  
  2973. Is the above file section declaration syntatically correct ?
  2974.  
  2975. F
  2976. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Copybook can contain only file layouts. State True or False.
  2977.  
  2978. F
  2979. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  2980.  
  2981. FILE-CONTROL.
  2982. SELECT EMP-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
  2983. ORGANIZATION IS INDEXED
  2984. ACCESS MODE IS DYNAMIC.
  2985.  
  2986. There is one error in the above code. Choose the error statement from the following options.
  2987.  
  2988. RECORD KEY clause must be specified for an indexed sequential file.
  2989. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following OPEN statement:
  2990.  
  2991. OPEN EXTEND IN-FILE.
  2992.  
  2993. Identify correct statements from the following related to above.
  2994.  
  2995. If the organization of IN-FILE is sequential, records can be added at the en
  2996. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How do you refer the fixed block file in COBOL program?
  2997.  
  2998.  
  2999. ORGANIZATION IS SEQUENTIAL RECORDING MODE IS F BLOCK CONTAINS 0
  3000. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to update a key field of a record in an INDEXED file?
  3001.  
  3002. The record should be deleted and reinserted with the new key field.
  3003. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FILE-CONTROL paragraph in a COBOL program appears in which division?
  3004. Input-Output Section in Environment Division
  3005. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does file status 22 signify ?
  3006.  
  3007. Invalid Key - Duplicate Key found
  3008. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •Consider the following FILE SECTION and select the most appropriate comment from the four given below:
  3009.  
  3010. 05 CALENDAR-DATE PIC X(6).
  3011. 10 CALENDAR-DD PIC 99.
  3012. 10 CALENDAR-MM PIC 99.
  3013. 10 CALENDAR-YY PIC 99.
  3014.  
  3015. Incorrect, since PIC clause cannot be specified for a group item
  3016. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the options which are related to START statement
  3017.  
  3018. Enables the positioning of the pointer as a specific point in an indexed or relative file
  3019. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  3020. An empty file can be opened in EXTEND mode in a Cobol program and it will not throw any error while running.
  3021. T
  3022. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. While writing to a file in COBOL, we refer to the file name next to the WRITE verb.
  3023. F
  3024. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which condition checks are allowed with the following variable?
  3025. 01 END-OF-FILE PIC X(1).
  3026. 88 EOF VALUE 'N'.
  3027. 88 N-EOF VALUE 'Y'.
  3028. All of the listed above
  3029. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Association between file names and corresponding file medium is done in File-Control Paragraph, I-O Section and Environment Division
  3030. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For each file you want to read in a COBOL program you have to provide a set of declarations
  3031. and instructions. Select the appropriate order?
  3032. (a) SELECT infile ASSIGN TO
  3033. (b) READ infile
  3034. (c) OPEN INPUT infile
  3035. (d) CLOSE infile
  3036. a, c, b, d
  3037. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done? OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  3038. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which mode is used to OPEN a file for writing alone?
  3039. OUTPUT EXTEND
  3040. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does file status 22 signify ? Invalid Key - Duplicate Key found
  3041. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Indicate which one of the following will not have the INVALID KEY Phrase when used in connection with sequentially accessed relative file in a PROCEDURE DIVISION with out any declarative section.
  3042. REWRITE STATEMENT
  3043. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following files can be opened in all the 4 modes? Sequential
  3044. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the file status code for "FILE NOT FOUND"? 13
  3045.  
  3046. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct option which related to the below statement
  3047. "Deleting a record in a sequential file is ..."
  3048. Not Possible
  3049. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a RELATIVE or INDEXED file needs to be updated, then which of the following should be done?
  3050. OPEN in I-O mode and REWRITE
  3051. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  3052. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files T
  3053. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does File status 92 signify? File is opened for input and an attempt is made to write to it.
  3054.  
  3055. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  3056. Multiple keys (Primary & secondary) can be maintained by Indexed files.
  3057. T
  3058. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option which is not suitable, if the file is opened in the below mode
  3059. WRITE
  3060. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to update a key field of a record in an INDEXED file? The record should be deleted and reinserted with the new key field.
  3061.  
  3062. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FD FILE1-DATA
  3063. RECORDING MODE F
  3064. BLOCK CONTAINS 0 RECORDS.
  3065. 01 S1-FILE1-DATA PIC X(400).
  3066. 01 WS-USING-FILE1 REDEFINES S1-FILE1-DATA.
  3067.  
  3068. Is the above file section declaration syntatically correct ?
  3069. F
  3070. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Copybook can contain only file layouts. State True or False. F
  3071. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  3072.  
  3073. FILE-CONTROL.
  3074. SELECT EMP-FILE ASSIGN TO DISK
  3075. ORGANIZATION IS INDEXED
  3076. ACCESS MODE IS DYNAMIC.
  3077.  
  3078. There is one error in the above code. Choose the error statement from the following options.
  3079. RECORD KEY clause must be specified for an indexed sequential file.
  3080. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following OPEN statement:
  3081.  
  3082. OPEN EXTEND IN-FILE.
  3083.  
  3084. Identify correct statements from the following related to above.
  3085. If the organization of IN-FILE is sequential, records can be added at the end
  3086. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How do you refer the fixed block file in COBOL program?
  3087. ORGANIZATION IS SEQUENTIAL RECORDING MODE IS F BLOCK CONTAINS 0
  3088. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to update a key field of a record in an INDEXED file?
  3089. The record should be deleted and reinserted with the new key field.
  3090. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. FILE-CONTROL paragraph in a COBOL program appears in which division? Input-Output Section in Environment Division
  3091. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does file status 22 signify ? Invalid Key - Duplicate Key found
  3092. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •Consider the following FILE SECTION and select the most appropriate comment from the four given below:
  3093.  
  3094. 05 CALENDAR-DATE PIC X(6).
  3095. 10 CALENDAR-DD PIC 99.
  3096. 10 CALENDAR-MM PIC 99.
  3097. 10 CALENDAR-YY PIC 99.
  3098. Incorrect, since PIC clause cannot be specified for a group item
  3099. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the options which are related to START statement
  3100. Enables the positioning of the pointer as a specific point in an indexed or relative file
  3101. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following program.
  3102. PERFORM 10 TIMES
  3103. IF P=Q
  3104. NEXT SENTENCE
  3105. ELSE
  3106. DISPLAY Q
  3107. END-IF
  3108. END-PERFORM.
  3109. If after 5th iteration P becomes equal to Q then what happens.
  3110. It will come out of the perform loop.
  3111.  
  3112. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 VAR1 PIC 9(10)
  3113. UNSTRING "WELCOME" INTO VAR1
  3114.  
  3115. Execution of above command will result in
  3116.  
  3117. Error as sending field should be an identifier and not a literal
  3118. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 1000-PROCESS-PARA.
  3119. EVALUATE TRUE
  3120. WHEN "001"
  3121. DISPLAY "VALUE IS 001"
  3122. WHEN "002"
  3123. DISPLAY "VALUE IS 002"
  3124. PERFORM 9000-PARA THRU 9000-PARA-EXIT
  3125. WHEN "003"
  3126. DISPLAY "VALUE IS 003"
  3127. PERFORM 9000-PARA THRU 9000-PARA-EXIT
  3128. WHEN "004"
  3129. NEXT SENTENCE
  3130. PERFORM 9000-PARA THRU 9000-PARA-EXIT
  3131. WHEN OTHER
  3132. DISPLAY "OTHER ISSUES"
  3133. END-EVALUATE.
  3134. 1000-EXIT.
  3135. EXIT.
  3136. Consider the above statement and select the appropriate option when option is "004"
  3137.  
  3138. Nothing will be displayed and 1000-EXIT will get executed
  3139.  
  3140. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct statement concerning with PERFORM is TRUE?
  3141.  
  3142. The use of a PERFORM statement within the range of another PERFORM Statement is allowed,
  3143. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  3144. 05 WS-RESULT PIC 9(2) VALUE 0.
  3145. 05 WS-A PIC 9(2).
  3146. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  3147. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  3148. PERFORM VARYING WS-A FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL WS-A = 10
  3149. COMPUTE WS-RESULT = WS-RESULT + 1
  3150. END-PERFORM.
  3151. DISPLAY WS-RESULT
  3152. What is the content of WS-RESULT after execution of the above code snippet?
  3153. 9
  3154. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the allowable level numbers of Elementary data items in COBOL program. 01 TO 49 , 77
  3155. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Code Snippet.
  3156.  
  3157. IF WS-A>WS-B
  3158. IF WS-A>WS-C
  3159. DISPLAY ‘A’
  3160. NEXT SENTENCE
  3161. END-IF
  3162. DISPLAY ‘C’
  3163. END-IF.
  3164. DISPLAY ‘B’.
  3165.  
  3166. If WS-A=10, WS-B=5, WS-C=7. What is the output of the above?
  3167. AB
  3168. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is level 66 used for? RENAMES
  3169.  
  3170. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A LESS 1200 IF B GREATER 25 MOVE 47 TOC
  3171. ELSE MOVE 57 TO C
  3172. IF A GREATER 249 MOVE 67 TO C
  3173. ELSE NEXT SENTENCE ELSE IF B LESS 67
  3174. MOVE 27 TO C
  3175. What will be the value of C, when A is 137 and b is 25
  3176. 57
  3177. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  3178.  
  3179. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  3180. 01 WS-COUNT PIC 9 VALUE 0.
  3181. 01 WS-A PIC 9 VALUE 1.
  3182. 01 WS-B PIC 9 VALUE 9.
  3183.  
  3184. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  3185. MAIN-LOGIC.
  3186. MOVE 1 TO WS-COUNT.
  3187. IF WS-A = 1
  3188. ADD 1 TO WS-COUNT
  3189. IF WS-B = 9
  3190. CONTINUE
  3191. END-IF
  3192. ADD 1 TO WS-COUNT
  3193. END-IF.
  3194. ADD 1 TO WS-COUNT.
  3195.  
  3196. What is the value stored in WS-COUNT after executing the above statements?
  3197. 4
  3198.  
  3199. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  3200. 05 WS-A PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  3201. 05 WS-B PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  3202. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  3203. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  3204. SUBTRACT 15 FROM WS-A WS-B.
  3205. DISPLAY "WS-A :" WS-A.
  3206. DISPLAY "WS-B :" WS-B.
  3207.  
  3208. By considering the above code snippet what will be the value of WS-A & WS-B?
  3209.  
  3210. WS-A :05 WS-B :05
  3211. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set?
  3212.  
  3213. Repeatable Read
  3214. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following occurs if an application ends abnormally during an active unit of
  3215. work?
  3216. The unit of work is rolled back
  3217. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Application A wants to read a subset of rows from table TABLE1 multiple times. Which of the following isolation levels should Application A use to prevent other users from making modifications and additions to table TABLE1 that will affect the subset of rows read?
  3218. Repeatable Read -
  3219. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. LOCK TABLE can be used upon a View. State True or False. F
  3220. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operation enables the user to undo changes made to a database?
  3221. Rollback
  3222. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 6 rows are inserted to a DB2 Table. Next 3 of those are updated, then a rollback is issued. What would happen when the rollback is issued? The 6 rows inserted will be not be present in the table
  3223. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which SQL comment successfully removes uncommitted changes from a DB2 database
  3224. ROLLBACK
  3225. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set? Repeatable Read
  3226. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 UDB isolation levels will only lock rows during read process-ing if another transaction tries to drop the table the rows are being read from? Uncommitted Read
  3227. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens when LOCKSIZE IS ANY is specified and the application program crosses the limit of maximum number of row or page level lock?
  3228. LOCK ESCALATION process is handled by DB2
  3229. Which of the following modes, when used with the LOCK TABLE statement, will cause the DB2 Database Manager to acquire a table-level lock that prevents other concurrent transac-tions from accessing data stored in the table while the owning transaction is active?
  3230. EXCLUSIVE MODE
  3231.  
  3232. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true with respect to COMMIT statement? The COMMIT Statement is used to store whatever changes have been made on data. If we don't execute a COMMIT Command, it'll executed implicitly when the thread terminates
  3233. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which SQL comment successfully removes uncommitted changes from a DB2 database
  3234. ROLLBACK
  3235. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set?
  3236. Repeatable Read
  3237. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. LOCK TABLE can be used upon a View. State True or False. F
  3238. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Find the maximum, minimum, and average bonus in the table EMP. Execute the statement with uncommitted read isolation, regardless of the value of ISOLATION with which the plan or package containing the statement is bound. Assign 17 as the query number for the SELECT statement
  3239. By considering the above scenario select the appropriate query
  3240. SELECT MAX(BONUS), MIN(BONUS), AVG(BONUS) FROM EMP_TABLE WITH UR QUERYNO 17;
  3241. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the scenario where a deadlock get released?
  3242. The deadlock is released only when one process is timed out
  3243. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set?
  3244.  
  3245. Repeatable Read
  3246. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 UDB isolation levels will only lock rows during read process-ing if another transaction tries to drop the table the rows are being read from?
  3247. Uncommitted Read
  3248. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following implementation helps in continuing processing from the last successfully processed point within a given DB2 program?
  3249. Declaration of cursors
  3250. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following SQLSTATE codes is interpreted as "No data returned"?
  3251. 22xxx
  3252. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate answer with respect to INPUT and OUTPUT of Precompiling STEP
  3253. Input to the PRECOMPILE step will be the below SYSIN: COBOL-DB2 application program (member name with the PDS) SYSLIB: DCLGEN PDS name Output of the PRECOMPILE step will be the below DBRMLIB: DBRM member name with the PDS. SYSCIN: Modified source code
  3254. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct flow with respect to compile COBOL-DB2 program
  3255. Precompile BIND Compilation Link edit
  3256. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is the function of the DB2 pre-compiler?
  3257. Replaces all the SQL statements with host language CALL statements
  3258.  
  3259. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following could lead to negative SQLCODEs during execution in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  3260.  
  3261. Duplicate row getting inserted
  3262. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DB2, which of the following returns SQLCODE, SQLSTATE,SQLERRD,SQLERRP ?
  3263. SQLCA
  3264. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following error trapping method in a DB2 program does not set sql error codes?
  3265. By using WHENEVER clause.
  3266. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the DB2 error routine commonly used to trap the errors ?
  3267. DSNTIAR
  3268. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What SQLCODE will occur when there is a deadlock or timeout error?
  3269. -911
  3270. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following error trapping method in a DB2 program does not set sql error codes?
  3271. By using WHENEVER clause.
  3272. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which field in SQLCA will return the number of rows affected by an INSERT, UPDATE or DELETE statement SQLERRD(3)
  3273. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How should a VARCHAR field be declared in the host variables structure in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  3274. A length field with S9(4) COMP and text field with the maximum length of the string expected in field
  3275. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid SQL commands that can be used when declaring cursors?
  3276. ORDER BY
  3277. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In which of the following scenarios the NULL indicator returns a positive value Column is not null
  3278. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following could be the reason if a CLOSE cursor statement is NOT successful?
  3279. The cursor is not in OPEN state
  3280. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate options with respect to VARCHAR data type
  3281. Varchar data type is having two components. Length & Text component
  3282. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are mandatory when declaring a cursor in a DB2 program?
  3283. Cursor Name
  3284.  
  3285.  
  3286. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will make a column accept a NULL value in DB2?
  3287.  
  3288. Declare the columns WITH DEFAULT NULL explicitly during creation of table
  3289. Declare the columns with no specific qualifying clause meant for NULL
  3290. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are specifically taken care by the 'for UPDATE OF' clause in cursor handling?
  3291. Ensure Data integrity during updation
  3292. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you issue a COMMIT statement in the program then the Cursor get closed.State True or False.
  3293. T
  3294.  
  3295. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A COBOL programmer wants to repeat an instruction 8 times. How can he/she code this?
  3296.  
  3297.  
  3298. Correct Answer:
  3299.  
  3300.  
  3301. PERFORM 8 TIMES instruction END-PERFORM
  3302.  
  3303. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following variable names for data items are syntactically correct?
  3304.  
  3305.  
  3306. orrect Answer:
  3307.  
  3308.  
  3309. TOTAL-NUMBER-OF-LINES-PER-TEST
  3310. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the OCCURS statement which is syntactically wrong.
  3311.  
  3312.  
  3313. Correct Answer:
  3314.  
  3315.  
  3316. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION. 05 WS-TABLE1 OCCURS 100 INDEXED BY INX-B PIC X(5).
  3317.  
  3318. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following word can NOT be used to perform calculations in a COBOL program.
  3319.  
  3320.  
  3321. Correct Answer:
  3322.  
  3323.  
  3324. ASSIGN
  3325. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. DELIMITED BY SIZE in STRING fucntion, makes the transfer of characters from source field to receiving field to stop once a blank is encountered
  3326.  
  3327.  
  3328. orrect Answer:
  3329.  
  3330. F
  3331. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. COBOL verb that is not directly related with an index name
  3332.  
  3333. Correct Answer:
  3334.  
  3335. SORT
  3336.  
  3337. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Size of -9(5).999 is
  3338.  
  3339.  
  3340. Correct Answer:
  3341.  
  3342. 10
  3343. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum size of numeric fields in COBOL ?
  3344.  
  3345.  
  3346. Correct Answer:
  3347. 18
  3348. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PIC S9(10)V99 COMP-3 occupy?
  3349.  
  3350. Correct Answer:
  3351.  
  3352. 6
  3353.  
  3354. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WHEN OTHER is mandatory in EVALUATE structure.
  3355. State True or False.
  3356.  
  3357. Correct Answer:
  3358. FALSE
  3359. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the physical storage length of each of the
  3360. following DB2 data types: DATE, TIME, TIMESTAMP resp.?
  3361. Correct Answer:
  3362.  
  3363. 4 bytes,3 bytes,10bytes
  3364.  
  3365.  
  3366. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Complete the following sentence correctly:
  3367. A database can not be dropped …
  3368.  
  3369. Correct Answer:
  3370. ... while a DB2 utility has control of any part of the database.
  3371.  
  3372. number of tables joined in FROM clause for better performance.
  3373. State True or False.
  3374.  
  3375. Correct Answer:
  3376. F
  3377.  
  3378. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down all the valid types of relationships (Cardinality)
  3379.  
  3380. Correct Answer:
  3381. One-to-One One-to-Many Many-to-One Many-to-Many
  3382.  
  3383. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following deletion rules on CREATE TABLE will allow parent table rows to be deleted if a dependent row exists?
  3384.  
  3385. Correct Answer:
  3386. ON DELETE CASCADE
  3387.  
  3388. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When declaring a foreign key on a table, referencing an existing primary key with complete definition,
  3389. what might differ between foreign key and primary key?
  3390.  
  3391. Correct Answer:
  3392. The nullability of one of the included columns.
  3393. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following tools can be used to automate table reorganization operations?
  3394.  
  3395. Correct Answer:
  3396. Task Center
  3397.  
  3398. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A view is created with columns from three tables.
  3399. Which of the following is True with respect to updating the view?
  3400.  
  3401. orrect Answer:
  3402.  
  3403. Cannot update any column referred in the view
  3404.  
  3405. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens, if an embedded SQL statement is coded from the 45th column?
  3406.  
  3407. orrect Answer:
  3408.  
  3409. There is no error
  3410.  
  3411. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many indexes can be created for a single table ?
  3412.  
  3413. Correct Answer:
  3414. 250
  3415.  
  3416.  
  3417.  
  3418. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does a S9(7) SIGN TRAILING SEPARATE field occupy
  3419. Correct Answer:
  3420. 8 bytes
  3421.  
  3422. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Mismatch in LRECL or BLKSIZE or RECFM between COBOL program and the JCL gives you a file status of
  3423.  
  3424. Correct Answer:
  3425. 39
  3426. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one of the following is incorrect?
  3427. Correct Answer:
  3428. SUBTRACT A FROM D, B FROM E, C FROM F
  3429. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PIC S9(10)V99 COMP-3 occupy?
  3430. Correct Answer:
  3431. 6
  3432. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be used to detect field overflow on the receiving field?
  3433. Correct Answer:
  3434. SIZE ERROR clause
  3435.  
  3436. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How is sign stored in a COMP field?
  3437. Correct Answer:
  3438. In the most significant bit
  3439.  
  3440. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be used as a numeric edit character in COBOL?
  3441. Correct Answer:
  3442. All of the listed options
  3443.  
  3444. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the chief disadvantage of using ACCEPT statement?
  3445. Correct Answer:
  3446. The end-of-file cannot be recognized
  3447.  
  3448. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the chief disadvantage of using ACCEPT statement?
  3449. Correct Answer:
  3450. The end-of-file cannot be recognized
  3451.  
  3452. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. Can REDEFINES clause be used for '05' level items in FD SECTION?
  3453. Correct Answer:
  3454. T
  3455.  
  3456. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is the function of the DB2 pre-compiler?
  3457. Selected Option:
  3458. Replaces all the SQL statements with host language CALL statements - 1.0
  3459. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the use of DSNTIAR rou
  3460. Correct Answer:
  3461. It is an “Error Reporting Routine” supplied by IBM for DB2. This routine can be called from a COBOL-DB2 application program to display a formatted error message.
  3462.  
  3463. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An embedded SQL statement returns a sqlcode of - 811, with a message of:
  3464. THE RESULT OF AN EMBEDDED SELECT STATEMENT IS A TABLE OF MORE THAN ONE ROW, OR
  3465. THE RESULT OF THE SUBQUERY OF A BASIC PREDICATE IS MORE THAN ONE VALUE
  3466.  
  3467. What might be the problem and solution, without changing the logical result of the SQL q
  3468. The SQL statement was not a singleton select. A cursor will be needed. - 1.0
  3469.  
  3470. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  3471. When a program issues an INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statement, DB2 does not immediately write
  3472. the table modification to disk.It logs the changes in a dataset and keeps track of the changes in virtual
  3473. storage buffers.
  3474. Selected Option:
  3475. T - 1.0
  3476.  
  3477. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. After changes pertaining only to COBOL program having DB2 as backend, is it necessary to re-bind the program ?
  3478. Selected Option:
  3479. T - 1.0
  3480.  
  3481. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The precompilation of DB2 program throws some error.
  3482. Which of the following does the above indicate?
  3483.  
  3484.  
  3485. Selected Option:
  3486. Incorrect use of SQL statements - 1.0
  3487.  
  3488. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the outcomes of the BIND operation?
  3489. Selected Option:
  3490. PLAN - 1.0
  3491.  
  3492. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of DCLGEN?
  3493. Selected Option:
  3494. Declarations Generator - 1.0
  3495.  
  3496. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following implementation helps in continuing processing from the last successfully processed point within a given DB2 program?
  3497. Correct Answer:
  3498. Declaration of cursors
  3499. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens when LOCKSIZE IS ANY is specified and the application program crosses the limit of maximum number of row or page level lo
  3500. Correct Answer:
  3501. LOCK ESCALATION process is handled by DB2
  3502.  
  3503. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true related to isolation levels?
  3504. Statement 1 : CS - Releases the lock on a page after use
  3505. Statement 2: RR - Retains all locks acquired till end of transaction
  3506.  
  3507. Selected Option:
  3508. Both the statements are true - 1.0
  3509. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The data changes can be made permanent by using COMMIT. It also permits data to be accessed by other applications who can reference the committed data
  3510. Selected Option:
  3511. T - 1.0
  3512.  
  3513. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. which SQL comment successfully removes uncommitted changes from a DB2 database
  3514. Selected Option:
  3515. ROLLBACK - 1.0
  3516.  
  3517. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. LOCK TABLE can be used upon a View. State True or False.
  3518. Correct Answer:
  3519. F
  3520. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true with respect to COMMIT statemen
  3521. Correct Answer:
  3522. The COMMIT Statement is used to store whatever changes have been made on data. If we don't execute a COMMIT Command, it'll executed implicitly when the thread terminates
  3523.  
  3524. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. consider the following
  3525. FD FILE-1
  3526. 01 REC-1 PIC X(80)
  3527. ......
  3528. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION
  3529. 01 W-REC PIC X(90)
  3530. ........
  3531. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  3532. FIRST-PARA
  3533. .......
  3534. READ FILE-1 INTO W-REC AT END MOVE 1 TO EOF-FLAG
  3535. which of the following is true with respect to the above?
  3536. Correct Answer:
  3537. REC-1 and W-REC contain the same data
  3538.  
  3539. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What dataset name you will give to browse a VSAM KSDS dataset?
  3540. Correct Answer:
  3541. Cluster name
  3542.  
  3543. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO option to view the VSAM data set in file manager?
  3544. Correct Answer:
  3545. TS;F;F
  3546. DB2
  3547.  
  3548. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the sql error code will throw when a table is undefined with a column name ?
  3549. Correct Answer:
  3550. -204
  3551.  
  3552.  
  3553. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the correct flow with respect to compile COBOL-DB2 program
  3554. Correct Answer:
  3555. Precompile BIND Compilation Link edit
  3556.  
  3557. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A plan needs to refer 4 packages. Instead only 3 packages are bound.
  3558. Which of the following happens during program ex
  3559. Correct Answer:
  3560. The program executes correctly for the 3 packages that are mentioned in the plan, but raises exception error(that needs to be trapped) when the code in the missed package is referred.
  3561.  
  3562. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the outcomes of the BIND operation?
  3563. Correct Answer:
  3564. PLAN
  3565.  
  3566. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A declared temporary table is used for which of the following purposes?
  3567. Correct Answer:
  3568. Storing intermediate results
  3569.  
  3570. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the SQLCA is included in the program, which of the following host-variables is NOT known and as such unavailable for the program?
  3571. Correct Answer:
  3572. SQLNUM
  3573.  
  3574. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following could lead to negative SQLCODEs during execution in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  3575. Correct Answer:
  3576. Duplicate row getting inserted
  3577.  
  3578. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An embedded SQL statement returns a sqlcode of - 811, with a message of:
  3579. THE RESULT OF AN EMBEDDED SELECT STATEMENT IS A TABLE OF MORE THAN ONE ROW, OR
  3580. THE RESULT OF THE SUBQUERY OF A BASIC PREDICATE IS MORE THAN ONE VALUE
  3581.  
  3582. What might be the problem and solution, without changing the logical result of the SQL query?
  3583. Correct Answer:
  3584. The SQL statement was not a singleton select. A cursor will be needed.
  3585. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the equivalent COBOL picture clause for DB2 data type TIMESTAMP ?
  3586. Selected Option:
  3587. PICX(26) - 1.0
  3588.  
  3589. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is SQLCA’s maximum length
  3590. Selected Option:
  3591. 136 - 1.0
  3592.  
  3593. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •According to the given declarations in Data Division. How many elementary items are described below?
  3594.  
  3595. 05 CALENDAR-DATE.
  3596. 08 CALENDAR-DAY PIC 99.
  3597. 08 CALENDAR-MON PIC 99.
  3598. 08 CALENDAR-YEAR PIC 99.
  3599. 05 FILLER PIC X(5).
  3600. 05 VAR1 PIC XX.
  3601. 05 VAR2 PIC X.
  3602. 05 END-DATE.
  3603. 10 FILLER PIC X(4).
  3604. 10 END-YEAR PIC 99.
  3605.  
  3606.  
  3607. Correct Answer:
  3608. 6
  3609.  
  3610. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •According to the given declarations in Data Division. How many elementary items are described below?
  3611. 05 CALENDAR-DATE.
  3612. 08 CALENDAR-DAY PIC 99.
  3613. 08 CALENDAR-MON PIC 99.
  3614. 08 CALENDAR-YEAR PIC 99.
  3615. 05 FILLER PIC X(5).
  3616. 05 VAR1 PIC XX.
  3617. 05 VAR2 PIC X.
  3618. 05 END-DATE.
  3619. 10 FILLER PIC X(4).
  3620. 10 END-YEAR PIC 99.
  3621.  
  3622. Correct Answer:
  3623. 6
  3624.  
  3625. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following portion of procedure division
  3626. MOVE 0 TO A, I.
  3627. PARA-1.
  3628. ADD 3 TO A.
  3629. ADD 2 TO I.
  3630. IF I < a=" ‘,">B MOVE A TO C
  3631. ELSE MOVE B TO C.
  3632. ADD C TO D.
  3633. Indicate which one of the following does not support the above statements
  3634.  
  3635. Correct Answer:
  3636. The larger of the values, A and B will be added to D.
  3637.  
  3638. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Data-names V1, V2, V3 and V4 have the following
  3639. definitions in the WORKING-STORAGE section:
  3640.  
  3641. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declaration in the WORKING-STORAGE section.
  3642. 01 WEEK-DAY-NAMES PIC X(45)
  3643. VALUE 'MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY'.
  3644. 01 WEEK-DAYS REDEFINES WEEK-DAY-NAMES.
  3645. 02 WEEK_DAY PIC X(9) OCCURS 5 TIMES.
  3646.  
  3647. What value will be present in WEEK-DAY(4) ?
  3648.  
  3649. Correct Answer:
  3650. 'URSDAY FR’
  3651.  
  3652. 01 V1 PIC 9-.
  3653. 01 V2 PIC 9+.
  3654. 01 V3 PIC 9CR.
  3655. 01 V4 PIC 9DB The statement MOVE -8 to V1, V2, V3, V4 will produce the following bytes in V1, V2, V3 and V4 respectively
  3656.  
  3657.  
  3658. Correct Answer:
  3659. 8 8 8CR 8DB
  3660.  
  3661. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the functions which is used to convert alphanumeric data items that contain free-format character-representation numbers to numeric form, and process them numerically
  3662. Correct Answer:
  3663. NUMVAL-C
  3664.  
  3665. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. consider the following program statements
  3666. MOVE 0 TO SW.NO.OF.REC
  3667. PERFORM PRI-OUT UNTIL SW=1
  3668. DISPALY NO.OF.REC
  3669. STOP RUN
  3670. PRE-OUT
  3671. READ IN-FILE AT END
  3672. MOVE 1 TO SW
  3673. WRITE OUO-REC FROM IN-REC
  3674. ADD 1 TO NO.OF REC
  3675. if the IN-FILE contains 1000 records what value will be displayed after the PERFORM is over?assume that N0.OF.REC has PIC 9(4)
  3676. Selected Option:
  3677. none of the above since there is a syntex error - 1.0
  3678.  
  3679. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following code:
  3680. 01 WS-STR1 PIC X(12) VALUSE 'ROSSISS ALI'.
  3681. 01 WS-STR2 PIC X(4) SPACES.
  3682. 01 WS-STR3 PIC X(4) SPACES.
  3683. 01 WS-STR4 PIC X(4) SPACES.
  3684.  
  3685. What will be the content of WS-STR2, WS-STR3, WS-STR4 after the execution of the below statement?
  3686.  
  3687. UNSTRING WS_STR1 DELIMITED BY ALL 'S' INTO WS_STR2, WS-STR3, WS-STR4.
  3688. Correct Answer:
  3689. RO, I, ALI respectively
  3690.  
  3691. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT REPORT-FILE
  3692. ON ASCENDING KEY CLASS-NUMBER STUDENT-NAME
  3693. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  3694. Which one of the following is false.
  3695. Selected Option:
  3696. The data-names CLASS-NUMBER and STUDENT-NAME must appear in the record description of REPORT-FILE. - 0.0
  3697.  
  3698. Correct Answer:
  3699. The files INPUT-FILE and OUTPUT-FILE should be opened by an OPEN statement before the SORT statement.
  3700.  
  3701. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 A PIC 999 VALUE 256.
  3702. 05 B PIC 99 VALUE 15.
  3703. 05 C PIC 99.
  3704.  
  3705. COMPUTE C = FUNCTION REM(A B) is valid
  3706. Correct Answer:
  3707. F
  3708.  
  3709. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the example below 05 WS-VAR1 PIC X(5),05 WS-VAR2 REDEFINES WA-VAR1 PIC 9(5),PROCEDURE DIVISION MOVE 05 NO-OF-BRANDS PIC 99
  3710. 05 BRAND-.Now what is the value of WS-VAR1 and WS-VAR2 ?
  3711. Correct Answer:
  3712. WS-VAR1 = ABCDE WS-VAR2 = Low values or Spaces
  3713.  
  3714. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following piece of code
  3715. 01 GROUP-ITEM
  3716. 05 AMT-1 PIC 99V9 USAGE COMP VALUE 50
  3717. 05 AMT-2 PIC 9(4)V99 USAGE COMP
  3718. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  3719. MOVE ZERO TO GROUP-ITEM.
  3720. ADD 50 TO AMT-1.
  3721.  
  3722. what will be the content of AMT-1?
  3723. Correct Answer:
  3724. 50
  3725.  
  3726. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 Item-1 Pic x(30) Value "Hello World!".
  3727. 01 Item-2 Pic x(30).
  3728. . . .
  3729. Display Item-1
  3730. Display Function Upper-case(Item-1)
  3731. Display Function Lower-case(Item-1)
  3732. Move Function Upper-case(Item-1) to Item-2
  3733. Display Item-2
  3734. Select the appropriate outputs after execution of above code snippet
  3735. Correct Answer:
  3736. Hello World! HELLO WORLD! hello world! HELLO WORLD!
  3737.  
  3738. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DATA DIVISION the entries are
  3739. 01 BILL-AMT.
  3740. 02 A PIC 99.
  3741. 02 FILLER PIC X(7).
  3742. Indicate which one of the following statement in the Procedure division is correct
  3743. Selected Option:
  3744. MOVE ZEROS TO A. - 1.0
  3745.  
  3746. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be usage clause if a dat item declared as PIC s9(4) requires storage of 3 bytes ?
  3747. Correct Answer:
  3748. COMP-3
  3749. Quiz Results
  3750.  
  3751. Problem Grade Answered Correctly
  3752. 1 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following piece of code 01 GROU...
  3753.  
  3754. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following piece of code
  3755. 01 GROUP-ITEM
  3756. 05 AMT-1 PIC 99V9 USAGE COMP VALUE 50
  3757. 05 AMT-2 PIC 9(4)V99 USAGE COMP
  3758. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  3759. MOVE ZERO TO GROUP-ITEM.
  3760. ADD 50 TO AMT-1.
  3761.  
  3762. what will be the content of AMT-1?
  3763. Selected Option:
  3764. 50 - 1.0
  3765.  
  3766. Correct Answer:
  3767. 50
  3768.  
  3769. 1.0
  3770. 2 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declaration in the WOR...
  3771.  
  3772. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declaration in the WORKING-STORAGE section.
  3773. 01 WEEK-DAY-NAMES PIC X(45)
  3774. VALUE 'MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY'.
  3775. 01 WEEK-DAYS REDEFINES WEEK-DAY-NAMES.
  3776. 02 WEEK_DAY PIC X(9) OCCURS 5 TIMES.
  3777.  
  3778. What value will be present in WEEK-DAY(4) ?
  3779. Correct Answer:
  3780. 'URSDAY FR’
  3781.  
  3782. 0.0
  3783. 3 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following portion of procedure division ...
  3784.  
  3785. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following portion of procedure division
  3786. MOVE 0 TO A, I.
  3787. PARA-1.
  3788. ADD 3 TO A.
  3789. ADD 2 TO I.
  3790. IF I < a=" ‘,">B MOVE A TO C
  3791. ELSE MOVE B TO C.
  3792. ADD C TO D.
  3793. Indicate which one of the following does not support the above statements
  3794. Correct Answer:
  3795. The larger of the values, A and B will be added to D.
  3796.  
  3797. 1.0
  3798. 4 Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Take a look at the following COBOL program. A...
  3799. ×
  3800. Quiz Attempt
  3801.  
  3802.  
  3803. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Take a look at the following COBOL program. Assuming A, B, C, ... are COBOL instructions,
  3804. in which order will they be executed?
  3805. MAIN-PAR.
  3806. PERFORM INIT-PAR
  3807. Z
  3808. PERFORM TERM-PAR
  3809. Z
  3810. STOP RUN
  3811. .
  3812. INIT-PAR.
  3813. A
  3814. B
  3815. PERFORM READ-X
  3816. .
  3817. LOOP-PAR.
  3818. E
  3819. F
  3820. .
  3821. TERM-PAR.
  3822. G
  3823. H
  3824. .
  3825. READ-X.
  3826. X.
  3827. Selected Option:
  3828. A B X Z G H Z - 1.0
  3829.  
  3830. Correct Answer:
  3831. A B X Z G H Z
  3832.  
  3833. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In code snippet, how many times the paragraph CALC-PARA will be executed?
  3834.  
  3835. PERFORM CALC-PARA THRU CALC-PARA-EXIT VARYING COUNTER FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL COUNTER = 13.
  3836. Selected Option:
  3837. 13 - 0.0
  3838.  
  3839. Correct Answer:
  3840. 12
  3841.  
  3842. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. MOVE FUNCTION CURRENT-DATE TO WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS
  3843. By considering the above move statement, select the appropriate option to define the WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS in working storage section.
  3844. Correct Answer:
  3845. 01 WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS. 05 WS-CURRENT-DATE. 10 WS-CURRENT-YEAR PIC 9(4). 10 WS-CURRENT-MONTH PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-DAY PIC 9(2). 05 WS-CURRENT-TIME. 10 WS-CURRENT-HOUR PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-MINUTE PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-SECOND PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-MS PIC 9(2). 05 WS-DIFF-FROM-GMT PIC S9(4).
  3846.  
  3847. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  3848. 05 WS-A PIC 9(2) VALUE 5.
  3849. 05 WS-B PIC 9(2) VALUE 39.
  3850. 05 WS-C PIC 9(2) VALUE 18.
  3851. 05 WS-D PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  3852. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  3853. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  3854. DIVIDE WS-A INTO WS-B GIVING WS-C REMAINDER WS-D.
  3855. DISPLAY "WS-A :" WS-A
  3856. DISPLAY "WS-B :" WS-B
  3857. DISPLAY "WS-C :" WS-C
  3858. DISPLAY "WS-D :" WS-D
  3859. After the execution of above snippet what will be the output?
  3860. Selected Option:
  3861. WS-A :05 WS-B :39 WS-C :07 WS-D :04 - 1.0
  3862.  
  3863. Correct Answer:
  3864. WS-A :05 WS-B :39 WS-C :07 WS-D :04
  3865.  
  3866. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  3867. 05 WS-FIRST PIC X(10) VALUE "MAINFRAMES".
  3868. 01 WS-SECOND.
  3869. 05 WS-FF PIC X(06) VALUE "HAPPY ".
  3870. 05 WS-SS PIC X(10).
  3871. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  3872. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  3873. MOVE FUNCTION REVERSE (WS-FIRST) TO WS-SS
  3874. DISPLAY "WS-FIRST :" WS-FIRST
  3875. DISPLAY "WS-SECOND :" WS-SECOND
  3876. After execution of the above code snippet what will be the sysout?
  3877. Selected Option:
  3878. WS-FIRST:MAINFRAMES WS-SECOND:HAPPY SEMARFNIAM - 0.0
  3879.  
  3880. Correct Answer:
  3881. WS-FIRST :MAINFRAMES WS-SECOND :HAPPY SEMARFNIAM
  3882.  
  3883.  
  3884. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. study the data discriptions and answer the questions given below
  3885. i)01 ORDER RECORD
  3886. 05 OUT-HEADER PIC X(50)
  3887. 05 ITEM-COUNT PIC 99
  3888. 05 OUT-ITEM PIC X(20) OCCURS 1 TO 20 DEPENDING
  3889. ON ITEM-COUNT
  3890. ii)01 NAME-AND-ADDRESS
  3891. 05 N-AND-A-LINE OCCURES 5
  3892. 05 LINE-LENGTH PIC P9
  3893. 05 N-AND-A-CHAR PIC X OCCURS 1 TO 20 DEPENDING ON
  3894. LINE-LENGTH
  3895. iii)01 SALES-LIST
  3896. 05 SALESMAN-COUNT PIC 99
  3897. 05 SALES PIC 9(6) OCCURS 1 TO 100
  3898. DEPENDING ON
  3899. SALESMAN-COUNT
  3900. iv)01 ORDER-RECORD
  3901. 05 NO-OF-BRANDS PIC 99
  3902. 05 BRAND-PURCHASED OCCURS 1 TO 15 DEPENDING ON
  3903. NO-OF-BRANDS
  3904. which of the following is true?
  3905. a.i) and iii) are valid
  3906. b.i) and iv) are valid
  3907. c.i) and iii) are not valid
  3908. d.all are valid
  3909. Correct Answer:
  3910. i) and iii) are not valid
  3911. Close 1.0
  3912. 10
  3913.  
  3914.  
  3915. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  3916. 01 WS1 PIC ZZ999.
  3917. 01 WS2 PIC $ZZ999.
  3918. 01 WS3 PIC 9999CR.
  3919.  
  3920. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  3921. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  3922. MOVE 01234 TO WS1.
  3923. MOVE 123 TO WS2.
  3924. MOVE -1234 TO WS3.
  3925. DISPLAY WS1.
  3926. DISPLAY WS2.
  3927. DISPLAY WS3.
  3928. STOP RUN.
  3929. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  3930. Selected Option:
  3931. The SYSOUT will be as below b1234 $123 1234CR - 0.0
  3932.  
  3933. Correct Answer:
  3934. The SYSOUT will be as below b1234 $bb123 1234CR
  3935.  
  3936. 0.0
  3937.  
  3938.  
  3939. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ................ provides option for entering SQL queries as execution time, rather than at the development stage.
  3940.  
  3941.  
  3942. Correct Answer:
  3943. Dynamic SQL
  3944. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Statement 1: Default value of CHAR will be blank
  3945. Statement 2: Default value of SMALLINT will be blank
  3946. Statement 3: Default value of INTEGER will be zero
  3947.  
  3948. By considering the above statements select the appropriate option
  3949. Correct Answer:
  3950. Statement 1 & 3 are TRUE Statement 2 is FALSE
  3951. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. MAX can be used on a CHAR column.
  3952. Correct Answer:
  3953. T
  3954. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement is TRUE with regard to UNION ALL?
  3955. Correct Answer:
  3956. UNION ALL is used to combine the result of different select statements by retaining duplicates
  3957.  
  3958. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Primary key can have NULL values.
  3959. State True or False.
  3960. Correct Answer:
  3961. F
  3962. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which authority or privilege is granted by the DB2 Database Manager configuration file?
  3963. Correct Answer:
  3964. SYSMAINT
  3965. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 1) Database is a group of logically related Tablespaces and Indexspaces.
  3966. 2) Table space is a logical address space on secondary storage to hold one or more tables.
  3967. 3) Table that is physically stored within a table space contains one or more stored records.
  3968. 4) Table contains one stored record per row in the base table.
  3969. All of the above statements are Correct.
  3970. State True or False.
  3971. Correct Answer:
  3972. TRUE
  3973.  
  3974. Which of the following are valid statements related to JCL procedures?
  3975. A cataloged procedure is stored in a partitioned data set and may be invoked by any job on the system.
  3976. // SET FILEOUT='MYID.TEST.OUTPUT'
  3977.  
  3978. Consider the above code snippet. What is the correct statement to Nullify the FILEOUT symbolic parameter?
  3979. // SET FILEOUT=
  3980. Consider the following JCL statements with use of symbolic parameters.
  3981.  
  3982. //RUN PROC TAPE=2400,NAME=SYS1
  3983. ......... (more lines of JCL not affecting the lines below)
  3984. //A DD UNIT=&TAPE-2,DSN=&NAME..P
  3985.  
  3986. Which of the following is the correct manner in which the DD statement parameters will get substituted?
  3987. //A DD UNIT=2400-2,DSN=SYS1.P
  3988. In stream data need to start with
  3989. DD *
  3990. Identify the correct JCL which will create a copy/backup dataset named DATASET4 using DATASET5
  3991. //COPY JOB ... //JOBSTEP EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSUT1 DD DSNAME=DATASET5,UNIT=disk,VOL=SER=111113, // DISP=SHR //SYSUT2 DD DSNAME=DATASET4,UNIT=disk,VOL=SER=111112, // DISP=(NEW,KEEP),SPACE=(TRK,(5,1,2))
  3992. What does * in sysout=* mean?
  3993. Same as MSGCLASS
  3994. How many datasets can be merged at a time?
  3995. 16
  3996. What is the command to display the jobs with job name beginning with ‘JBPCH002’ in SDSF
  3997. PRE JBPCH002
  3998. What parameter directs the output of the job log dataset ?
  3999. MSGCLASS
  4000. Consider the following JCL code that shows use of Procedures:
  4001.  
  4002. //TOPJOB JOB (P,U202,SH1),'BOX 77',CALSS=A
  4003. //*
  4004. //PROC1 PROC SYSTEM='TEST',DEPT='UNK',TYPE='UNK'
  4005. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM1
  4006. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=&SYTEM..&DEPT..&TYPE,DISP=SHR
  4007. //FILEOUT DD DSN=&&TEMPDATA,DISP=NEW,
  4008. ****
  4009. //PEND
  4010. //*
  4011. //STEP1 EXEC PROC1,SYSTEM=PROD,DEPT=ACCT,TYPE=MASTER
  4012.  
  4013. Which of the following types of Procedure is used in the above?
  4014. Instream Procedures
  4015. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to display the jobs with job name beginning with ‘JBPCH002’ in SDSF
  4016.  
  4017.  
  4018. orrect Answer:
  4019. PRE JBPCH002
  4020.  
  4021. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We can give In stream data in a PROC
  4022. orrect Answer:
  4023. F
  4024.  
  4025. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is TRUE with respect to parameters in JCL?
  4026. Correct Answer:
  4027. Key word parameters can be coded in any order after any positional parameters
  4028.  
  4029. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to define VOL=SER= parameter for Tape datasets?
  4030. Correct Answer:
  4031. F
  4032.  
  4033. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider there are five datasets concatenated in a Job step.
  4034. I have to override only the 3rd dataset out of five.
  4035.  
  4036. Choose the correct option from the listed.
  4037. Correct Answer:
  4038. //STEP03.DD1 DD // DD // DD DSN=TCHN670.L1PMF01.D150914.CODE
  4039.  
  4040. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether true or false:
  4041. INCLUDE statement and OMIT statement cannot be specified together in DFSORT
  4042. Correct Answer:
  4043. T
  4044.  
  4045. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. JCL procedures can be retrieved from the following.
  4046. 1. From Private library
  4047. 2. From the input stream
  4048. 3. From the system library
  4049.  
  4050. What is the order in which system searches for a JCL procedure?
  4051. orrect Answer:
  4052. In the order of 2,1, and 3
  4053.  
  4054. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to include the procedure in JCL, if the procedure is available in private library?
  4055. Correct Answer:
  4056. By including the below code snippet in JCL // JCLLIB ORDER=(library1, library2,...)
  4057.  
  4058. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  4059. IF-THEN-ELSE construct can be coded in JCL.
  4060. Correct Answer:
  4061. T
  4062.  
  4063. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In JCL, Instream data has been passed using the following command ?
  4064. Correct Answer:
  4065. //SYSIN DD * input data /*
  4066.  
  4067. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The return code can be a number between
  4068. Correct Answer:
  4069. 0 to 4095
  4070.  
  4071. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL code that shows use of Procedures:
  4072.  
  4073. //TOPJOB JOB (P,U202,SH1),'BOX 77',CALSS=A
  4074. //*
  4075. //PROC1 PROC SYSTEM='TEST',DEPT='UNK',TYPE='UNK'
  4076. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM1
  4077. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=&SYTEM..&DEPT..&TYPE,DISP=SHR
  4078. //FILEOUT DD DSN=&&TEMPDATA,DISP=NEW,
  4079. ****
  4080. //PEND
  4081. //*
  4082. //STEP1 EXEC PROC1,SYSTEM=PROD,DEPT=ACCT,TYPE=MASTER
  4083. Which of the following types of Procedure is used in the above?
  4084. Correct Answer:
  4085. Instream Procedures
  4086.  
  4087. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL:
  4088. //J51507 JOBA ACCT15,'J51507, Dept 353'
  4089. //DD1 DD DSNAME=TEMP.DATA,DISP=(NEW,KEEP,DELETE),
  4090. // UNIT=3380,SPACE=(CYL,(10,5))
  4091. //DD2 DD DSNAME=NEW.DATA,DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  4092. // UNIT=3350,SPACE=(TRK,(20,5))
  4093. //DD3 DD DSNAME=TEMP.DATA,DISP=OLD
  4094. //DD4 DD DSN=TEST.DATA.SAMPLE,DISP=(CATLG,DELETE),
  4095. // DCB=(DSORG=PS,RECFM=FB,LRECL=80),
  4096. // SPACE=(80,(1,5 ),RLSE)
  4097. Which of the above line is not coded properly?
  4098. Correct Answer:
  4099. //J51507 JOBA ACCT15,'J51507, Dept 353'
  4100.  
  4101. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to define VOL=SER= parameter for Tape datasets?
  4102.  
  4103.  
  4104. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. You run a job executing a cataloged procedure, and you need to determine whether or not a statement was overridden.
  4105. Which of the following symbols appear in columns 1 through 3 of the output listing if such a statement is overridden?
  4106. Correct Answer:
  4107. X/
  4108.  
  4109.  
  4110.  
  4111. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider Space= (27998,(20000,1000),RLSE, CONTIG). It requests that primary space be allocated on contiguous cylinders and tracks.State True or False
  4112. correct Answer:
  4113. TRUE
  4114.  
  4115. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to include the procedure in JCL, if the procedure is available in private library?
  4116. Correct Answer:
  4117. By including the below code snippet in JCL // JCLLIB ORDER=(library1, library2,...)
  4118.  
  4119. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job card:
  4120.  
  4121. //TSOCABX JOB (00010,1020983),'TSOCAB'
  4122.  
  4123. Which of the following parameters, when added to the above Jobcard, executes the job using a D initiator?
  4124. Correct Answer:
  4125. ,CLASS=D
  4126.  
  4127. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Choose the list of statements allowed in a Catalogued procedure.
  4128. Correct Answer:
  4129. DD DUMMY
  4130.  
  4131. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which code snippet is correct to have the below requirement?
  4132.  
  4133. The output file should be included only for the records, which amount is greater than 10000 & sorted in ascending order based on the first 10 characters
  4134. Correct Answer:
  4135. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT //SORTIN DD DSN=MYID.TEST.INPUT,DISP=SHR //SORTOUT DD DSN=MYID.TEST.OUTPUT,DISP=(NEW,CATLG), // SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)), // DCB=(LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=800,RECFM=FB) //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(1,10,CH,A) INCLUDE COND=(40,8,ZD,GT,10000) /*
  4136.  
  4137. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below JCL and choose the DISP status ?
  4138. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  4139. //CREATEPS DD DSN=XX.YY, DISP=(,CATLG), SPACE=(TRK,(1,1,1),RLSE),
  4140. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=800)
  4141. Correct Answer:
  4142. NEW
  4143.  
  4144. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can an in-stream dataset be terminated?
  4145. Correct Answer:
  4146. /*
  4147.  
  4148. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sate True or False.
  4149. In a Catalogued procedure NULL (//) statement is allowed.
  4150. Correct Answer:
  4151. F
  4152.  
  4153. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. // SET FILEOUT='MYID.TEST.OUTPUT'
  4154. Consider the above code snippet. What is the correct statement to Nullify the FILEOUT symbolic parameter?
  4155. Correct Answer:
  4156. // SET FILEOUT=
  4157.  
  4158. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the purpose of the ‘DD KEYLEN’ parameter in a JCL?
  4159. Correct Answer:
  4160. Specifies the length of the keys in the dataset
  4161.  
  4162. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the national characters be allowed in JCL name field?
  4163. Correct Answer:
  4164. # @ and $
  4165.  
  4166. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the job has been coded with both a JOBLIB and STEPLIB, what will happen when execute the job?
  4167. Correct Answer:
  4168. The STEPLIB library is searched before the JOBLIB library. The JOBLIB library is ignored for the job step.
  4169.  
  4170. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //TEST JOB(110), ‘testing’
  4171. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PGM1
  4172. //DATA1 DD DSN=<File name>,
  4173. // UNIT = SYSDA
  4174.  
  4175. From the above code snippet UNIT
  4176. Correct Answer:
  4177. SYSDA implies that the data is stored in any system direct access device like DISK
  4178.  
  4179. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The parameter that can be used to control the number of lines to be printed to output log
  4180. Correct Answer:
  4181. LINES
  4182.  
  4183. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to JCL symbols?
  4184. Correct Answer:
  4185. All of the listed options
  4186.  
  4187. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the prefix character for symbolic parameter
  4188. Correct Answer:
  4189. &
  4190.  
  4191. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Abnormal Disposition'(Job ends with Abnormal Return code) value for DISP parameter
  4192. orrect Answer:
  4193. NEW
  4194.  
  4195. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider, the value for Symbolic parameter is given in both JCL and PROC. While execution, the value given in the job is considered
  4196. Correct Answer:
  4197. T
  4198.  
  4199. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following equivalents are correct?
  4200. Correct Answer:
  4201. DISP=(,,KEEP) is equivalent to DISP=(NEW,DELETE,KEEP)
  4202.  
  4203. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following parameters is used to send a status message to a TSO user on completion of a job?
  4204. Correct Answer:
  4205. NOTIFY
  4206.  
  4207. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be coded in the job statement if the program needs 100K of central storage?
  4208. Correct Answer:
  4209. //Jobid JOB Jobname,,REGION=100K,,
  4210.  
  4211. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Maximum number of steps that could be executed in JCL
  4212. Correct Answer:
  4213. 255
  4214.  
  4215. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the default value of MSGLEVEL parameter?
  4216. Correct Answer:
  4217. MSGLEVEL = (1,1)
  4218.  
  4219. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  4220. // SET GROUP=TBIS,DIV=USR,SUBJ=JCL,TYPE=DATA,NMBR=1
  4221. Which of the following structures containing symbolic parameters will result in:
  4222. TBISUSR.JCLCRS.DATA1?
  4223. Correct Answer:
  4224. &GROUP&DIV..&SUBJ.CRS.&TYPE&NMBR
  4225.  
  4226. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a function of SDSF ?
  4227. Correct Answer:
  4228. Scheduling a Job
  4229. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which of the following defines a NULL statement in a JCL?
  4230. Correct Answer:
  4231.  
  4232.  
  4233. By keeping double slash alone //
  4234.  
  4235. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the function of DD DISP parameter in a JCL?
  4236. Correct Answer:
  4237. All of the listed options
  4238.  
  4239. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Normal Disposition'(Job ends with Normal Return code) value for DISP parameter
  4240. Correct Answer:
  4241. NEW
  4242.  
  4243. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In stream data need to start with
  4244. Correct Answer:
  4245. DD *
  4246.  
  4247. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operators would be given first priority for an relational expression in a JCL?
  4248. Correct Answer:
  4249. NOT
  4250.  
  4251. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  4252. // SET GROUP=TBIS,DIV=USR,SUBJ=JCL,TYPE=DATA,NMBR=1
  4253. Which of the following structures containing symbolic parameters will result in:
  4254. TBISUSR.JCLCRS.DATA1?
  4255. Correct Answer:
  4256. &GROUP&DIV..&SUBJ.CRS.&TYPE&NMBR
  4257.  
  4258. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below scenario.
  4259.  
  4260. A Job is calling 3 PROC's and each PROC is having 100 Steps in it. Whether the JOB will get executed ?
  4261. Correct Answer:
  4262. F
  4263. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid positional parameters in a JCL statement?
  4264. Correct Answer:
  4265. PGM=program-name
  4266.  
  4267. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following creates a cataloged, sequential dataset with a 132-byte record length that will uncatalog if the job step fails?
  4268. Correct Answer:
  4269. //OUTFILE DD DSN=OUTFILE.PROD.DATA,DISP=(,CATLG,UNCATLG),UNIT=SYSDA, // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=132,DSORG=PS,BLKSIZE=1320), // SPACE=(1320,(100,50))
  4270.  
  4271. db2
  4272.  
  4273.  
  4274. 1.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to Read Stability
  4275.  
  4276.  
  4277. Selected Option:
  4278.  
  4279. RS holds page and row locks until a COMMIT point is reached. But other programs can INSERT new data - 1.0
  4280.  
  4281. 2.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  4282.  
  4283. A Banking application program PRG1 processes monthly transaction charges by adding the amount to account A and subtracting the same amount from individual accounts of customers.At the same time, another application PRG2 queries the total balance amount of all accounts including account A and customer accounts.This application is defined with isolation level UR(Uncommitted Read).
  4284.  
  4285. Which of the following can happen with respect to the query of balances by program PRG2?
  4286. Correct Answer:
  4287.  
  4288. If PRG1 subtracts the transaction amount from a customer account before adding to Account A, then the PRG2 query can miss the amount entirely
  4289.  
  4290. 3.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Application A wants to read a subset of rows from table TABLE1 multiple times. Which of the following isolation levels should Application A use to prevent other users from making modifications and additions to table TABLE1 that will affect the subset of rows read?
  4291.  
  4292. Correct Answer:
  4293.  
  4294. Repeatable Read
  4295.  
  4296. 4.
  4297.  
  4298. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens when a ROLLBACK is issued?
  4299.  
  4300. Correct Answer:
  4301.  
  4302. All open cursors are closed
  4303.  
  4304. 5.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which SQL comment successfully removes uncommitted changes from a DB2 database
  4305.  
  4306.  
  4307. Selected Option:
  4308.  
  4309. ROLLBACK - 1.0
  4310.  
  4311. 6.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 6 rows are inserted to a DB2 Table. Next 3 of those are updated, then a rollback is issued. What would happen when the rollback is issued?
  4312.  
  4313.  
  4314. Correct Answer:
  4315.  
  4316. The 6 rows inserted will be not be present in the table.
  4317.  
  4318. 7.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following occurs if an application ends abnormally during an active unit of
  4319. work?
  4320.  
  4321. Correct Answer:
  4322.  
  4323. The unit of work is rolled back
  4324.  
  4325. 8.Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the scenario where a deadlock get released?
  4326.  
  4327. Correct Answer:
  4328.  
  4329. The deadlock is released only when one process is timed out
  4330.  
  4331. 10.
  4332. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The data changes can be made permanent by using COMMIT. It also permits data to be accessed by other applications who can reference the committed data
  4333.  
  4334. Correct Answer:
  4335.  
  4336. T
  4337.  
  4338.  
  4339.  
  4340.  
  4341. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether TRUE or FALSE
  4342. While executing the application program for describing success or failure of the execution, SQLCA can be included. But the layout of SQLCA cannot be coded in working storage section. Only INCLUDE SQLCA will be accepted by the program
  4343.  
  4344. Correct Answer:
  4345.  
  4346. F
  4347.  
  4348.  
  4349.  
  4350. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you will chose to run RUNSTATS
  4351. Correct Answer:
  4352.  
  4353. All of the above
  4354.  
  4355.  
  4356.  
  4357.  
  4358. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you will chose to run RUNSTATS
  4359.  
  4360. Correct Answer:
  4361.  
  4362. All of the above
  4363.  
  4364.  
  4365. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. At which level VARCHAR host variables must be declared in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  4366.  
  4367.  
  4368. Selected Option:
  4369.  
  4370. 49 - 1.0
  4371.  
  4372.  
  4373. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are valid about data retrieval paths?
  4374. Correct Answer:
  4375.  
  4376. To use an attribute as a data retrieval path, an index should be set on the attribute
  4377.  
  4378.  
  4379. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the field in SQLCA contains the number of rows affected by a DB2 Insert/Delete after the execution of the query.
  4380. Correct Answer:
  4381.  
  4382. SQLERRD
  4383.  
  4384.  
  4385. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following ways a DCLGEN ouptut can be used in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  4386. Correct Answer:
  4387.  
  4388. Using EXEC SQL INCLUDE statement
  4389. Using COPY statement
  4390.  
  4391. ____________________________________________________________________________
  4392. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  4393. 05 WS-AAA PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  4394. 05 WS-BBB PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  4395. 05 WS-CCC PIC 9(2) VALUE 30.
  4396. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4397. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4398. MULTIPLY WS-AAA BY WS-BBB GIVING WS-CCC.
  4399. DISPLAY "WS-AAA :" WS-AAA.
  4400. DISPLAY "WS-BBB :" WS-BBB.
  4401. DISPLAY "WS-CCC :" WS-CCC.
  4402. By considering the above code snippet select the appropriate output?
  4403. Selected Option:
  4404. WS-AAA :10 WS-BBB :20 WS-CCC :00 - 1.0
  4405.  
  4406. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF A = 1 OR 2 OR 3 NEXT SENTENCE
  4407. ELSE MOVE A TO B.
  4408. Which of the following describes the above sentence correctly
  4409. Correct Answer:
  4410.  
  4411. IF A NOT = 1 AND 2 AND 3 MOVE A TO B
  4412.  
  4413. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DATA DIVISION the entries are
  4414. 01 BILL-AMT.
  4415. 02 A PIC 99.
  4416. 02 FILLER PIC X(7).
  4417. Indicate which one of the following statement in the Procedure division is corre
  4418. Correct Answer:
  4419. MOVE ZEROS TO A.
  4420. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. I HAVE FOLLOWING DECLARATION.
  4421. 02. A PIC X(10) VALUE 'XXXXXXXXXX'.
  4422. 02. B REDEFINES A.
  4423. 05. C PIC X(3).
  4424. 05. D PIC X(3).
  4425. 05. E PIC 9(3).
  4426. IN MY PROG, I HAVE
  4427. MOVE 1 TO E.
  4428. DISPLAY A.
  4429. WHAT WILL BE DISPLAYED AS A RESULT OF THIS?
  4430.  
  4431. Correct Answer:
  4432. XXXXXX001X
  4433.  
  4434.  
  4435. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Four data-names DATA-1, DATA-2, DATA-3 and
  4436. DATA-4 are defined as following
  4437. Data-name PIC clause Value Initialized to
  4438. DATA-1 999 015
  4439. DATA-2 999 005
  4440. DATA-3 999 000
  4441. DATA-4 999 000
  4442. On executing the PROCEDURE DIVISION statement
  4443. DIVIDE DATA-1 INTO DATA-2 GIVING DATA-3
  4444. REMAINDER DATA-4
  4445. These data-names will respectively assume values:
  4446. Correct Answer:
  4447. 15,5,0,5
  4448.  
  4449. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT REPORT-FILE
  4450. ON ASCENDING KEY CLASS-NUMBER STUDENT-NAME
  4451. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  4452. Which one of the following is false.
  4453. Correct Answer:
  4454. The files INPUT-FILE and OUTPUT-FILE should be opened by an OPEN statement before the SORT statement.
  4455.  
  4456. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 AAA pic 9(4).
  4457. 01 BBB pic 9(6).
  4458.  
  4459. move 123456 into BBB.
  4460. move BBB to AAA.
  4461.  
  4462. display BBB.
  4463.  
  4464. what would be the value of AAA
  4465. Correct Answer:
  4466.  
  4467. 3456
  4468.  
  4469.  
  4470.  
  4471. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-OUTPUT PIC ZZZZVZZ.
  4472. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4473. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4474. MOVE 0 TO WS-OUTPUT.
  4475. DISPLAY "OUTPUT WILL BE : " WS-OUTPUT.
  4476.  
  4477. By considering the above code snippet what will be the value of WS-OUTPUT
  4478. Correct Answer:
  4479. OUTPUT WILL BE : bbbbbb Here b is considered as blank space
  4480. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL data definition:
  4481.  
  4482. 01 WS-TRANSACTION-RECORD.
  4483. 05 WS-STATUS PIC X.
  4484. 88 VALID-STATUS VALUES "A", "B", "C", "D".
  4485. 88 MARRIED VALUE "A".
  4486. 88 SINGLE VALUE "B".
  4487. 88 SEPARATED VALUE "C".
  4488. 88 DIVORCED VALUE "D".
  4489.  
  4490. Four of the five IF conditions below are equivalent. Identify the odd one.
  4491. Correct Answer:
  4492. IF MARRIED AND SINGLE AND SEPARATED AND DIVORCED
  4493.  
  4494. Which of the following modes, when used with the LOCK TABLE statement, will cause the DB2 Database Manager to acquire a table-level lock that prevents other concurrent transac-tions from accessing data stored in the table while the owning transaction is active?
  4495. Correct Answer:
  4496. XCLUSIVE MODE
  4497.  
  4498. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true with respect to COMMIT statement?
  4499. Correct Answer:
  4500. The COMMIT Statement is used to store whatever changes have been made on data. If we don't execute a COMMIT Command, it'll executed implicitly when the thread terminates
  4501.  
  4502. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which SQL comment successfully removes uncommitted changes from a DB2 database
  4503. Correct Answer:
  4504. ROLLBACK
  4505.  
  4506. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set?
  4507. Correct Answer:
  4508. Repeatable Read
  4509.  
  4510. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. LOCK TABLE can be used upon a View. State True or False.
  4511. Correct Answer:
  4512. F
  4513.  
  4514. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Find the maximum, minimum, and average bonus in the table EMP. Execute the statement with uncommitted read isolation, regardless of the value of ISOLATION with which the plan or package containing the statement is bound. Assign 17 as the query number for the SELECT statement
  4515. By considering the above scenario select the appropriate query
  4516.  
  4517. Correct Answer:
  4518. SELECT MAX(BONUS), MIN(BONUS), AVG(BONUS) FROM EMP_TABLE WITH UR QUERYNO 17;
  4519.  
  4520. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the scenario where a deadlock get released?
  4521. Correct Answer:
  4522. The deadlock is released only when one process is timed out
  4523.  
  4524. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following isolation levels will lock all rows scanned to build a result data set?
  4525. Correct Answer:
  4526. Repeatable Read
  4527.  
  4528. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 UDB isolation levels will only lock rows during read process-ing if another transaction tries to drop the table the rows are being read from?
  4529. Correct Answer:
  4530. Uncommitted Read
  4531.  
  4532. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following implementation helps in continuing processing from the last successfully processed point within a given DB2 program?
  4533. Correct Answer:
  4534. Declaration of cursors
  4535.  
  4536. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following SQLSTATE codes is interpreted as "No data returned"?
  4537. Correct Answer:
  4538. 22xxx
  4539. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following error trapping method in a DB2 program does not set sql error codes?
  4540. Correct Answer:
  4541. By using WHENEVER clause.
  4542.  
  4543. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the DB2 error routine commonly used to trap the errors ?
  4544. Correct Answer:
  4545. DSNTIAR
  4546.  
  4547. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What SQLCODE will occur when there is a deadlock or timeout error?
  4548. Correct Answer:
  4549. -911
  4550.  
  4551. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following error trapping method in a DB2 program does not set sql error codes?
  4552. Correct Answer:
  4553. By using WHENEVER clause.
  4554.  
  4555. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How should a VARCHAR field be declared in the host variables structure in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  4556. Correct Answer:
  4557. A length field with S9(4) COMP and text field with the maximum length of the string expected in field
  4558.  
  4559. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid SQL commands that can be used when declaring cursors?
  4560. Correct Answer:
  4561. ORDER BY
  4562.  
  4563. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In which of the following scenarios the NULL indicator returns a positive value?
  4564. Correct Answer:
  4565. Column is not null
  4566.  
  4567. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following could be the reason if a CLOSE cursor statement is NOT successful?
  4568. Correct Answer:
  4569. The cursor is not in OPEN state
  4570.  
  4571. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate options with respect to VARCHAR data type
  4572. Correct Answer:
  4573. Varchar data type is having two components. Length & Text component
  4574.  
  4575. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are mandatory when declaring a cursor in a DB2 program?
  4576. Correct Answer:
  4577. Cursor Name
  4578.  
  4579. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will make a column accept a NULL value in DB2?
  4580. Correct Answer:
  4581. Declare the columns WITH DEFAULT NULL explicitly during creation of table
  4582. Declare the columns with no specific qualifying clause meant for NULL
  4583.  
  4584. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are specifically taken care by the 'for UPDATE OF' clause in cursor handling?
  4585. Correct Answer:
  4586. Ensure Data integrity during updation
  4587.  
  4588. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you issue a COMMIT statement in the program then the Cursor get closed.State True or False.
  4589. Correct Answer:
  4590. T
  4591.  
  4592. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the meaning of S0C4 Abend?
  4593. Correct Answer:
  4594. PROTECTION EXCEPTION
  4595.  
  4596. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF A = 1 OR 2 OR 3 NEXT SENTENCE
  4597. ELSE MOVE A TO B.
  4598. Which of the following describes the above sentence correctly
  4599. Correct Answer:
  4600. F A NOT = 1 AND 2 AND 3 MOVE A TO B
  4601.  
  4602. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  4603. 01 WS1 PIC **999.
  4604.  
  4605. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4606. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4607. MOVE 01234 TO WS1.
  4608. DISPLAY "FIRST VALUE :" WS1.
  4609. MOVE 00012 TO WS1.
  4610. DISPLAY "SECOND VALUE :" WS1.
  4611. STOP RUN.
  4612. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  4613. Correct Answer:
  4614. The SYSOUT will be as below FIRST VALUE :*1234 SECOND VALUE :**012
  4615.  
  4616. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  4617. 05 WS-A PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  4618. 05 WS-B PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  4619. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4620. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4621. SUBTRACT 15 FROM WS-A WS-B.
  4622. DISPLAY "WS-A :" WS-A.
  4623. DISPLAY "WS-B :" WS-B.
  4624.  
  4625. By considering the above code snippet what will be the value of WS-A & WS-B?
  4626. Correct Answer:
  4627. WS-A :05 WS-B :05
  4628.  
  4629. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. MOVE FUNCTION CURRENT-DATE TO WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS
  4630. By considering the above move statement, select the appropriate option to define the WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS in working storage section.
  4631.  
  4632.  
  4633. Selected Option:
  4634.  
  4635.  
  4636. 01 WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS. 05 WS-CURRENT-TIME. 10 WS-CURRENT-HOUR PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-MINUTE PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-SECOND PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-MS PIC 9(2). 05 WS-CURRENT-DATE. 10 WS-CURRENT-YEAR PIC 9(4). 10 WS-CURRENT-MONTH PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-DAY PIC 9(2). 05 WS-DIFF-FROM-GMT PIC S9(4). - 0.0
  4637.  
  4638. Correct Answer:
  4639.  
  4640.  
  4641. 01 WS-CURRENT-DATE-FIELDS. 05 WS-CURRENT-DATE. 10 WS-CURRENT-YEAR PIC 9(4). 10 WS-CURRENT-MONTH PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-DAY PIC 9(2). 05 WS-CURRENT-TIME. 10 WS-CURRENT-HOUR PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-MINUTE PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-SECOND PIC 9(2). 10 WS-CURRENT-MS PIC 9(2). 05 WS-DIFF-FROM-GMT PIC S9(4).
  4642.  
  4643. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  4644. X(10) can be redefined with x(20).
  4645. orrect Answer:
  4646. T
  4647.  
  4648. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the example below 05 WS-VAR1 PIC X(5),05 WS-VAR2 REDEFINES WA-VAR1 PIC 9(5),PROCEDURE DIVISION MOVE 'ABCDE' TO WS-VAR1.Now what is the value of WS-VAR1 and WS-VAR2 ?
  4649. Correct Answer:
  4650. S-VAR1 = ABCDE WS-VAR2 = Low values or Spaces
  4651.  
  4652. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Suppose a program has the following code. What will be the output?
  4653.  
  4654. MAIN-PARA.
  4655. DISPLAY 'MAIN-PARA'
  4656. PERFORM SECTION-C.
  4657. STOP RUN.
  4658.  
  4659. SECTION-C.
  4660. PARA-A1.
  4661. DISPLAY 'SECTION A PARA A1'.
  4662. PARA-A2.
  4663. DISPLAY 'SECTION A PARA A2'.
  4664.  
  4665.  
  4666. Selected Option:
  4667.  
  4668.  
  4669.  
  4670. Correct Answer:
  4671.  
  4672.  
  4673. MAIN-PARA SECTION A PARA A1 SECTION A PARA A2
  4674. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  4675. 01 WS1 PIC ZZ999.
  4676. 01 WS2 PIC $ZZ999.
  4677. 01 WS3 PIC 9999CR.
  4678.  
  4679. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4680. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4681. MOVE 01234 TO WS1.
  4682. MOVE 123 TO WS2.
  4683. MOVE -1234 TO WS3.
  4684. DISPLAY WS1.
  4685. DISPLAY WS2.
  4686. DISPLAY WS3.
  4687. STOP RUN.
  4688. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  4689. Correct Answer:
  4690. The SYSOUT will be as below b1234 $bb123 1234CR
  4691.  
  4692.  
  4693.  
  4694. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are specifically taken care by the 'for UPDATE OF' clause in cursor handling?
  4695. Correct Answer:
  4696. Ensure Data integrity during updation
  4697.  
  4698. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you issue a COMMIT statement in the program then the Cursor get closed.State True or False.
  4699. Correct Answer:
  4700. T
  4701.  
  4702. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Unsigned Packed Decimal number 2431 will be stored as
  4703. Correct Answer:
  4704. 02431F
  4705.  
  4706. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A1, A2 and A3 are condition-names. Consider the following compound conditions:
  4707. A. A1 OR A2 OR A3
  4708. B. A1 AND A2 AND A3
  4709. C. A1 OR (A2 AND A3)
  4710. D. A1 AND (A2 OR A3)
  4711. If A1 is known to evaluate to 'False' which of the above four conditions can be evaluated without additional information?
  4712. Correct Answer:
  4713. ALL (All conditions evaluate to 'False')
  4714.  
  4715. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the allowed data items available in COBOL
  4716. Correct Answer:
  4717. 9 V S X
  4718.  
  4719. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements is FALSE about RENAMES clause?
  4720. orrect Answer:
  4721. RENAME clause can regroup a 01, 77, 88 or 66 entry
  4722.  
  4723. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  4724. CONVERTING and REPLACING plays the same role in INSPECT verb
  4725. Correct Answer:
  4726. F
  4727.  
  4728. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What procedures can be specified on the MERGE verb?
  4729. Correct Answer:
  4730. only output procedure
  4731.  
  4732. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  4733. 05 WS-AAA PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  4734. 05 WS-BBB PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  4735. 05 WS-CCC PIC 9(2) VALUE 30.
  4736. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4737. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4738. MULTIPLY WS-AAA BY WS-BBB GIVING WS-CCC.
  4739. DISPLAY "WS-AAA :" WS-AAA.
  4740. DISPLAY "WS-BBB :" WS-BBB.
  4741. DISPLAY "WS-CCC :" WS-CCC.
  4742. By considering the above code snippet select the appropriate output?
  4743.  
  4744. Correct Answer:
  4745. WS-AAA :10 WS-BBB :20 WS-CCC :00
  4746.  
  4747. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Read the following code.
  4748.  
  4749. 01 WS-N PIC 9(2) VALUE ZERO.
  4750.  
  4751. A-PARA
  4752. MOVE 5 TO WS-N
  4753. PERFORM B-PARA WS-N TIMES
  4754.  
  4755. B-PARA
  4756. MOVE 10 TO WS-N
  4757.  
  4758. How many times will b-para be executed ?
  4759.  
  4760. orrect Answer:
  4761. 5
  4762.  
  4763. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 VAR-A PIC 9(9).99.
  4764. 05 VAR-B PIC X(10).
  4765. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4766. MOVE 12345.99 TO VAR-A.
  4767. MOVE 12345.99 TO VAR-B.
  4768. DISPLAY VAR-A.
  4769. DISPLAY VAR-B.
  4770.  
  4771. Output will be
  4772. Correct Answer:
  4773. Compilation Error
  4774.  
  4775. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Match the following select the right option
  4776. 1. COMP - a. Single Precision Floating point
  4777. 2. COMP1 - b. Double Precision Floating point
  4778. 3. COMP2 - c. Packed Decimal Format
  4779. 4. COMP3 - d. Binary Storage Format
  4780. Correct Answer:
  4781. 1 - d 2 - a 3 - b 4 - c
  4782.  
  4783. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. c = 0, d = 9…..
  4784. Perform until c > d
  4785. Add 2 to a
  4786. End-perform
  4787. How many additions are performed?
  4788. Correct Answer:
  4789. 5
  4790.  
  4791. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following entries appear in the WORKING-STORAGE SECTION:
  4792. 01 DATE-TDY.
  4793. 05 YY PIC XX VALUE "90".
  4794. 05 MM PIC XX VALUE "12".
  4795. 05 DD PIC XX VALUE :31".
  4796. 01 DATE-EDIT PIC XX/XX/XX.
  4797. MOVE DATE-TDY TO DATE-EDIT.
  4798. Correct Answer:
  4799. 901231
  4800.  
  4801. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Identify which of these are the correct declaration?
  4802.  
  4803. 1) 01 VAR1 VALUE 'ABCDE'.
  4804.  
  4805. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3).
  4806.  
  4807. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2).
  4808.  
  4809.  
  4810. 2) 01 VAR1.
  4811.  
  4812. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3) VALUE 'ABC'.
  4813.  
  4814. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2) VALUE 'DE'.
  4815.  
  4816.  
  4817. 3) 01 VAR1 VALUE 'ABCDE'.
  4818.  
  4819. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3) VALUE 'ABC'.
  4820.  
  4821. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2) VALUE 'DE'.
  4822.  
  4823.  
  4824. 4) 01 VAR1 PIC X(5) VALUE 'ABCDE'.
  4825.  
  4826. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3).
  4827.  
  4828. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2).
  4829.  
  4830.  
  4831. Selected Option:
  4832.  
  4833.  
  4834.  
  4835. Correct Answer:
  4836.  
  4837.  
  4838. 1 and 2
  4839. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF A = 1 OR 2 OR 3 NEXT SENTENCE
  4840. ELSE MOVE A TO B.
  4841. Which of the following describes the above sentence correctly
  4842. Correct Answer:
  4843. IF A NOT = 1 AND 2 AND 3 MOVE A TO B
  4844.  
  4845. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  4846. 01 WS1 PIC ZZ999.
  4847. 01 WS2 PIC $ZZ999.
  4848. 01 WS3 PIC 9999CR.
  4849.  
  4850. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  4851. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  4852. MOVE 01234 TO WS1.
  4853. MOVE 123 TO WS2.
  4854. MOVE -1234 TO WS3.
  4855. DISPLAY WS1.
  4856. DISPLAY WS2.
  4857. DISPLAY WS3.
  4858. STOP RUN.
  4859. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  4860. orrect Answer:
  4861. The SYSOUT will be as below b1234 $bb123 1234CR
  4862.  
  4863. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •What is the result of the following?
  4864. MOVE 0 TO VAR1
  4865.  
  4866. EVALUATE TRUE
  4867.  
  4868. WHEN VAR1=1
  4869. PERFORM PARA-1
  4870. WHEN VAR1=2
  4871. PERFORM PARA-2
  4872. WHEN OTHER
  4873. PERFORM PARA-3
  4874. END-EVALUATE.
  4875. Correct Answer:
  4876. PARA-3 will be performed
  4877.  
  4878. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In code snippet, how many times the paragraph CALC-PARA will be executed?
  4879. PERFORM CALC-PARA THRU CALC-PARA-EXIT VARYING COUNTER FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL COUNTER = 13.
  4880. Correct Answer:
  4881. 12
  4882.  
  4883. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is wrong with the following data declaration?
  4884. 01 W-DATE PIC X(6).
  4885. 05 DD PIC 99.
  4886. 05 MM PIC 99.
  4887. 05 YY PIC 99.
  4888. Correct Answer:
  4889. PIC can't be specified for a group item.
  4890.  
  4891. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following variable declarations are syntactically correct?
  4892. (1) 01 V-1 PIC SX(4).
  4893. (2) 01 V-2 PIC S9(4).
  4894. (3) 01 V-1 PIC V99.
  4895. (4) 01 V-1 PIC P99.
  4896. (5) 01 V-1 PIC 9(4)S.
  4897. (6) 01 V 1 PIC X(4).
  4898.  
  4899.  
  4900. Correct Answer:
  4901. 2, 3 and 4
  4902.  
  4903. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. consider the following
  4904. FD FILE-1
  4905. 01 REC-1 PIC X(80)
  4906. ......
  4907. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION
  4908. 01 W-REC PIC X(90)
  4909. ........
  4910. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  4911. FIRST-PARA
  4912. .......
  4913. READ FILE-1 INTO W-REC AT END MOVE 1 TO EOF-FLAG
  4914. which of the following is true with respect to the above?
  4915.  
  4916.  
  4917. Selected Option:
  4918.  
  4919.  
  4920. REC-1 will contain nothing and W-REC will contain the contains of the record read - 0.0
  4921.  
  4922. Correct Answer:
  4923.  
  4924.  
  4925. REC-1 and W-REC contain the same data
  4926.  
  4927.  
  4928.  
  4929. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •According to the given declarations in Data Division. How many elementary items are described below?
  4930.  
  4931.  
  4932. 05 CALENDAR-DATE.
  4933. 08 CALENDAR-DAY PIC 99.
  4934. 08 CALENDAR-MON PIC 99.
  4935. 08 CALENDAR-YEAR PIC 99.
  4936. 05 FILLER PIC X(5).
  4937. 05 VAR1 PIC XX.
  4938. 05 VAR2 PIC X.
  4939. 05 END-DATE.
  4940. 10 FILLER PIC X(4).
  4941. 10 END-YEAR PIC 99.
  4942.  
  4943.  
  4944. Selected Option:
  4945.  
  4946.  
  4947. 3 - 0.0
  4948.  
  4949. Correct Answer:
  4950.  
  4951.  
  4952. 6
  4953.  
  4954. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DATA DIVISION the entries are
  4955. 01 BILL-AMT.
  4956. 02 A PIC 99.
  4957. 02 FILLER PIC X(7).
  4958. Indicate which one of the following statement in the Procedure division is correct
  4959. Selected Option:
  4960. MOVE ZEROS TO A. - 1.0
  4961. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be usage clause if a dat item declared as PIC s9(4) requires storage of 3 bytes ?
  4962. Selected Option:
  4963. COMP-3 - 1.0
  4964.  
  4965. Correct Answer:
  4966. COMP-3
  4967. Quiz Results
  4968.  
  4969.  
  4970.  
  4971.  
  4972. Which of the following defines a variable length table?
  4973. 01 VAR-RECORD. 05 REC-MISC PIC X(30). 05 REC-SAL-CNT PIC 9(4). 05 REC-SAL PIC 9(5) OCCURS 1 TO 100 TIMES DEPENDING ON REC-SAL-CNT.
  4974. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The command use to identify the changes that have made to the program/file without SAVING the changes (without getting out of
  4975. this screen)?
  4976.  
  4977.  
  4978. Selected Option:
  4979.  
  4980.  
  4981. COMP 'PGMNAME' - 0.0
  4982.  
  4983. Correct Answer:
  4984.  
  4985.  
  4986. COMP * X
  4987. 4)Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the correct syntax to define the record descriptions in the FILE SECTION if there are three different record descriptions for the same file?
  4988.  
  4989.  
  4990. Correct Answer:
  4991.  
  4992.  
  4993. FD filename DATA RECORDS ARE RD01, RD02, RD03. 01 RD01 PIC X(n). 01 RD02 PIC X(n). 01 RD03 PIC X(n).
  4994. 5)Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True of False
  4995. READ NEXT RECORD is specified when an index sequential file is being read sequentiall
  4996.  
  4997.  
  4998. Correct Answer:
  4999.  
  5000.  
  5001. T
  5002.  
  5003. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. PERFORM RANGE-TO-BE-EXECUTED
  5004. VARYING E FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL I>15
  5005. AFTER F FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL J>10
  5006. Correct Answer:
  5007. The range RANGE-TO-BE-EXECUTED will be performed 150 times
  5008.  
  5009. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario.
  5010. Program COB1 is present in the Load Library - TCHN666.PGM.LOAD. What happens when the following code snippet is executed.
  5011.  
  5012. //*** JOB ***
  5013. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=COB1
  5014. //STEPLIB DD DSN=TCHN666.PGM.LOAD1,DISP=SHR
  5015. //INFILE DD DSN=TCHN666.FILE.INP,DISP=SHR
  5016.  
  5017.  
  5018.  
  5019. Correct Answer:
  5020. 806
  5021.  
  5022. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the content of RESULT after execution of the following COBOL instruction. The start
  5023. value of RESULT is 0.
  5024. PERFORM VARYING COUNT FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL COUNT = 6
  5025. COMPUTE RESULT = RESULT + 1
  5026. END-PERFORM
  5027. orrect Answer:
  5028.  
  5029.  
  5030. 5
  5031. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Suppose a program has the following code. What will be the output?
  5032.  
  5033. MAIN-PARA.
  5034. DISPLAY 'MAIN-PARA'
  5035. PERFORM SECTION-C.
  5036. STOP RUN.
  5037.  
  5038. SECTION-C.
  5039. PARA-A1.
  5040. DISPLAY 'SECTION A PARA A1'.
  5041. PARA-A2.
  5042. DISPLAY 'SECTION A PARA A2'.
  5043.  
  5044.  
  5045. Correct Answer:
  5046. MAIN-PARA SECTION A PARA A1 SECTION A PARA A2
  5047.  
  5048. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the below intrinsic date functions are valid?
  5049. Selected Option:
  5050. COMPUTE WS-JULIAN-DATE = FUNCTION DAY-OF-INTEGER (WS-INTEGER-DATE) - 0.0
  5051.  
  5052. Correct Answer:
  5053. None of the listed option
  5054. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF VAR1 = 'A' OR 'B' OR 'C' THEN
  5055. NEXT SENTENCE
  5056. ELSE
  5057. MOVE VAR1 TO VAR2
  5058.  
  5059. Above code snippet can be best described as
  5060. Selected Option:
  5061. IF VAR1 NOT = 'A' AND 'B' AND 'C' THEN MOVE VAR1 TO VAR2 - 0.0
  5062.  
  5063. Correct Answer:
  5064. All of the above
  5065. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following program segment.
  5066. A1.
  5067. PERFORM A2 THRU A3 VARYING A FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL A = 4.
  5068. DISPLAY A.
  5069. STOP RUN.
  5070. A2.
  5071. ADD 1 TO A.
  5072. ADD A TO SUM
  5073. A3.
  5074. EXIT.
  5075.  
  5076. Indicate which of the following will take place.
  5077. Correct Answer:
  5078. There will be an infinite loop.
  5079. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A COBOL programmer wants to repeat an instruction 8 times. How can he/she code this?
  5080.  
  5081.  
  5082. Correct Answer:
  5083. PERFORM 8 TIMES instruction END-PERFORM
  5084.  
  5085. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following variable names for data items are syntactically correct?
  5086.  
  5087.  
  5088. Correct Answer:
  5089. TOTAL-NUMBER-OF-LINES-PER-TEST
  5090. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the OCCURS statement which is syntactically wrong.
  5091.  
  5092.  
  5093. Correct Answer:
  5094. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION. 05 WS-TABLE1 OCCURS 100 INDEXED BY INX-B PIC X(5).
  5095.  
  5096.  
  5097. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WHEN OTHER is mandatory in EVALUATE structure.
  5098. State True or False.
  5099.  
  5100.  
  5101. Correct Answer:
  5102. FALSE
  5103. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the physical storage length of each of the
  5104. following DB2 data types: DATE, TIME, TIMESTAMP resp.?
  5105.  
  5106.  
  5107. Correct Answer:
  5108. 4 bytes,3 bytes,10bytes
  5109.  
  5110.  
  5111. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Complete the following sentence correctly:
  5112. A database can not be dropped …
  5113.  
  5114.  
  5115. Correct Answer:
  5116. ... while a DB2 utility has control of any part of the database.
  5117. number of tables joined in FROM clause for better performance.
  5118. State True or False.
  5119.  
  5120.  
  5121. Correct Answer:
  5122. F
  5123.  
  5124. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down all the valid types of relationships (Cardinality)
  5125.  
  5126.  
  5127. Correct Answer:
  5128. One-to-One One-to-Many Many-to-One Many-to-Many
  5129. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following deletion rules on CREATE TABLE will allow parent table rows to be deleted if a dependent row exists?
  5130.  
  5131. Correct Answer:
  5132. ON DELETE CASCADE
  5133.  
  5134. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When declaring a foreign key on a table, referencing an existing primary key with complete definition,
  5135. what might differ between foreign key and primary key?
  5136.  
  5137.  
  5138. Correct Answer:
  5139. The nullability of one of the included columns.
  5140. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following tools can be used to automate table reorganization operations?
  5141.  
  5142.  
  5143. Correct Answer:
  5144. Task Center
  5145.  
  5146. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A view is created with columns from three tables.
  5147. Which of the following is True with respect to updating the view?
  5148.  
  5149.  
  5150. Correct Answer:
  5151. Cannot update any column referred in the view
  5152.  
  5153. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following happens, if an embedded SQL statement is coded from the 45th column?
  5154.  
  5155.  
  5156. Correct Answer:
  5157. There is no error
  5158.  
  5159. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many indexes can be created for a single table ?
  5160.  
  5161. Correct Answer:
  5162. 250
  5163.  
  5164.  
  5165.  
  5166. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does a S9(7) SIGN TRAILING SEPARATE field occupy
  5167. Correct Answer:
  5168. 8 bytes
  5169. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Mismatch in LRECL or BLKSIZE or RECFM between COBOL program and the JCL gives you a file status of
  5170. Correct Answer:
  5171. 39
  5172. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one of the following is incorrect?
  5173. Correct Answer:
  5174. SUBTRACT A FROM D, B FROM E, C FROM F
  5175.  
  5176. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the chief disadvantage of using ACCEPT statement?
  5177. Correct Answer:
  5178. The end-of-file cannot be recognized
  5179. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the chief disadvantage of using ACCEPT statement?
  5180. Correct Answer:
  5181. The end-of-file cannot be recognized
  5182. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. Can REDEFINES clause be used for '05' level items in FD SECTION?
  5183. Correct Answer:
  5184. T
  5185.  
  5186.  
  5187. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following database models do not support Many-to-Many relationships?
  5188. Correct Answer:
  5189.  
  5190.  
  5191. Hierarchical
  5192. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. EXEC SQL DECLARE C1 CURSOR FOR
  5193. SELECT *
  5194. FROM EMPLOYEE
  5195. FOR UPDATE OF JOB_DET;
  5196.  
  5197. EXEC SQL OPEN C1;
  5198. EXEC SQL FETCH C1 INTO ... ;
  5199. Based on the sample code above, how do you change the JOB_DET of a certain employe
  5200. Correct Answer:
  5201.  
  5202.  
  5203. EXEC SQL UPDATE EMPLOYEE SET JOB_DET = :newjob WHERE CURRENT OF C1;
  5204.  
  5205. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The SQL statement SELECT SUBSTR('123456789', INSTR('abcabcabc','b'), 4) FROM POLICY; prints
  5206.  
  5207.  
  5208. Correct Answer:
  5209. 2345
  5210.  
  5211. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  5212. DECLARE CURS CURSOR
  5213. FOR
  5214. SELECT *
  5215. FROM TAB1
  5216. WHERE COL1 > :NUM
  5217. Which of the following embedded SQL statements will NOT generate an error?
  5218.  
  5219.  
  5220. Correct Answer:
  5221. FETCH CURS INTO :HOSTTAB1:IND
  5222. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following table 'FAMOUS':
  5223. EMP FNAME LNAME
  5224. 001 ALEXIS LEON
  5225. 002 M JACKSON
  5226. 003 J LENNON
  5227. 004 TENDULKAR
  5228. What is the result of thefollowing query?
  5229. SELECT COUNT (*) FNAME FROM FAMOUS
  5230.  
  5231.  
  5232. Correct Answer:
  5233. Returns the count of the Records in the column FNAME as 4
  5234. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declarations in COBOL:
  5235.  
  5236. 01 PERSON.
  5237. 10 PNUMBER PIC S9(9) COMP.
  5238. 10 PLASTNAME PIC X(40).
  5239. 10 PFIRSTNAME.
  5240. 49 PFIRSTNAME-LEN PIC S9(4) COMP.
  5241. 49 PFIRSTNAME-TEXT PIC X(20).
  5242. 01 NUM PIC 9(9).
  5243. 01 INDICATOR.
  5244. 10 IND PIC S9(4) COMP OCCURS 3 TIMES.
  5245.  
  5246. The column PNUMBER is the primary key. Which of the following embedded SQL statements is
  5247. correct?
  5248.  
  5249.  
  5250. Correct Answer:
  5251. SELECT * INTO :PERSON:IND FROM PERSON WHERE PNUMBER = :NUM
  5252. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following table:
  5253.  
  5254. CURRENT_EMPLOYEE
  5255. EMPID INTEGER NOT NULL
  5256. NAME CHAR(20)
  5257. SALARY DECIMAL(10,2)
  5258.  
  5259. PAST_EMPLOYEE
  5260. EMPID INTEGER NOT NULL
  5261. NAME CHAR(20)
  5262. SALARY DECIMAL(10,2)
  5263.  
  5264. Assuming both tables contain data, which of the following statements will NOT successfully add data to table CURRENT_EMPLOYEE?
  5265.  
  5266.  
  5267. Correct Answer:
  5268. INSERT INTO current_employee (name, salary) VALUES (SELECT name, salary FROM past_employee WHERE empid = 20)
  5269. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. INSERT INTO STAFF (SELECT MIN(EMPNO), EMPNAM FROM EMPTAB)
  5270.  
  5271. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  5272.  
  5273.  
  5274. Correct Answer:
  5275.  
  5276.  
  5277. Selects the employee number, employee name from employee table and inserts minimum EMPNO and EMPNAM records into STAFF table.
  5278.  
  5279. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following table:
  5280.  
  5281. EMPLOYEES
  5282. EMPNO EMPNAME
  5283. --------- ------------------
  5284. 100 GEORGE
  5285. 120 JAYANTH
  5286. 115 TONY
  5287. 112 PRIYANKA
  5288. 125 SANJAY
  5289. 130 KAREENA
  5290. 140 KAREENA
  5291.  
  5292. The query SELECT DISTINCT EMPNAME FROM EMPLOYEES ORDER BY EMPNO is executed on the above table.
  5293. What will be the correct result set retrieved by the above query?
  5294.  
  5295.  
  5296. Correct Answer:
  5297. GEORGE PRIYANKA TONY JAYANTH SANJAY KAREENA
  5298.  
  5299. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How do you create an index on the product table on the column PRODNUM?
  5300.  
  5301.  
  5302. Correct Answer:
  5303. CREATE INDEX IDX_PRODNUM ON PRODUCT (PRODNUM);
  5304.  
  5305. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one of the following do you use to place the value of today's date into the variable "program_date"?
  5306.  
  5307.  
  5308. Correct Answer:
  5309. set program_date = current date
  5310. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. POLICY_ID POLICY_CODE POLICY_NAME
  5311. ---------+---------+---------+-----
  5312. A1001 POLICYCD1 HEALTHCARE
  5313. A1002 POLICYCD2 FAMILYCARE
  5314. A1003 POLICYCD3 CHILD CARE
  5315. A1005 POLICYCD5 HEALTHCARE
  5316.  
  5317. POLICYID POLICYCODE POLICYNAME
  5318. ---------+---------+---------+--
  5319. B2001 POLICYCD6 HEALTHCARE
  5320. B2002 POLICYCD7 FAMILYCARE
  5321. B2003 POLICYCD8 CHILD CARE
  5322. B2005 POLICYCD0 HEALTHCARE
  5323.  
  5324. By considering the above two tables what will be the resultant set if we execute the below query
  5325. SELECT TB_POLICY2.POLICYID FROM TB_POLICY2 WHERE TB_POLICY2.POLICYID IN
  5326. (SELECT TB_POLICY1.POLICY_ID FROM TB_POLICY1 WHERE POLICY_NAME = 'HEALTHCARE');
  5327.  
  5328.  
  5329. Selected Option:
  5330. empty result set - 1.0
  5331.  
  5332. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SELECT ID, DEPT
  5333. FROM EMPTAB
  5334. WHERE ID NOT IN 100
  5335. ORDER BY ID;
  5336.  
  5337. By considering the above which query w
  5338. Correct Answer:
  5339. This Query will select ID, DEPT rows from EMPTAB for ID not equal to 100.
  5340.  
  5341. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE DSN81010.DEPT
  5342. (DEPTNO CHAR(3) NOT NULL,
  5343. DEPTNAME VARCHAR(36) NOT NULL,
  5344. MGRNO CHAR(6),
  5345. ADMRDEPT CHAR(3) NOT NULL,
  5346. LOCATION CHAR(16),
  5347. PRIMARY KEY (DEPTNO)
  5348. )
  5349. IN DSN8D10A.DSN8S10D;
  5350. ALTER TABLE DSN81010.DEPT
  5351. FOREIGN KEY RDD (ADMRDEPT)
  5352. REFERENCES DSN81010.DEPT ON DELETE CASCADE;
  5353.  
  5354. From the above query what is the purpose of defining ON DELETE CASCADE ?
  5355.  
  5356.  
  5357. Selected Option:
  5358. Allows the deletion of the primary key row and also deletes the foreign key rows that relate to it. - 1.0
  5359.  
  5360. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE emp_table
  5361. (
  5362. CUSTID INTEGER NOT NULL,
  5363. CUSTNAME CHAR(10) NOT NULL
  5364. )IN DB.TS;
  5365. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IN_2 ON emp_table(CUSTID);
  5366. INSERT INTO emp_table VALUES(101,' JOSEPH ');
  5367. INSERT INTO emp_table VALUES(102,'ANTONY');
  5368. INSERT INTO emp_table VALUES(103,' ALICE ');
  5369. INSERT INTO emp_table VALUES(104,'PETER ');
  5370. SELECT LTRIM(CUSTNAME) FROM emp_table;
  5371. what will be the outcome of above select query?
  5372.  
  5373.  
  5374. Selected Option:
  5375. JOSEPH ANTONY ALICE PETER - 1.0
  5376.  
  5377. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When a column has an extension of WITH DEFAULT NULL, and a unique index is created on this column, what will be the effects on the possible null values in that column?
  5378.  
  5379.  
  5380. Selected Option:
  5381. There is still a single null allowed, since it is unique as such. - 1.0
  5382. refully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE DATE_TBL
  5383. (
  5384. CUSTID INTEGER NOT NULL,
  5385. CUSTHIRE_DT DATE NOT NULL
  5386. )IN DBTCHN05.TSCAT02;
  5387. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IN_4 ON DATE_TBL(CUSTID);
  5388. INSERT INTO DATE_TBL VALUES(1111001,'2012-01-04');
  5389. INSERT INTO DATE_TBL VALUES(1111002,'2010-02-05');
  5390. INSERT INTO DATE_TBL VALUES(1111003,'2011-03-06');
  5391.  
  5392. select the answer which is suitable to the above query after e
  5393. Correct Answer:
  5394. CUSTID YEAR MONTH DAY 1111001 2012 1 4 1111002 2010 2 5 1111003 2011 3 6
  5395. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Customers Table
  5396. FirstName LastName Email DOB Phone
  5397. John Smith John.Smith@yahoo.com 2/4/1968 626 222-2222
  5398. Steven Goldfish goldfish@fishhere.net 4/4/1974 323 455-4545
  5399. Paula Brown pb@herowndomain.org 5/2/1978 416 323-3232
  5400. James Smith jim@supergig.co.uk 2/1/1980 416 323-8888
  5401.  
  5402. Please select the appropriate result set after executing the below queries
  5403.  
  5404. Query 1: SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE LastName = 'Smith';
  5405. Query 2: SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE LastName <> 'Smith';
  5406. Query 3: SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE Phone LIKE '626%';
  5407.  
  5408.  
  5409. Selected Option:
  5410. Query 1: FirstName LastName Email DOB Phone John Smith John.Smith@yahoo.com 2/4/1968 626 222-2222 James Smith jim@supergig.co.uk 2/1/1980 416 323-8888 Query 2: Steven Goldfish goldfish@fishhere.net 4/4/1974 323 455-4545 Paula Brown pb@herowndomain.org 5/2/1978 416 323-3232 Query 3: John Smith John.Smith@yahoo.com 2/4/1968 626 222-2222 - 1.0
  5411.  
  5412. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE STUD_DETAIL(
  5413. STUD_NAME CHAR(10) NOT NULL,
  5414. STUD_GRADE CHAR(1),
  5415. STUD_DEPT CHAR(3) NOT NULL
  5416. CHECK(STUD_DEPT IN('BCA','COM','SCI','BA')),
  5417. PRIMARY KEY(STUD_NAME,STUD_DEPT))
  5418. IN DBTCHN01.TSCEP02;
  5419. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IX111G ON STUD_DETAIL(STUD_NAME,STUD_DEPT);
  5420. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('JOSEPH','A','BCA');
  5421. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('ANTONY','B','BCA');
  5422. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('KAREEN','A','SCI');
  5423. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('LEESA','C','BA');
  5424. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('MARIA','D','COM');
  5425. By considering the above table declaration what will happen if we execute the below two queries
  5426. query 1: SELECT * FROM STUD_DETAIL WHERE STUD_NAME ='JOSEPH' AND STUD_NAME ='ANTONY';
  5427. query 2:SELECT * FROM STUD_DETAIL WHERE STUD_NAME ='JOSEPH' OR STUD_NAME ='ANTONY';
  5428.  
  5429.  
  5430. Selected Option:
  5431. Query 1 will not return any output Query 2 will return the below values ANTONY B BCA JOSEPH A BCA - 1.0
  5432. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. (SELECT * FROM T1)
  5433. INTERSECT DISTINCT
  5434. (SELECT * FROM T2);
  5435. What the above query wi\
  5436.  
  5437. Correct Answer:
  5438. It produces all rows that are in both table T1 and table T2, with duplicate rows removed:
  5439.  
  5440. 70
  5441. 80
  5442. 80
  5443. 90
  5444. 70
  5445. 90
  5446.  
  5447. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter used to control the job step execution based on the return-code of the previous step.
  5448.  
  5449.  
  5450. Selected Option:
  5451.  
  5452. COND - 1.0
  5453.  
  5454. /STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  5455. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),ONLY)
  5456.  
  5457. Whether STEP03 will execute ?
  5458.  
  5459. Correct Answer:
  5460.  
  5461. F
  5462.  
  5463.  
  5464.  
  5465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The BETWEEN predicate is more efficient than the 'greater/less than or equal to' predicates.State True or False.
  5466.  
  5467.  
  5468. Correct Answer:
  5469.  
  5470. T
  5471.  
  5472. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you are coding a subquery using negation logic, use NOT EXISTS instead of NOT IN to increase the efficiency of the SQL.State True or False.
  5473. Correct Answer:
  5474.  
  5475. T
  5476.  
  5477.  
  5478.  
  5479. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement about tablespaces is true?
  5480.  
  5481.  
  5482. Correct Answer:
  5483.  
  5484. Dropping a tablespace will not only remove all tables of the tablespace itself, but also all indexes created on these tables, even though they are stored separately in their own indexspace.
  5485.  
  5486.  
  5487. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which type of key is defined on the child table to implement a referential constraint?
  5488.  
  5489.  
  5490. Selected Option:
  5491.  
  5492. Foreign key - 1.0
  5493.  
  5494.  
  5495.  
  5496. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement about an index is NOT true?
  5497.  
  5498.  
  5499. Selected Option:
  5500.  
  5501. The name of an index can be mentioned in a Select statement, to improve the performance of the query. - 1.0
  5502.  
  5503. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If both the JOBCAT & STEPCAT statements are coded in a step, which will take precedence?
  5504.  
  5505.  
  5506. Correct Answer:
  5507.  
  5508. STEPCAT
  5509.  
  5510. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following releases all the unused storage space when the dataset is closed?
  5511.  
  5512.  
  5513. Correct Answer:
  5514.  
  5515. SPACE=( TRK, (10000, 500),RLSE) , UNIT=VTS1
  5516.  
  5517. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  5518.  
  5519. The CI size is 4096 bytes and it currently has 4 records. Record 1 is 1000 bytes. Records 2, 3 and 4 are 1200, 1000, 800 bytes respectively.
  5520.  
  5521. What will happen if the system tries to insert another record of size 1000 bytes?
  5522.  
  5523.  
  5524. Correct Answer:
  5525.  
  5526. Only CI split happens
  5527.  
  5528. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true?
  5529. Statement 1 : Empty slots is in the data set are used for adding records in LDS.
  5530. Statement 2 : A record cannot be deleted, but you can reuse its space for a record of the same length, in an ESDS.
  5531.  
  5532.  
  5533. Selected Option:
  5534.  
  5535. Statement 1 is false, 2 is true - 1.0
  5536.  
  5537.  
  5538. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which command is used to define the file as a spanned file while creating it?
  5539.  
  5540.  
  5541. Correct Answer:
  5542.  
  5543. SPANNED
  5544.  
  5545. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  5546. X(10) can be redefined with x(20).
  5547.  
  5548.  
  5549. Selected Option:
  5550.  
  5551. T - 1.0
  5552.  
  5553. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A paragraph PARA-X is to be executed when none of the data names A, B and C have value of 1. Which of the following will
  5554. Correct Answer:
  5555. IF A NOT = 1 AND B NOT = 1 AND C NOT = 1 PERFORM PARA-X
  5556.  
  5557. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A=10, B=5, C=10, D=5, E=0 What will be the value of E after the following statement ADD A, B TO C, D GIVING E.
  5558.  
  5559.  
  5560. Correct Answer:
  5561.  
  5562. Syntax Error
  5563.  
  5564.  
  5565.  
  5566. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Why SELECT * is not prefered in embedded SQL programs?
  5567.  
  5568.  
  5569. Correct Answer:
  5570.  
  5571. All of the above
  5572.  
  5573. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is the correct syntax to call DSNTIAR in DB2?
  5574.  
  5575.  
  5576. Selected Option:
  5577.  
  5578. CALL 'DSNTIAR' USING SQLCA ERROR-MESSAGE ERROR-TEXT-LEN. - 1.0
  5579.  
  5580.  
  5581.  
  5582. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does the DB2 precompiler do?
  5583.  
  5584.  
  5585. Selected Option:
  5586.  
  5587. Expands the SQL. - 1.0
  5588.  
  5589.  
  5590. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DB2, which of the following will NOT be part of Error message area of DSNTIAR?
  5591. Correct Answer:
  5592.  
  5593. SQLCA
  5594.  
  5595. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the sql error code -504 ?
  5596.  
  5597.  
  5598. Selected Option:
  5599.  
  5600. CURSOR NAME cursor-name IS NOT DECLARED - 1.0
  5601.  
  5602.  
  5603. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the requirements to store customer names, billing addresses, and telephone numbers, which of the following would be the best way to define the telephone number column for a table if all customers were located in the same country?
  5604.  
  5605.  
  5606. Correct Answer:
  5607. PHONE CHAR(15)
  5608. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the symbols used in ER diagram?
  5609.  
  5610.  
  5611. Correct Answer:
  5612. Box Diamond Oval
  5613. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many indexes can be created for a single table ?
  5614.  
  5615.  
  5616. Correct Answer:
  5617. 250
  5618.  
  5619. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the Maximum number of columns allowed in a db2 table?
  5620.  
  5621.  
  5622. Correct Answer:
  5623. 224
  5624. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. MAX function can be used on a column defined as CHAR. State True or False.
  5625.  
  5626.  
  5627. Correct Answer:
  5628. T
  5629. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to SPUFI
  5630.  
  5631.  
  5632. Correct Answer:
  5633. It is the DB2 interactive menu-driven tool used by developers to create database objects
  5634. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In SQL, the CREATE TABLESPACE is used
  5635.  
  5636.  
  5637. Correct Answer:
  5638. to create a place in the database for storage of scheme objects, rollback segments, and naming the data files to comprise the tablespace.
  5639. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. During which of the following, DB2 enforces referential integrity?
  5640.  
  5641.  
  5642. Correct Answer:
  5643. UPDATE, DELETE, INSERT and LOAD data operations
  5644.  
  5645. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The BETWEEN predicate is more efficient than the 'greater/less than or equal to' predicates.State True or False.
  5646.  
  5647.  
  5648. Correct Answer:
  5649. T
  5650. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Assuming the proper privileges, which two of the following would allow access to data in
  5651. a table T1 using the name A1?
  5652.  
  5653.  
  5654. Correct Answer:
  5655. CREATE VIEW a1 AS SELECT * FROM t1
  5656. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Besides on TABLE and TABLESPACE level, on what level can implicit locks be placed by DB2?
  5657.  
  5658. Correct Answer:
  5659.  
  5660.  
  5661. On ROW, PAGE and PARTITION level.
  5662. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you are coding a subquery using negation logic, use NOT EXISTS instead of NOT IN to increase the efficiency of the SQL.State True or False.
  5663.  
  5664. Correct Answer:
  5665.  
  5666.  
  5667. T
  5668. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is a NOT a valid reason for defining a view on a table?
  5669.  
  5670.  
  5671. Correct Answer:
  5672.  
  5673. Produce an action as a result of a change to a table
  5674.  
  5675. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A foreign key value in a child table can have null values for some rows even though the primary key it refers to in the parent table cannot have null values.
  5676. State True or False.
  5677.  
  5678.  
  5679. Correct Answer:
  5680.  
  5681.  
  5682. T
  5683. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DML is used to returns the substring of the string?
  5684.  
  5685.  
  5686. Correct Answer:
  5687.  
  5688.  
  5689. SUBSTR(string name,3,4) 3 - starting position 4 - length
  5690. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement about tablespaces is true?
  5691.  
  5692.  
  5693. Correct Answer:
  5694.  
  5695.  
  5696. Dropping a tablespace will not only remove all tables of the tablespace itself, but also all indexes created on these tables, even though they are stored separately in their own indexspace.
  5697.  
  5698. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If we need to combine the results of two tables and fetch all rows from them while eliminating duplicates, which of the following needs to be used?
  5699.  
  5700.  
  5701. Correct Answer:
  5702.  
  5703.  
  5704. Union
  5705. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid type of Table space?
  5706.  
  5707.  
  5708. Correct Answer:
  5709.  
  5710.  
  5711. Elementry Table Space
  5712.  
  5713. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Group By clause does not do any sorting . State True or False.
  5714.  
  5715.  
  5716. Correct Answer:
  5717.  
  5718.  
  5719. T
  5720. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Collections are essentially just a means of giving a name to a logically related set of packages. State True or False.
  5721.  
  5722.  
  5723. Correct Answer:
  5724.  
  5725.  
  5726. T
  5727. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. An unit of work is a recoverable sequence of operations within multiple application processes.
  5728. State True or False.
  5729.  
  5730.  
  5731. Correct Answer:
  5732.  
  5733. FALSE
  5734. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement is TRUE with refer to VIEW of the table?
  5735.  
  5736.  
  5737. Correct Answer:
  5738. A VIEW never stores data.
  5739. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Primary key can have NULL values.
  5740. State True or False.
  5741.  
  5742.  
  5743. Correct Answer:
  5744. F
  5745. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What happens when the execution of a utility is terminated by the TERM command?
  5746.  
  5747.  
  5748. Correct Answer:
  5749.  
  5750.  
  5751. The execution ends normally, the corresponding row in the SYSUTIL table is removed, all resources are freed.
  5752.  
  5753. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the requirements to store customer names, billing addresses, and telephone numbers, which of the following would be the best way to define the telephone number column for a table if all customers were located in the same country?
  5754.  
  5755.  
  5756. Correct Answer:
  5757. PHONE CHAR(15)
  5758.  
  5759. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a difference between a unique index and a primary key?
  5760.  
  5761.  
  5762. Correct Answer:
  5763. Unique indexes can be defined over one or more columns; primary keys can only be defined on a single column.
  5764. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can NOT be used to restrict specific values from being inserted into a column in a particular table?
  5765.  
  5766.  
  5767. Correct Answer:
  5768. Default Constraint
  5769.  
  5770. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the following SQL statements are executed:
  5771. CREATE TABLE tab1 (id SMALLINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY, name VARCHAR(25)); CREATE TABLE tab2 (empid SMALLINT, weekno SMALLINT, payamt DECIMAL(6,2), CONSTRAINT const1 FOREIGN KEY (empid) REFERENCES taba(id) ON UPDATE NO ACTION);
  5772.  
  5773. Which of the following statements is true?
  5774. Correct Answer:
  5775. Only values that exist in the ID column of table TAB1 are allowed to be in-serted in the EMPID column of table
  5776.  
  5777. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. TOUR GUIDE LANGUAGE TOUR_DATE START_TIME END_TIME GROUP_SIZE AVAILABILITY
  5778. Tower of London Paulo Spanish 30/08/2003 09:45:00 11:45:00 20 4
  5779. HMS Discovery Carol German 30/08/2003 10:30:00 12:30:00 16 0
  5780. Saint Paul's Albert French 30/08/2003 10:30:00 12:15:00 16 14
  5781. Tower of London Heidi French 30/08/2003 10:45:00 2:45:00 20 0
  5782. Covent Garden Heidi German 30/08/2003 13:30:00 16:30:00 24 19
  5783. By considering the above table select the proper query to satisfy the below criteria
  5784. Select tours which have the largest group sizes
  5785. Correct Answer:
  5786. SELECT * FROM TOUR_GROUP WHERE GROUP_SIZE = (SELECT MAX(GROUP_SIZE) FROM TOUR_GROUP) ORDER BY TOUR, TOUR_DATE, START_TIME;
  5787. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. POLICY_ID POLICY_CODE POLICY_NAME
  5788. ---------+---------+---------+-----
  5789. A1001 POLICYCD1 HEALTHCARE
  5790. A1002 POLICYCD2 FAMILYCARE
  5791. A1003 POLICYCD3 CHILD CARE
  5792. A1005 POLICYCD5 HEALTHCARE
  5793.  
  5794. POLICYID POLICYCODE POLICYNAME
  5795. ---------+---------+---------+--
  5796. B2001 POLICYCD6 HEALTHCARE
  5797. B2002 POLICYCD7 FAMILYCARE
  5798. B2003 POLICYCD8 CHILD CARE
  5799. B2005 POLICYCD0 HEALTHCARE
  5800.  
  5801. By considering the above two tables what will be the resultant set if we execute the below query
  5802. SELECT TB_POLICY2.POLICYID FROM TB_POLICY2 WHERE TB_POLICY2.POLICYID IN
  5803. (SELECT TB_POLICY1.POLICY_ID FROM TB_POLICY1 WHERE POLICY_NAME = 'HEALTHCARE');
  5804. Correct Answer:
  5805. Empty result set - 1.0
  5806.  
  5807.  
  5808.  
  5809. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SELECT CONCAT (('A' || 'B'), 'C')
  5810. FROM STAFF
  5811. WHERE ID = 10;
  5812.  
  5813. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  5814. Correct Answer:
  5815. Answer ---------- ABC
  5816.  
  5817.  
  5818. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider two tables as below
  5819. TAB1 TAB2
  5820. ------- -------
  5821. 10 10
  5822. 20 10
  5823. 30 20
  5824. 40 30
  5825. 50 30
  5826. 40
  5827. 50
  5828. 60
  5829.  
  5830. Output Result:
  5831. -----------------
  5832. 10
  5833. 20
  5834. 30
  5835. 40
  5836. 50
  5837. 60
  5838.  
  5839. Choose the appropriate query to derive the above output.
  5840. Correct Answer:
  5841. SELECT TAB1 FROM TAB1 UNION SELECT TAB2 FROM TAB2 ORDER BY 1;
  5842.  
  5843. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. After the execution of below query there are no matching rows found. Choose the correct answer.
  5844.  
  5845. SELECT COUNT(*) AS C1
  5846. FROM STAFF
  5847. WHERE ID < 1
  5848. GROUP BY ID;
  5849. Correct Answer:
  5850. C1 ----- no row
  5851.  
  5852. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the statement:
  5853. CREATE TABLE t1
  5854. ( c1 CHAR(3)
  5855. CONSTRAINT c1
  5856. CHECK (c1 IN ('A01','B01','C01')) )
  5857. DB2 verifies that the table check constraint is met during which of the following actions?
  5858. Selected Option:
  5859. Adding an insert trigger to the table. - 0.0
  5860.  
  5861. Correct Answer:
  5862. Updating any row in the table.
  5863. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following table:
  5864.  
  5865. STOCK
  5866. ????????????????????
  5867. CATEGORY CHAR(1)
  5868. PARTNO CHAR(12)
  5869. DESCRIPTION VARCHAR(40)
  5870. QUANTITY INTEGER
  5871. PRICE DEC(7,2)
  5872.  
  5873. If items are indicated to be out of stock by setting DESCRIPTION to NULL and QUANTITY and PRICE to zero, which of the following statements updates the STOCK table to indicate that all items except those with CATEGORY of 'S' are temporarily out of stock?
  5874. Correct Answer:
  5875. UPDATE stock SET (description, quantity, price) = (NULL, 0, 0) WHERE category <> 'S'
  5876. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE VIEW VW_TBL
  5877. AS SELECT *
  5878. FROM TB_EMP
  5879. WHERE SUBSTR(EMP_NAME, 1, 3) = 'SHA'
  5880. with respect to above query select the appropriate answer?
  5881. Correct Answer:
  5882. The query will create a VIEW named VW_TBL upon the TB_EMP table that contains only those rows with a employee name starting with the letters SHA
  5883.  
  5884.  
  5885. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following statements:
  5886.  
  5887. CREATE TABLE tab1 (c1 INTEGER, c2 CHAR(5));
  5888. CREATE VIEW view1 AS SELECT c1, c2 FROM tab1 WHERE c1 < 100;
  5889. CREATE VIEW view2 AS SELECT c1, c2 FROM view1
  5890. WITH CASCADED CHECK OPTION;
  5891.  
  5892. Which of the following INSERT statements will fail to execute?
  5893. Correct Answer:
  5894. INSERT INTO view2 VALUES(150, 'abc')
  5895.  
  5896. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an incorrect computation statement?
  5897. Correct Answer:
  5898. SUBTRACT A FROM D, B FROM E, C FROM F
  5899.  
  5900.  
  5901.  
  5902. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which term is used to mean hardcoding of SQL in Cobol?
  5903.  
  5904. Correct Answer:
  5905.  
  5906. Embedded SQL
  5907.  
  5908.  
  5909.  
  5910. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If there is no row in Emp table with Ename as Raghav and
  5911. you run the below queries in SPUFI.
  5912.  
  5913. 1.select Ename from EMP wher Ename = 'raghav'
  5914. 2.Select count(*) from EMP where Ename = 'raghav'
  5915.  
  5916. What is SQLCODE shown up in SPUFI resp.
  5917.  
  5918.  
  5919. Correct Answer:
  5920.  
  5921. +100,0
  5922.  
  5923. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What SQLCODE will occur when there is a deadlock or timeout error?
  5924.  
  5925.  
  5926. Correct Answer:
  5927.  
  5928. -911
  5929.  
  5930.  
  5931.  
  5932. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the maximum number of tables that can be joined in DB2 V8 ?
  5933.  
  5934.  
  5935. Selected Option:
  5936.  
  5937. 255 - 1.0
  5938.  
  5939. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. During which of the following, DB2 enforces referential integrity?
  5940.  
  5941.  
  5942. Correct Answer:
  5943.  
  5944. UPDATE, DELETE, INSERT and LOAD data operations
  5945.  
  5946.  
  5947.  
  5948. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If we need to combine the results of two tables and fetch all rows from them while eliminating duplicates, which of the following needs to be used?
  5949.  
  5950.  
  5951. Selected Option:
  5952.  
  5953. Union - 1.0
  5954.  
  5955. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DML is used to returns the substring of the string?
  5956.  
  5957.  
  5958. Selected Option:
  5959.  
  5960. SUBSTR(string name,3,4) 3 - starting position 4 - length - 1.0
  5961.  
  5962.  
  5963.  
  5964.  
  5965. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a difference between a unique index and a primary key?
  5966.  
  5967.  
  5968. Correct Answer:
  5969.  
  5970. Unique indexes can be defined over one or more columns; primary keys can only be defined on a single column.
  5971.  
  5972.  
  5973.  
  5974. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is a NOT a valid reason for defining a view on a table?
  5975.  
  5976.  
  5977. Selected Option:
  5978.  
  5979. Produce an action as a result of a change to a table - 1.0
  5980.  
  5981.  
  5982.  
  5983. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to CASCADE command in DELETE
  5984.  
  5985. Correct Answer:
  5986.  
  5987. Allows the deletion of the primary key row and also deletes the foreign key rows that relate to it.
  5988.  
  5989. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Apart from the WHERE clause, which of the following clause can use NULL?
  5990.  
  5991.  
  5992. Selected Option:
  5993.  
  5994. HAVING - 1.0
  5995.  
  5996. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you commit,the cursor is closed.
  5997.  
  5998.  
  5999. Selected Option:
  6000.  
  6001.  
  6002. T - 1.0
  6003. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid SQL commands that can be used when declaring cursors?
  6004.  
  6005.  
  6006. Selected Option:
  6007.  
  6008.  
  6009. ORDER BY - 1.0
  6010.  
  6011. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the sql error code will throw when a column is having NULL values, however NULL indicator is not coded to it ?
  6012.  
  6013.  
  6014. Selected Option:
  6015.  
  6016.  
  6017. -305 - 1.0
  6018.  
  6019. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the picture clause of null indicator variable?
  6020.  
  6021.  
  6022. Selected Option:
  6023.  
  6024.  
  6025. S9(4) COMP - 1.0
  6026. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What clause must be coded into the DECLARE CURSOR statement if UPDATE WHERE CURRENT OF should be used later?
  6027.  
  6028.  
  6029. Selected Option:
  6030.  
  6031.  
  6032. FOR UPDATE OF - 1.0
  6033. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are equivalent with respect to use of Null indicator variables in an application program?
  6034.  
  6035.  
  6036. Selected Option:
  6037.  
  6038.  
  6039. EXEC SQL SELECT PHONENO INTO : CBLPHONE INDICATOR : INDNULL FROM EMP WHERE EMPNO = :EMPID END-EXEC. - 1.0
  6040. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In which of the following scenarios the NULL indicator returns a positive value?
  6041.  
  6042.  
  6043. Selected Option:
  6044.  
  6045.  
  6046. Column is not null - 1.0
  6047. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We can have one cursor open a time in a program.
  6048.  
  6049.  
  6050. Correct Answer:
  6051.  
  6052.  
  6053. F
  6054. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one best describes why cursor is used?
  6055.  
  6056.  
  6057. Selected Option:
  6058.  
  6059.  
  6060. Cursors are used to access set-level data one row at a time. - 1.0
  6061. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DML is used to returns the substring of the string?
  6062.  
  6063.  
  6064. Selected Option:
  6065.  
  6066.  
  6067. SBSTRING(string name,3,4) 3 - starting position 4 - length - 0.0
  6068.  
  6069. Correct Answer:
  6070.  
  6071.  
  6072. SUBSTR(string name,3,4) 3 - starting position 4 - length
  6073. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement about tablespaces is true?
  6074.  
  6075.  
  6076. Correct Answer:
  6077. Dropping a tablespace will not only remove all tables of the tablespace itself, but also all indexes created on these tables, even though they are stored separately in their own indexspace.
  6078.  
  6079. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement is TRUE with regard to STOGROUP?
  6080.  
  6081.  
  6082. Correct Answer:
  6083. It is a storage group in DB2 having set of volumes on DASD
  6084. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is true for group by,order by clause?
  6085.  
  6086. Selected Option:
  6087. Selected columns must be column functions or in the group by clause. - 1.0
  6088.  
  6089. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Assuming the database has no distinct types, which of the following is an invalid data
  6090. type on CREATE TABLE?
  6091.  
  6092.  
  6093. Correct Answer:
  6094.  
  6095.  
  6096. DATETIME
  6097.  
  6098. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is a valid wildcard character in a LIKE clause of a SELECT statement?
  6099.  
  6100.  
  6101. Selected Option:
  6102.  
  6103.  
  6104. % - 1.0
  6105.  
  6106. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is a NOT a valid reason for defining a view on a table?
  6107.  
  6108.  
  6109. Selected Option:
  6110. roduce an action as a result of a change to a table - 1.0
  6111.  
  6112. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Collections are essentially just a means of giving a name to a logically related set of packages. State True or False.
  6113.  
  6114.  
  6115. Selected Option:
  6116.  
  6117.  
  6118. T - 1.0
  6119.  
  6120. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to CASCADE command in DELETE
  6121. Correct Answer:
  6122. Allows the deletion of the primary key row and also deletes the foreign key rows that relate to it.
  6123. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is TRUE for the System Variable $date$?
  6124. Correct Answer:
  6125. Can be assigned to any field only during design time.
  6126. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  6127. An entity relationship (ER) diagram is a specialized graphic that illustrates the interrelationships between entities.
  6128. Correct Answer:
  6129. T
  6130. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The BETWEEN predicate is more efficient than the 'greater/less than or equal to' predicates.State True or False.
  6131. Correct Answer:
  6132. T
  6133. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Assuming the database has no distinct types, which of the following is an invalid data
  6134. type on CREATE TABLE?
  6135. Correct Answer:
  6136. DATETIME
  6137. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Collections are essentially just a means of giving a name to a logically related set of packages. State True or False.
  6138. Correct Answer:
  6139. T
  6140. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid type of Table space?
  6141. Correct Answer:
  6142. Elementry Table Space
  6143. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Complete correctly:
  6144. When a user has a SELECT authorization on a certain base table, and he creates a view on that
  6145. table alone, then he/she …
  6146. Correct Answer:
  6147. ... only has a SELECT authorization on that view.
  6148. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a table which contains columns A,B,C,D,E and F, if the columns A and E are declared as primary keys, what will be the result?
  6149. Correct Answer:
  6150. The key declaration works fine.
  6151. 100
  6152. 90
  6153. 100
  6154. 100
  6155. 50
  6156. 100
  6157. 90
  6158.  
  6159. DB2
  6160.  
  6161. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option in which process level the isolation should be specified?
  6162.  
  6163. Correct Answer:
  6164.  
  6165. during BIND process
  6166.  
  6167.  
  6168.  
  6169. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We can have one cursor open a time in a
  6170. Correct Answer:
  6171.  
  6172. F
  6173.  
  6174. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does it mean if the null indicator has -1 ?
  6175. Correct Answer:
  6176.  
  6177. The field is null
  6178.  
  6179. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate options with respect to VARCHAR data type
  6180.  
  6181.  
  6182. Selected Option:
  6183.  
  6184. Varchar data type is having two components. Length & Text component - 1.0
  6185.  
  6186. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one best describes why cursor is used?
  6187. Correct Answer:
  6188.  
  6189. Cursors are used to access set-level data one row at a time.
  6190.  
  6191.  
  6192.  
  6193.  
  6194. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are mandatory when declaring a cursor in a DB2 program?
  6195.  
  6196.  
  6197. Selected Option:
  6198.  
  6199. Cursor Name - 1.0
  6200.  
  6201.  
  6202.  
  6203. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are equivalent with respect to use of Null indicator variables in an application program?
  6204.  
  6205. Correct Answer:
  6206.  
  6207. EXEC SQL SELECT PHONENO INTO : CBLPHONE INDICATOR : INDNULL FROM EMP WHERE EMPNO = :EMPID END-EXEC.
  6208.  
  6209. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What clause must be coded into the DECLARE CURSOR statement if UPDATE WHERE CURRENT OF should be used later?
  6210.  
  6211. Correct Answer:
  6212. FOR UPDATE OF
  6213.  
  6214. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the sql error code will throw when a column is having NULL values, however NULL indicator is not coded to it ?
  6215.  
  6216.  
  6217. Selected Option:
  6218.  
  6219. -305 - 1.0
  6220.  
  6221. ___________________________________________
  6222.  
  6223. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to sum the records starting at position 60 of length 5 and how to eliminate duplicates using the sort utility?
  6224.  
  6225.  
  6226. Selected Option:
  6227.  
  6228. 1. Sum fields: //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(30,10,CH,A) SUM FIELD=(60,64,ZD) // 2. Eliminate duplicates: //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(30,10,CH,A) ELIMINATE DUPS // - 0.0
  6229.  
  6230. Correct Answer:
  6231.  
  6232. 1. Sum fields: //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(30,10,CH,A) SUM FIELDS=(60,5,ZD) // 2. Eliminate duplicates: //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(30,10,CH,A) SUM FIELDS=NONE //
  6233.  
  6234.  
  6235.  
  6236.  
  6237. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the string handling verbs available in COBOL
  6238.  
  6239.  
  6240. Correct Answer:
  6241.  
  6242. STRING UNSTRING INSPECT
  6243.  
  6244. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. COMPUTE A=B is valid
  6245.  
  6246.  
  6247. Selected Option:
  6248.  
  6249.  
  6250. T - 1.0
  6251.  
  6252. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which tests are allowed with the following variable?
  6253. 01 END-OF-FILE PIC X.
  6254. 88 EOF VALUE 'N'.
  6255.  
  6256.  
  6257. Selected Option:
  6258.  
  6259. IF END-OF-FILE = 'Y' THEN … - 1.0
  6260.  
  6261. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The symbol V in a PIC clause stands for a decimal point between two consecutive digits and is counted for in the field size. State True or False
  6262.  
  6263. Selected Option:
  6264. F - 1.0
  6265.  
  6266. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a procedure division verb?
  6267. Selected Option:
  6268. Insert - 1.0
  6269.  
  6270. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the way of using a Variable table name in the program?
  6271. Correct Answer:
  6272. Use dynamic SQL.
  6273.  
  6274. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the DB2 utility used to generate host variables ?
  6275. Selected Option:
  6276. DCLGEN - 1.0
  6277. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  6278.  
  6279. MOVE WORK-REC TO OUT-REC.
  6280. WRITE OUT-REC.
  6281.  
  6282. Which of the following is the equivalent single statement that can substitute the above two statements?
  6283. Correct Answer:
  6284. WRITE OUT-REC FROM WORK-REC.
  6285.  
  6286. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an incorrect computation statement?
  6287. Correct Answer:
  6288. DIVIDE A BY B
  6289.  
  6290. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. REDEFINES clause can appear for a group item whose sub-item contains an OCCURS clause.State True or False.
  6291.  
  6292.  
  6293. Correct Answer:
  6294. T
  6295. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  6296.  
  6297. RESTRICT: Disallows the deletion of the primary key row if any foreign keys relate to that row.
  6298. Correct Answer:
  6299. T
  6300. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the requirements to store customer names, billing addresses, and telephone numbers, which of the following would be the best way to define the telephone number column for a table if all customers were located in the same country?
  6301. Correct Answer:
  6302. PHONE CHAR(15)
  6303.  
  6304. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When granting and revoking authorizations, which of the following aspects will NOT be taken into consideration by DB2?
  6305. Correct Answer:
  6306. Whether the GRANTEE is an existing user ID for RACF.
  6307.  
  6308. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of SPUFI?
  6309. Correct Answer:
  6310. SQL Processor Using File Input
  6311. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you are coding a subquery using negation logic, use NOT EXISTS instead of NOT IN to increase the efficiency of the SQL.State True or False.
  6312. Correct Answer:
  6313. T
  6314.  
  6315.  
  6316. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the use of DISTINCT verb in DB2 SELECT?
  6317. Correct Answer:
  6318. It eliminates duplicates
  6319.  
  6320. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you are coding a subquery using negation logic, use NOT EXISTS instead of NOT IN to increase the efficiency of the SQL.State True or False.
  6321. Correct Answer:
  6322. T
  6323. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or False
  6324. Primary key can only be set in CREATE TABLE command.
  6325. Correct Answer:
  6326. F
  6327.  
  6328. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 objects is NOT considered executable using SQL?
  6329. Correct Answer:
  6330. Trigger
  6331.  
  6332. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following database models do not support Many-to-Many relationships?
  6333. Correct Answer:
  6334. Hierarchical
  6335. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a valid feature of ISPF?
  6336.  
  6337. Provides an environment for interactive software project management
  6338. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. TSO is a subsystem that runs on the Mainframe operating system like MVS.
  6339. State True or False.
  6340.  
  6341. True
  6342.  
  6343. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following option needs to be specified when a new dataset is allocated using 3.2 TSO/ISPF option?
  6344.  
  6345. AVERAGE RECORD UNIT
  6346. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO command to convert Lower case to upper case in a dataset ?
  6347. UC
  6348. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are aliases for the COLUMNS command in ISPF Edit panel?
  6349.  
  6350. COLS
  6351. COL
  6352. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can you display and edit the CLIP board content after issue of CUT command?
  6353.  
  6354.  
  6355. Use CUT DISPLAY
  6356.  
  6357. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement is true?
  6358.  
  6359.  
  6360. Command SORT can be used to sort columns in ascending or descending order in a dataset.
  6361.  
  6362. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to switch between ISPF screens?
  6363. SWAP
  6364.  
  6365. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can be changed using Option 0 of ISPF/PDF primary option menu(ISPF PARMS)?
  6366. Terminal type
  6367. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to display the current setting of the PF keys?
  6368.  
  6369. PFSHOW
  6370.  
  6371. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will identify the hexadecimal characters in a dataset?
  6372.  
  6373. FIND X'0980312'
  6374.  
  6375. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which block command is used to delete the set of codes?
  6376. DD
  6377.  
  6378. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to rename an entire dataset?
  6379. ype R against the dataset name and provide the new name
  6380. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is the statement that copies a member of the library into the member being edited?
  6381.  
  6382.  
  6383.  
  6384. COPY member {AFTER } lptr [linenum-range] {BEFORE}
  6385. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Name the TSO command used to identify the TSO Region ( Development,
  6386. Production, or other TSO regions) are currently logged in ?
  6387. Issue SAREA in the command line
  6388.  
  6389. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The command/option to find the last 10 datasets that I have accessed ?
  6390. Option REFLIST in menu bar
  6391.  
  6392. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to keep the command in the command line without doing re-type the same command after its execution?
  6393.  
  6394.  
  6395.  
  6396. Issue command in the command line along with prefix of '&'
  6397.  
  6398. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following cannot be processed by the SuperC program?
  6399.  
  6400.  
  6401. Two VSAM ESDS datasets
  6402. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Name the command used to do a wordwrap of 80 characters per line in Mainframe ?
  6403.  
  6404. Issue TF80 command in the line where to do a wordwrap
  6405.  
  6406. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which is the text handling command which allows a text line to be split at the cursor to allow insertion
  6407.  
  6408. TS
  6409.  
  6410. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following IBM utility is used to copy a sequential dataset?\
  6411.  
  6412. IEBEDIT
  6413.  
  6414. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the maximum number of datasets can be used in SORTIN statement for merge operation ?
  6415.  
  6416. 16
  6417. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  6418. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  6419. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),ONLY)
  6420.  
  6421. Which are all the steps will get bypassed ?
  6422.  
  6423.  
  6424. STEP02 and STEP03
  6425.  
  6426. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider a scenario where the below file doesnt exist, what will happen after the execution of the step in JCL ?
  6427.  
  6428. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  6429. //CREATEPS DD DSN=TCHN670.TEMP,DISP=MOD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),
  6430. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=80
  6431.  
  6432.  
  6433. TCHN670.TEMP will be created and deleted.
  6434.  
  6435. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  6436. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  6437. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),EVEN)
  6438.  
  6439. Whether STEP03 will execute ?
  6440. T
  6441. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  6442. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  6443. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,NE),(0,LT))
  6444.  
  6445. Which STEPS will get executed
  6446. STEP01 and STEP03
  6447.  
  6448. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the coding standards for JCL
  6449.  
  6450. All of the listed options
  6451.  
  6452. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a JCL, a GDG version is created as follows.
  6453. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT
  6454. ….
  6455. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE(+1),DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE)
  6456. How will it be referred as input in the next step of the same JCL?
  6457.  
  6458.  
  6459. TEST.OUTFILE(+1)
  6460. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sate True or False.
  6461. IEBCOPY utility is used to copy a physical sequential dataset.
  6462.  
  6463.  
  6464.  
  6465. T
  6466.  
  6467.  
  6468. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below sort card and choose the correct option.
  6469.  
  6470. SORT FIELDS=(1,3,ZD,A)
  6471. SUM FIELDS=(1,3,ZD)
  6472.  
  6473.  
  6474. Cannot Sum sort keys.
  6475. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to concatenate datasets having different Block size ?
  6476.  
  6477. T
  6478.  
  6479. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the prefix character for symbolic parameter
  6480. &
  6481.  
  6482. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sample Code
  6483. //A PROC
  6484. //AS1 EXEC PGM=A124
  6485. //AIN DD DSN=SAMPLE.DATA,DISP=SHR
  6486. //AOUT DD DSN=TEST.SAMPLE,UNIT=SYSDA,
  6487. // SPACE=(CYL,(5,1)),DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  6488. // DCB=(RECFM=FB,LRECL=80,DSORG=PS)
  6489. //AS2 EXEC PGM=ABC
  6490. // PEND
  6491.  
  6492. //JOB1 JOB
  6493. //STEP1 EXEC PROC=A
  6494. //STEP2 EXEC PGM=JKL
  6495. What would you add to STEP1 of JOB1 which calls the above procedure to change the dataset of AOUT in procedure A from a disk to a tape dataset?
  6496.  
  6497. //AS1.AOUT DD UNIT=TAPE
  6498.  
  6499. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which restart command is used to disallows automated restart and checkpoint processing?
  6500. RD=NC
  6501.  
  6502. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which code snippet is correct to have the below requirement?
  6503.  
  6504. The output file should be included only for the records, which amount is greater than 10000 & sorted in ascending order based on the first 10 characters
  6505.  
  6506. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT //SORTIN DD DSN=MYID.TEST.INPUT,DISP=SHR //SORTOUT DD DSN=MYID.TEST.OUTPUT,DISP=(NEW,CATLG), // SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)), // DCB=(LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=800,RECFM=FB) //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(1,10,CH,A) INCLUDE COND=(40,8,ZD,GT,10000) /*
  6507.  
  6508. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Block size for DASD files must be defined as ?
  6509. BLKSIZE=0
  6510.  
  6511. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the expansion of JCL and MVS?
  6512. Job Control Language Multiple Virtual Storage
  6513.  
  6514. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to override a COND parameter in the PROC step to bypass ?
  6515.  
  6516. //STEP010 EXEC PGM=PGM1, COND=(0,GT)
  6517. // EXEC PROCNAME, COND.STEP010=(0,LE)
  6518.  
  6519. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement is used to provide PARM parameters for a DB2 program?
  6520. SYSTSIN card
  6521.  
  6522. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Comment statement need to start with
  6523. //*
  6524.  
  6525. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter is used to modify the attributes of a GDG defined ?
  6526.  
  6527. ALTER command
  6528.  
  6529. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter is used to modify the attributes of a GDG defined ?
  6530. ALTER command
  6531. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What condition should be applied so that the step executes even if the previous step terminates abnormally?
  6532. COND=EVEN
  6533. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will delete all the generations of GDG USERID.GDG.BASE keeping the GDG base?
  6534.  
  6535.  
  6536. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14 //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.GDG.BASE,DISP=(SHR,DELETE,KEEP)
  6537.  
  6538.  
  6539. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What condition should be applied so that the step executes even if the previous step terminates abnormally
  6540.  
  6541.  
  6542. OND=EVEN
  6543.  
  6544. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If we have a data set containing 10,000 fixed blocked records with LRECL=100. What is the space required for the above blksize ?
  6545.  
  6546. Blocks needed = 10,000/(4096/100)
  6547.  
  6548. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the condition code COND= (4092, GE, step1) is executed on step2, then for which of the following return codes will step2 get executed
  6549.  
  6550.  
  6551. 4094
  6552.  
  6553. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which "system abend" will occur when there is a insufficient space in disk?
  6554.  
  6555. SB37 Abend
  6556.  
  6557. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the basic JES2 statements below?
  6558.  
  6559. /*NOTIFY /*PRIORITY
  6560.  
  6561. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL.
  6562.  
  6563.  
  6564. //MYJOB JOB(P,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A
  6565. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM1
  6566. //STEPLIB DD DSNAME=LIB1.TEST1.LOADLIB,DISP-SHR
  6567. //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=A
  6568. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=FILE1.TST1.DATA, DISP=SHR
  6569. //STEP2 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM2
  6570. //STEPLIB DD DSNAME=LIB1.TEST1.LOADLIB,DISP-SHR
  6571. //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=A
  6572. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=FILE2.TST.DATA, DISP=SHR
  6573.  
  6574. If the above job fails while executing STEP2, which of the following changed jobcards executes the job again, beginning in that ste
  6575.  
  6576. //MYJOB JOB(P,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A,RESTART=STEP2
  6577.  
  6578. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the types of datasets provided by Virtual Storage Access Methods VSAM?
  6579.  
  6580. All of the listed above
  6581.  
  6582. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is REPLICATE parameter in Define VSAM cluster ?
  6583.  
  6584.  
  6585. REPLICATE specifies that VSAM should write each index record on a track as many times as it will fit.
  6586. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to REWRITE and DELETE a record in ESDS file ?
  6587.  
  6588. REWRITE is possible but DELETE is not allowed
  6589.  
  6590. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Control Interval contains
  6591. Records free space
  6592. Control interval definition field(CIDF)
  6593. and Record definition field(RDF).
  6594.  
  6595. Which component is an "optional" one in the listed above?
  6596.  
  6597.  
  6598.  
  6599. Records free space
  6600.  
  6601. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which option specified to Delete a specific VSAM objects (SPACE, USERCATALOG, GDG) even though they may be non-empty.
  6602.  
  6603.  
  6604.  
  6605. FORCE
  6606.  
  6607.  
  6608. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the range of value is allowed to set the MAXCC in the job?
  6609.  
  6610.  
  6611. 0 to 16
  6612.  
  6613. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is the Syntax Freespace(CA%,CI%) correct for defining the VSAM cluster ?
  6614.  
  6615. F
  6616.  
  6617. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are the ranges of CISZ (Control Interval size) specified while creating a KSDS VSAM cluster ?
  6618.  
  6619.  
  6620. The specified CISZ size must be 512, 1,024, 2,048, or 4,096.
  6621.  
  6622. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the VSAM file status code to notify "End of file encountered"?
  6623.  
  6624.  
  6625. 10
  6626. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  6627. File Manager is a tool whic is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing and other file related operations
  6628.  
  6629. T
  6630.  
  6631. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We use CAPS ON/OFF to enable/disable capitals while typing in mainframe. State True or False.
  6632.  
  6633.  
  6634.  
  6635. T
  6636.  
  6637.  
  6638. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be the SCROLL on the right side of the panel set to so that cursor advances by one page when PF7 or PF8 are used?
  6639.  
  6640.  
  6641. PAGE
  6642.  
  6643.  
  6644. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the following Export command, what does the TEMPORARY command do?
  6645. //SYSIN DD *
  6646. EXPORT MVS802.HRTITLE.TABLE -
  6647. OUTFILE(BACKUP) -
  6648. TEMPORARY
  6649.  
  6650.  
  6651. It indicates the source cluster remains after the portable copy is created
  6652.  
  6653. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If both the JOBCAT & STEPCAT statements are coded in a step, which will take precedence?
  6654.  
  6655.  
  6656. STEPCAT
  6657. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which of the following defines a NULL statement in a JCL?
  6658.  
  6659. By keeping double slash alone //
  6660.  
  6661.  
  6662. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a function of SDSF ?
  6663.  
  6664.  
  6665. Scheduling a Job
  6666.  
  6667.  
  6668. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Programmer name is the Keyword parameter
  6669.  
  6670.  
  6671.  
  6672. F
  6673.  
  6674. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job card:
  6675.  
  6676. //TSOCABX JOB (00010,1020983),'TSOCAB'
  6677.  
  6678. Which of the following parameters, when added to the above Jobcard, executes the job using a D initiator?
  6679.  
  6680.  
  6681. ,CLASS=D
  6682.  
  6683. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We can give In stream data in a PROC
  6684.  
  6685.  
  6686. F
  6687.  
  6688. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Normal Disposition'(Job ends with Normal Return code) value for DISP parameter
  6689.  
  6690.  
  6691. NEW
  6692.  
  6693. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid positional parameters in a JCL statement?
  6694.  
  6695.  
  6696. PGM=program-name
  6697. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following job statement in a JCL:
  6698. //PRINTSS JOB CLASS=A,
  6699. // MSGCLASS=X,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),
  6700. // NOTIFY=&SYSUID
  6701.  
  6702. How do you print the job stream as a sysout?
  6703.  
  6704.  
  6705. TYPRUN=COPY
  6706.  
  6707. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a JCL, the DD statement has two types of parameters.
  6708. Choose from the following.
  6709.  
  6710.  
  6711. Positional, Keyword
  6712.  
  6713.  
  6714. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The syntax is used to refer SORTOUT of STEP01 in SORTIN of STEP02.
  6715. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT
  6716. ……
  6717. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE,
  6718. // DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),DATACLAS=MB001,
  6719. // UNIT=SYSDA,
  6720. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=8000)
  6721. …..
  6722. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=SORT
  6723. ………
  6724. //SORTIN DD DSN=____________
  6725. //SORTOUT DD DSN=TEST.OUTFILE1,
  6726.  
  6727.  
  6728. *.STEP01.SORTOUT
  6729.  
  6730. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below JCL statements and choose its usage.
  6731.  
  6732. //STEP10 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS
  6733. //MYFILE DD DSN=<dataset name>, DISP=SHR
  6734. //SYSIN DD *
  6735. PRINT INFILE(MYFILE) CHAR COUNT(1)
  6736. /*
  6737. //
  6738.  
  6739. Check for Empty dataset
  6740.  
  6741.  
  6742. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sample Code
  6743. //T0DPFDSI JOB (00010,G000600,08E1),'Frank Smith',
  6744. // CLASS=F,NOTIFY=T0DPFDS,
  6745.  
  6746. Which parameter, added to the above Jobcard tool, requests the system to print only the JOB statement and JCL, JES, operator, and SMS messages?
  6747.  
  6748.  
  6749. Correct Answer:
  6750. // MSGLEVEL=(0,1)
  6751.  
  6752.  
  6753. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True of False
  6754. Division Header or Section Header or Paragraph Header can lie in Area B.
  6755.  
  6756.  
  6757. F
  6758.  
  6759.  
  6760.  
  6761. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What parameter in job card decides the output queue
  6762.  
  6763.  
  6764. MSGCLASS
  6765. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ____________ is the identifier used to define the temporary dataset in a JCL.
  6766.  
  6767. &&
  6768.  
  6769.  
  6770. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below Space parameter.
  6771.  
  6772. SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),CONTIG)
  6773.  
  6774. If CONTIG is specified and contiguous space is not available, what will happen ?
  6775.  
  6776.  
  6777. System terminates the job step
  6778.  
  6779.  
  6780.  
  6781. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the default value of MSGLEVEL parameter?
  6782.  
  6783.  
  6784. MSGLEVEL = (1,1)
  6785. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are false with regard to PEND statement in JCL?
  6786.  
  6787.  
  6788. PEND is mandatory for cataloged procedure.
  6789.  
  6790. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following job statement in a JCL:
  6791. //PRINTSS JOB CLASS=A,
  6792. // MSGCLASS=X,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),
  6793. // NOTIFY=&SYSUID
  6794.  
  6795. How do you print the job stream as a sysout?
  6796.  
  6797.  
  6798. TYPRUN=COPY
  6799.  
  6800. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job card:
  6801.  
  6802. //TSOCABX JOB (00010,1020983),'TSOCAB'
  6803.  
  6804. Which of the following parameters, when added to the above Jobcard, executes the job using a D initiator?
  6805.  
  6806.  
  6807. ,CLASS=D
  6808.  
  6809. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DISP parameter to be coded for temporary datasets ?
  6810.  
  6811.  
  6812. DISP=(NEW,PASS)
  6813.  
  6814.  
  6815. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to include the procedure in JCL, if the procedure is available in private library?
  6816.  
  6817. By including the below code snippet in JCL // JCLLIB ORDER=(library1, library2,...)
  6818.  
  6819. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What parameter in job card decides the output queue
  6820.  
  6821.  
  6822. MSGCLASS
  6823. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ____________ is the identifier used to define the temporary dataset in a JCL.
  6824.  
  6825.  
  6826.  
  6827. &&
  6828.  
  6829.  
  6830. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below Space parameter.
  6831.  
  6832. SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),CONTIG)
  6833.  
  6834. If CONTIG is specified and contiguous space is not available, what will happen ?
  6835.  
  6836.  
  6837. System terminates the job step
  6838.  
  6839.  
  6840. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the default value of MSGLEVEL parameter?
  6841.  
  6842.  
  6843. MSGLEVEL = (1,1)
  6844.  
  6845.  
  6846. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are false with regard to PEND statement in JCL?
  6847.  
  6848.  
  6849. PEND is mandatory for cataloged procedure.
  6850.  
  6851. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following job statement in a JCL:
  6852. //PRINTSS JOB CLASS=A,
  6853. // MSGCLASS=X,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),
  6854. // NOTIFY=&SYSUID
  6855.  
  6856. How do you print the job stream as a sysout?
  6857.  
  6858.  
  6859. TYPRUN=COPY
  6860.  
  6861. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job card:
  6862.  
  6863. //TSOCABX JOB (00010,1020983),'TSOCAB'
  6864.  
  6865. Which of the following parameters, when added to the above Jobcard, executes the job using a D initiator?
  6866.  
  6867.  
  6868.  
  6869. ,CLASS=D
  6870.  
  6871.  
  6872. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DISP parameter to be coded for temporary datasets ?
  6873.  
  6874.  
  6875.  
  6876. DISP=(NEW,PASS)
  6877.  
  6878.  
  6879.  
  6880. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to include the procedure in JCL, if the procedure is available in private library?
  6881.  
  6882.  
  6883.  
  6884. By including the below code snippet in JCL // JCLLIB ORDER=(library1, library2,...)
  6885.  
  6886.  
  6887. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. We can give In stream data in a PROC
  6888.  
  6889.  
  6890. F
  6891. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the purpose of the ‘DD KEYLEN’ parameter in a JCL?
  6892.  
  6893.  
  6894. Specifies the length of the keys in the dataset
  6895.  
  6896. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following equivalents are correct?
  6897.  
  6898.  
  6899.  
  6900. DISP=(,,KEEP) is equivalent to DISP=(NEW,DELETE,KEEP)
  6901.  
  6902. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be coded in the job statement if the program needs 100K of central storage?
  6903.  
  6904.  
  6905. //Jobid JOB Jobname,,REGION=100K,,
  6906.  
  6907. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sample Code
  6908. //MYJOB JOB(P,U202,SH1),'FRANK SMITH',CLASS=A
  6909. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM1,SYSTEM=LINK,DEPT=INV,TYPE=REC
  6910. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=&SYSTEM..&DEPT..&TYPE,DISP=SHR
  6911. //FILEOUT DD DSNAME=&SYSTEM..&DEPT..DATA,DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  6912. // AVGREC=U,SPACE=(80,(100,20),RLSE),
  6913. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB)
  6914.  
  6915. Referring to the above coding, what is the effective dataset name for the data definition FILEOUT?
  6916.  
  6917.  
  6918. LINK.INV.DATA
  6919.  
  6920. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Choose the list of statements allowed in a Catalogued procedure.
  6921.  
  6922.  
  6923. DD DUMMY
  6924.  
  6925. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether true or false:
  6926.  
  6927. INCLUDE statement and OMIT statement cannot be specified together in DFSORT
  6928.  
  6929.  
  6930.  
  6931. T
  6932.  
  6933. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can the submitting user’s RACF authority be overridden in a job stream?
  6934.  
  6935.  
  6936. Through the USER and PASSWORD parameter
  6937. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which code snippet is correct to have the below requirement?
  6938.  
  6939. The output file should be included only for the records, which amount is greater than 10000 & sorted in ascending order based on the first 10 characters
  6940.  
  6941.  
  6942.  
  6943. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=SORT //SORTIN DD DSN=MYID.TEST.INPUT,DISP=SHR //SORTOUT DD DSN=MYID.TEST.OUTPUT,DISP=(NEW,CATLG), // SPACE=(TRK,(1,1)), // DCB=(LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=800,RECFM=FB) //SYSOUT DD SYSOUT=* //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(1,10,CH,A) INCLUDE COND=(40,8,ZD,GT,10000) /*
  6944.  
  6945.  
  6946.  
  6947. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which value in TIME parameter will allow the job or a step to use the maximum amount of time?
  6948.  
  6949.  
  6950. TIME=NOLIMIT
  6951.  
  6952. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL statements with use of symbolic parameters.
  6953.  
  6954. //RUN PROC TAPE=2400,NAME=SYS1
  6955. ......... (more lines of JCL not affecting the lines below)
  6956. //A DD UNIT=&TAPE-2,DSN=&NAME..P
  6957.  
  6958. Which of the following is the correct manner in which the DD statement parameters will get substituted?
  6959.  
  6960.  
  6961. //A DD UNIT=2400-2,DSN=SYS1.P
  6962.  
  6963. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If you want to store two variables say, subscript and amount in a COMP and COMP-3 field, which one is preferred.
  6964.  
  6965.  
  6966. For a subscript COMP is preferred and for the amount COMP-3 is preferred.
  6967.  
  6968. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  6969.  
  6970. A program PRG1 calls PRG2, using statement CALL 'PRG2' USING P1,P2.
  6971. Both the programs are compiled and linked error free. Compiler option DYNAMIC is used.
  6972. Afterwards some modification is done to PRG2.
  6973.  
  6974. Which of the programs we need to compile to execute the main program?
  6975.  
  6976.  
  6977. Only PRG2
  6978.  
  6979. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. If you were passing a table via linkage
  6980.  
  6981.  
  6982. Index is preferable
  6983.  
  6984.  
  6985. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to ‘CALL ‘program’ USING BY CONTENT'?
  6986.  
  6987.  
  6988. Parameters passed to called program are protected.
  6989.  
  6990. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one will execute the fastest ?
  6991.  
  6992. Working-Storage Section.
  6993. 77 Field1 Pic S9(5) comp.
  6994. 77 Field2 Pic S9(9) comp-3.
  6995. 77 Field3 Pic S9(9) comp.
  6996. 77 Field4 Pic S9(5) comp-3.
  6997.  
  6998.  
  6999. Move Field1 to Field3
  7000.  
  7001.  
  7002. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following code:
  7003. 01 WS-N PIC 9(2) VALUE ZERO.
  7004. A-PARA.
  7005. MOVE 5 TO WS-N.
  7006. PERFORM B-PARA WS-N TIMES.
  7007. B-PARA.
  7008. MOVE 10 TO WS-N.
  7009. How many times will B-PARA be executed
  7010.  
  7011.  
  7012. 5 times
  7013. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF NOT AGE LESS THAN 30 AND 40
  7014. GO TO PARA-AGE-MIDDLES. The controls will go to the paragraph named PARA-AGE-MIDDLE.
  7015.  
  7016.  
  7017. If AGE is greater than or equal to 30 but less than 40.
  7018.  
  7019. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  7020. 01 WS1 PIC ZZ999.
  7021. 01 WS2 PIC $ZZ999.
  7022. 01 WS3 PIC 9999CR.
  7023.  
  7024. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  7025. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  7026. MOVE 01234 TO WS1.
  7027. MOVE 123 TO WS2.
  7028. MOVE -1234 TO WS3.
  7029. DISPLAY WS1.
  7030. DISPLAY WS2.
  7031. DISPLAY WS3.
  7032. STOP RUN.
  7033. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  7034.  
  7035.  
  7036. The SYSOUT will be as below b1234 $bb123 1234CR
  7037. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  7038. 05 WS-AAA PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  7039. 05 WS-BBB PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  7040. 05 WS-CCC PIC 9(2) VALUE 30.
  7041. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  7042. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  7043. MULTIPLY WS-AAA BY WS-BBB GIVING WS-CCC.
  7044. DISPLAY "WS-AAA :" WS-AAA.
  7045. DISPLAY "WS-BBB :" WS-BBB.
  7046. DISPLAY "WS-CCC :" WS-CCC.
  7047. By considering the above code snippet select the appropriate output?
  7048.  
  7049. WS-AAA :10 WS-BBB :20 WS-CCC :00
  7050.  
  7051.  
  7052. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following portion of procedure division
  7053. MOVE 0 TO A, I.
  7054. PARA-1.
  7055. ADD 3 TO A.
  7056. ADD 2 TO I.
  7057. IF I < a=" ‘,">B MOVE A TO C
  7058. ELSE MOVE B TO C.
  7059. ADD C TO D.
  7060. Indicate which one of the following does not support the above statements
  7061.  
  7062. The larger of the values, A and B will be added to D.
  7063.  
  7064. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Take a look at the following COBOL program. Assuming A, B, C, ... are COBOL instructions,
  7065. in which order will they be executed?
  7066. MAIN-PAR.
  7067. PERFORM INIT-PAR
  7068. Z
  7069. PERFORM TERM-PAR
  7070. Z
  7071. STOP RUN
  7072. .
  7073. INIT-PAR.
  7074. A
  7075. B
  7076. PERFORM READ-X
  7077. .
  7078. LOOP-PAR.
  7079. E
  7080. F
  7081. .
  7082. TERM-PAR.
  7083. G
  7084. H
  7085. .
  7086. READ-X.
  7087. X.
  7088.  
  7089.  
  7090. A B X Z G H Z
  7091.  
  7092.  
  7093.  
  7094. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The Cobol compiler at the time of compilation indicates the error in the following Statement
  7095. MULTIPLY 0.1 BY Y.
  7096. Which of the following had given the correct clause?
  7097.  
  7098. Y has the PIC CLAUSE ZZZ9.9
  7099.  
  7100. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following combination of edit characters can appear in the same PIC clause Except
  7101.  
  7102.  
  7103. -$CR
  7104. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A COBOL programmer wants to print out a number in his/her program. Which of the following
  7105. variables is best suited for this purpose?
  7106. +123.45
  7107. (assuming that ‘.’ is the decimal point)
  7108.  
  7109. PIC +9(3).99
  7110.  
  7111. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code
  7112. 01 WS-COUNT PIC 9 VALUE 5.
  7113. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  7114. PERFORM NEW-DIVISON THRU NEW-DIVISION-EXIT WS-COUNT TIMES
  7115. STOP RUN.
  7116. NEW-DIVISION.
  7117. -----------------------------
  7118. MOVE 10 TO WS-COUNT. -------- --------.
  7119. NEW-DIVISION-EXIT.
  7120. EXIT.
  7121. How many times will NEW-DIVISION be performed
  7122.  
  7123.  
  7124. Selected Option:
  7125.  
  7126. 50 TIMES - 0.0
  7127.  
  7128. Correct Answer:
  7129.  
  7130. 5 TIMES
  7131. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following piece of code
  7132. 01 GROUP-ITEM
  7133. 05 AMT-1 PIC 99V9 USAGE COMP VALUE 50
  7134. 05 AMT-2 PIC 9(4)V99 USAGE COMP
  7135. PROCEDURE DIVISION
  7136. MOVE ZERO TO GROUP-ITEM.
  7137. ADD 50 TO AMT-1.
  7138.  
  7139. what will be the content of AMT-1?
  7140.  
  7141.  
  7142. Correct Answer:
  7143.  
  7144.  
  7145. 50
  7146.  
  7147. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. •What is the result of the following?
  7148.  
  7149.  
  7150. MOVE 0 TO VAR1
  7151.  
  7152. EVALUATE TRUE
  7153.  
  7154. WHEN VAR1=1
  7155. PERFORM PARA-1
  7156. WHEN VAR1=2
  7157. PERFORM PARA-2
  7158. WHEN OTHER
  7159. PERFORM PARA-3
  7160. END-EVALUATE.
  7161.  
  7162.  
  7163. Correct Answer:
  7164. PARA-3 will be performed
  7165.  
  7166.  
  7167. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  7168.  
  7169. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  7170. 01 WS-SUB1 PIC 99 VALUE 1.
  7171. 01 WS-SUB2 PIC 99 VALUE 1.
  7172.  
  7173.  
  7174. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  7175. MAIN-LOGIC.
  7176. PERFORM PROCESS-PARA UNTIL WS-SUB1 > 8 AND WS-SUB2 > 10
  7177.  
  7178. PROCESS-PARA.
  7179. ADD 1 TO WS-SUB1.
  7180. ADD 1 TO WS-SUB2.
  7181.  
  7182. How many number of times PROCESS-PARA will be executed ?
  7183.  
  7184.  
  7185. Correct Answer:
  7186. 10
  7187.  
  7188. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the total number of bytes in the following
  7189. 01 REC-1.
  7190. 02 FIRST-GROUP.
  7191. 03 A1 PIC X(4).
  7192. 03 A2 PIC 99.
  7193. 02 REDEFINES FIRST-GROUP.
  7194. 03 A3 PIC 999.
  7195. 03 A4 PIC 999.
  7196. 02 THIRD-GROUP.
  7197. 03 A5 OCCURS 5 TIMES PIC 99.
  7198.  
  7199.  
  7200. Correct Answer:
  7201. 16
  7202.  
  7203. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario.
  7204. Program COB1 is present in the Load Library - TCHN666.PGM.LOAD. What happens when the following code snippet is executed.
  7205.  
  7206. //*** JOB ***
  7207. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=COB1
  7208. //STEPLIB DD DSN=TCHN666.PGM.LOAD1,DISP=SHR
  7209. //INFILE DD DSN=TCHN666.FILE.INP,DISP=SHR
  7210.  
  7211.  
  7212. Correct Answer:
  7213. S806
  7214. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Following are the keywords used along with WHEN clause in EVALUATE
  7215. Correct Answer:
  7216. ALSO, THRU, OTHER
  7217.  
  7218. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to 01 level entries in data division?
  7219. Correct Answer:
  7220. 01 level entries can appear in any section of the Data Division
  7221.  
  7222.  
  7223. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A COMP-1 field's internal representation is binary format.
  7224. State True or False.
  7225. Correct Answer:
  7226. F
  7227. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Constants can be initialized
  7228. Correct Answer:
  7229. F
  7230. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an incorrect computation statement?
  7231. Correct Answer:
  7232. MULTIPLY CORRESPONDING RECORD1 BY RECORD2
  7233.  
  7234. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. UNSTRING “ABC” INTO DATA-1.
  7235. Indicate which one of the following is correct.
  7236. Selected Option:
  7237. The statement is correct and after the execution of the statement field-1 will contain the three characters “ABC” from the left-most position and the remaining positions of field-1 will remain unchanged - 0.0
  7238.  
  7239. Correct Answer:
  7240. There will be a syntax error, as the sending string must be identifier and not a literal.
  7241. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which tests are allowed with the following variable?
  7242. 01 END-OF-FILE PIC X.
  7243. 88 EOF VALUE 'N'.
  7244. Selected Option:
  7245. IF END-OF-FILE THEN … - 0.0
  7246.  
  7247. Correct Answer:
  7248. IF END-OF-FILE = 'Y' THEN …
  7249. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If PIC clause for a data item is PPPP999 and the value moved to the data-item is 534 then the edited value taken is
  7250. Selected Option:
  7251. None of the above - 0.0
  7252.  
  7253. Correct Answer:
  7254. 0000534
  7255. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PIC S9(10)V99 COMP-3 occupy?
  7256. Correct Answer:
  7257. 6
  7258. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The INSPECT statement can be used to check whether the value in a data name is numeric
  7259. Selected Option:
  7260. T - 0.0
  7261.  
  7262. Correct Answer:
  7263. F
  7264. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The sign is over punched with the numeric value stored in the last bite for which decimal fields ?
  7265. Selected Option:
  7266. Packed-decimal - 0.0
  7267.  
  7268. Correct Answer:
  7269. Zoned decimal
  7270. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The number of bytes occupied by a S9(5) COMP-3 field is ____________.
  7271. Correct Answer:
  7272. 03
  7273. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. To describe a record the level numbers may be chosen from
  7274. Correct Answer:
  7275. 01 to 49
  7276. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Value from 99.99 can be moved to 99V99
  7277. Correct Answer:
  7278. T
  7279. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following COBOL EVALUATE statements in syntactically NOT correct?
  7280. EVALUATE A WHEN A=0 DISPLAY 'A = 0' WHEN A=5 DISPLAY 'A = 5' WHEN OTHER DISPLAY 'A IS NOT 0 NOR 5' END-EVALUATE
  7281. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Result of DIVIDE A INTO B GIVING C
  7282. Selected Option:
  7283. remainder of B/A is stored in C - 0.0
  7284.  
  7285. Correct Answer:
  7286. C=B/A
  7287. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ADD CORRESPONDING identifier-1 TO identifier-2
  7288. Selected Option:
  7289. All the above - 1.0
  7290.  
  7291. Correct Answer:
  7292. All the above
  7293. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Scope terminator indicates
  7294. Correct Answer:
  7295. End of statement
  7296. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. COMPUTE A=B is valid
  7297. Correct Answer:
  7298. T
  7299. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid type of Table space?
  7300. Correct Answer
  7301. Elementry Table Space
  7302. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statement is TRUE with regard to STOGROUP?
  7303. Correct Answer:
  7304.  
  7305.  
  7306. It is a storage group in DB2 having set of volumes on DASD
  7307. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a sub query, if DB2 evaluates the outer SELECT for every new row in the sub query, then the query is called _______________
  7308. Correct Answer:
  7309. Correlated sub query
  7310. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement about an index is NOT true?
  7311. An index always has a balanced tree structure. - 0.0
  7312.  
  7313. Correct Answer:
  7314.  
  7315.  
  7316. The name of an index can be mentioned in a Select statement, to improve the performance of the quer
  7317.  
  7318. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is TRUE for the System Variable $date$?
  7319.  
  7320.  
  7321. Correct Answer:
  7322. Can be assigned to any field only during design time.
  7323. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is optional and do not have to be specified when creating a table?
  7324. Correct Answer:
  7325. NOT NULL constraint
  7326. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is a NOT a valid reason for defining a view on a table?
  7327.  
  7328.  
  7329. Correct Answer:
  7330.  
  7331. Produce an action as a result of a change to a table
  7332.  
  7333. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements concerning locking on TABLESPACE level is correct?
  7334.  
  7335.  
  7336. Correct Answer:
  7337. When a TABLESPACE is S-locked by another user, a U-lock can be placed. However, an X-lock is not compatible and will have to wait until the S-lock is released.
  7338. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to Domain Integrity
  7339.  
  7340.  
  7341. Correct Answer:
  7342. This is the “Field-level integrity” which ensures that the structure of every field is sound
  7343. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does the DB2 precompiler do?
  7344.  
  7345.  
  7346. Correct Answer:
  7347. Expands the SQL.
  7348. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a step to be executed if the change scope is limited to SQL Statement and not the program code in an embedded SQL COBOL-DB2 program?
  7349.  
  7350.  
  7351. Correct Answer:
  7352. DCLGEN
  7353.  
  7354. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Create a table with the below requirements
  7355. Table name should be VOLVO_DETAIL with columns of
  7356. Volvo number - character 4
  7357. Volvo fare - integer
  7358. Volvo type - character 2
  7359. frequency - character 3 (check the frequency constraint in 60M, 30M)
  7360. bus pass - character 2 (check the buss pass in 'AP' , 'NA')
  7361. After creating the table create unique index and alter the table to have the Volvo number as the primary key
  7362.  
  7363. Correct Answer:
  7364. CREATE TABLE VOLVO_DETAIL ( VOLVO_NO CHAR(4) NOT NULL, VOLVO_FARE INTEGER NOT NULL, VOLVO_TYPE CHAR(2) NOT NULL, FREQUENCY CHAR(3) NOT NULL, CHECK(FREQUENCY IN('60M','30M')), BUS_PASS CHAR(2) NOT NULL, CHECK(BUS_PASS IN('AP','NA')) )IN DBTCHN05.TSCAT02; CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IDX_ID1 ON VOLVO_DETAIL(VOLVO_NO); ALTER TABLE VOLVO_DETAIL ADD PRIMARY KEY(VOLVO_NO);
  7365. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. INSERT INTO STAFF (SELECT MIN(EMPNO), EMPNAM FROM EMPTAB)
  7366.  
  7367. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  7368. Correct Answer:
  7369. Selects the employee number, employee name from employee table and inserts minimum EMPNO and EMPNAM records into STAFF table.
  7370.  
  7371. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the statement:
  7372.  
  7373. CREATE TABLE tableb ( col1 INTEGER NOT NULL,
  7374. CONSTRAINT const1 CHECK (col1 in (100, 200, 300))
  7375.  
  7376. Which of the following can be inserted into TABLEB?
  7377.  
  7378. Correct Answer:
  7379. 100
  7380.  
  7381. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SELECT NAME
  7382. ,LCASE(NAME) AS LNAME
  7383. FROM STAFF
  7384. WHERE ID < 100
  7385. ID NAME
  7386. --- --------
  7387. 10 Nanda
  7388. 50 Shahul
  7389. 70 SUNDAR
  7390.  
  7391. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  7392. Correct Answer:
  7393. NAME LNAME ------- --------- Nanda nanda Shahul shahul SUNDAR sundar
  7394. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Query 1: SELECT EMPNO, SALARY FROM EMPLOYEES
  7395. WHERE SALARY BETWEEN 10000.00 AND 20000.00
  7396.  
  7397. Query 2: SELECT EMPNO, SALARY FROM EMPLOYEES
  7398. WHERE SALARY NOT BETWEEN 10000.00 AND 30000.00
  7399. By considering the above two queries select the appropriate answer
  7400. Correct Answer:
  7401. Query 1: will return the result set with the salary is greater than or equal to 10,000 and lesser than or equal to 20,000 Query 2: will return the result set with the salary is less than 10,000 and greater than 30,000
  7402. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below query.
  7403. SELECT EMPNO, DEPNO FROM EMPTAB WHERE EMPNO < ANY (SELECT MAX(EMPNO) FROM EMPTAB)
  7404. Correct Answer:
  7405. If the EMPNO value is lesser than one of the values return by sub-query, then outer table row will be selected.
  7406.  
  7407. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE DSN81010.DEPT
  7408. (DEPTNO CHAR(3) NOT NULL,
  7409. DEPTNAME VARCHAR(36) NOT NULL,
  7410. MGRNO CHAR(6),
  7411. ADMRDEPT CHAR(3) NOT NULL,
  7412. LOCATION CHAR(16),
  7413. PRIMARY KEY (DEPTNO)
  7414. )
  7415. IN DSN8D10A.DSN8S10D;
  7416. ALTER TABLE DSN81010.DEPT
  7417. FOREIGN KEY RDD (ADMRDEPT)
  7418. REFERENCES DSN81010.DEPT ON DELETE CASCADE;
  7419.  
  7420. From the above query what is the purpose of defining ON DELETE CASCADE ?
  7421. Selected Option:
  7422. Allows the deletion of the primary key row and also deletes the foreign key rows that relate to it. - 1.0
  7423.  
  7424. Correct Answer:
  7425. Allows the deletion of the primary key row and also deletes the foreign key rows that relate to it.
  7426. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Customers Table
  7427. FirstName LastName Email DOB Phone
  7428. John Smith John.Smith@yahoo.com 2/4/1968 626 222-2222
  7429. Steven Goldfish goldfish@fishhere.net 4/4/1974 323 455-4545
  7430. Paula Brown pb@herowndomain.org 5/2/1978 416 323-3232
  7431. James Smith jim@supergig.co.uk 2/1/1980 416 323-8888
  7432.  
  7433. Please select the appropriate result set after executing the below queries
  7434.  
  7435. Query 1: SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE LastName = 'Smith';
  7436. Query 2: SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE LastName <> 'Smith';
  7437. Query 3: SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE Phone LIKE '626%';
  7438. Correct Answer:
  7439. Query 1: FirstName LastName Email DOB Phone John Smith John.Smith@yahoo.com 2/4/1968 626 222-2222 James Smith jim@supergig.co.uk 2/1/1980 416 323-8888 Query 2: Steven Goldfish goldfish@fishhere.net 4/4/1974 323 455-4545 Paula Brown pb@herowndomain.org 5/2/1978 416 323-3232 Query 3: John Smith John.Smith@yahoo.com 2/4/1968 626 222-2222
  7440.  
  7441. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What SQL structure allows you to specify the columns and values for an INSERT statement in a different order than the columns appear in the table?
  7442. Correct Answer:
  7443. The column list, as in "INSERT INTO employees (emp_id, last_name, first_name) VALUES (25, 'Narzeen','Kapil')"
  7444.  
  7445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below EMPTAB and its fields.
  7446. ID ENAM DEP
  7447. --- ------- -----
  7448. 10 Sam Sales
  7449. 20 null Manager
  7450. 30 Albert Finance
  7451. 40 Bill CEO
  7452.  
  7453. SELECT COALESCE(EMPTAB.ENAM, '?') AS EMPNAME
  7454. FROM EMPTAB
  7455. ORDER BY ID;
  7456. Correct Answer:
  7457. EMPNAME ------------ Sam ? Albert Bill
  7458.  
  7459. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  7460. A check constraint is a rule that specifies the values that are allowed in one or more columns of every
  7461. row of a table.
  7462. Correct Answer:
  7463. T
  7464.  
  7465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A new Column can be added to the table after it has been defined. State True or False.
  7466.  
  7467. Correct Answer:
  7468. T
  7469.  
  7470.  
  7471. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one best describes why cursor is used?
  7472. Correct Answer:
  7473. Cursors are used to access set-level data one row at a time.
  7474.  
  7475.  
  7476. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you issue a COMMIT statement in the program then the Cursor get closed.State True or False.
  7477. Correct Answer:
  7478. T
  7479.  
  7480. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following could be the reason if a CLOSE cursor statement is NOT successful?
  7481. Correct Answer:
  7482. The cursor is not in OPEN state
  7483.  
  7484.  
  7485. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the picture clause of null indicator variable?
  7486. Correct Answer:
  7487. S9(4) COMP
  7488.  
  7489. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will make a column accept a NULL value in DB2?
  7490. Correct Answer:
  7491. Declare the columns WITH DEFAULT NULL explicitly during creation of table
  7492. Declare the columns with no specific qualifying clause meant for NULL
  7493.  
  7494.  
  7495. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How should a VARCHAR field be declared in the host variables structure in a COBOL-DB2 program?
  7496. Correct Answer:
  7497. A length field with S9(4) COMP and text field with the maximum length of the string expected in field
  7498.  
  7499. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you commit,the cursor is closed.
  7500. Correct Answer:
  7501. T
  7502.  
  7503.  
  7504. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does it mean if the null indicator has -1 ?
  7505. Correct Answer:
  7506. The field is null
  7507.  
  7508. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid SQL commands that can be used when declaring cursors?
  7509. Correct Answer:
  7510. ORDER BY
  7511.  
  7512. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the sql error code will throw when a column is having NULL values, however NULL indicator is not coded to it ?
  7513. Correct Answer:
  7514. -305
  7515.  
  7516. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SELECT CONCAT (('A' || 'B'), 'C')
  7517. FROM STAFF
  7518. WHERE ID = 10;
  7519.  
  7520. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  7521.  
  7522.  
  7523.  
  7524.  
  7525. Answer ---------- ABC
  7526.  
  7527. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following table:
  7528.  
  7529. TAB1
  7530.  
  7531. COL1 COL2
  7532. ????? ?????
  7533. A 10
  7534. B 20
  7535. C 30
  7536. D 40
  7537. E 50
  7538.  
  7539. And the following SQL statements:
  7540.  
  7541. DECLARE c1 CURSOR WITH HOLD FOR
  7542. SELECT * FROM tab1 ORDER BY col_1;
  7543. OPEN c1;
  7544. FETCH c1;
  7545. FETCH c1;
  7546. FETCH c1;
  7547. COMMIT;
  7548. FETCH c1;
  7549. CLOSE c1;
  7550. FETCH c1;
  7551.  
  7552. Which of the following is the last value obtained for COL_2?
  7553.  
  7554.  
  7555. Correct Answer:
  7556. 40
  7557.  
  7558. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether the statements are true
  7559. Statement 1: SIN() Returns the trigonometric sine of a specified
  7560. angle
  7561. Statement 2: ABS() Returns a number's absolute value
  7562. Statement 3: PI() Returns the value of PI
  7563. Statement 4:SQRTS() Returns the square root of a specified number
  7564.  
  7565.  
  7566. Selected Option:
  7567.  
  7568.  
  7569. Statement 1 thru 3 are TRUE Statement 4 is FALSE - 1.0
  7570. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Can this query be executed and is it useful (according to the table and column definitions)?
  7571. SELECT CTITLE, CID
  7572. FROM COURSES
  7573. WHERE CID = '7820'
  7574.  
  7575.  
  7576. Selected Option:
  7577.  
  7578.  
  7579. Query can be executed and makes sense (according to the table and column definitions). - 1.0
  7580.  
  7581. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following table definition:
  7582.  
  7583. SALE
  7584. ?????????????????
  7585. INVOICE_NO CHAR(20) NOT NULL
  7586. SALE_DATE DATE
  7587. SALE_PERSON CHAR(20)
  7588. REGION CHAR(20)
  7589. SALE INTEGER
  7590.  
  7591. If the following SELECT statement is executed, which of the following describes the order of the rows in the result data set produced?
  7592.  
  7593. SELECT * FROM sale
  7594.  
  7595.  
  7596. Correct Answer:
  7597.  
  7598. The rows are not sorted in any particular order.
  7599.  
  7600. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Train_Tick
  7601. Tr_id Tr_nm Start Ends Fare
  7602. CO219 K2 Sarari Cochin Calcutta 100
  7603. Co233 J3 Mellita Cochin Calcutta 120
  7604. TN234 T3 Trichi Trichi Chennai 100
  7605. TN267 T4 Madurai Chennai Madurai 150
  7606.  
  7607.  
  7608. Select Start, Ends
  7609. From Train_Tick
  7610. Where Fare = 100
  7611. Order by Start, Ends
  7612.  
  7613. Union All
  7614.  
  7615. Select Starts , Ends
  7616. From Train_Tick
  7617. Where Fare = 120
  7618. Order by Start, Ends
  7619.  
  7620. What will be the resultant of the query?
  7621.  
  7622.  
  7623. Correct Answer:
  7624. Start Ends Cochin Calcutta Trichi Chennai Cochin Calcutta
  7625. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. EMP table:
  7626. empid
  7627. emp_lst_nm
  7628. emp_fst_nm
  7629. emp_hire_dt
  7630. emp_term_dt
  7631.  
  7632. Select emp_lst_nm, emp_fst_nm, emp_id, emp_hire_dt
  7633. from emp
  7634. Which ORDER BY do you add to the above query to sort the result by most recent hire date, then sort by last name in alphabetical order within each date?
  7635.  
  7636. Correct Answer:
  7637. ORDER BY HIRE_DATE DESC, EMP_LAST_NAME
  7638. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate query which will satisfy the below criteria
  7639. The Usage count of the master server table should be updated for all the records which is having status is equal to GOOD and cpu usage is greater than 100 in server table
  7640.  
  7641.  
  7642. Correct Answer:
  7643. UPDATE MASTER_SERTB SET US_COUNT = 0 WHERE SNAME IN (SELECT SNAME FROM SERVER_TABLE WHERE STATUS = 'GOOD AND CPU_USAGE > 100);
  7644. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following two tables:
  7645.  
  7646. TAB1
  7647.  
  7648. COL_1 COL_2
  7649. ????? ?????
  7650. A 10
  7651. B 12
  7652. C 14
  7653.  
  7654. TAB2
  7655.  
  7656. COL _A COL_B
  7657. ????? ?????
  7658. A 21
  7659. C 23
  7660. D 25
  7661.  
  7662. Assuming the following results are desired:
  7663.  
  7664. COL _1 COL_2 COL_A COL_B
  7665. ?????? ?????? ????? ?????
  7666. A 10 A 21
  7667. B 24 - 21
  7668. C 14 C 21
  7669. - - D 25
  7670.  
  7671. Which of the following joins will produce the desired results?
  7672.  
  7673.  
  7674. Correct Answer:
  7675.  
  7676.  
  7677. SELECT * FROM tab1 FULL OUTER JOIN tab2 ON col_1 = col_a
  7678. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one of the following do you use to place the value of today's date into the variable "program_date"?
  7679.  
  7680.  
  7681. Selected Option:
  7682.  
  7683.  
  7684. set program_date = current date - 1.0
  7685.  
  7686. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Assuming table TABLE1 contains 100 rows, which of the following queries will return only half of the rows available?
  7687.  
  7688.  
  7689. Selected Option:
  7690.  
  7691.  
  7692. SELECT * FROM table1 MAXROWS 50 - 0.0
  7693.  
  7694. Correct Answer:
  7695.  
  7696.  
  7697. SELECT * FROM table1 FETCH FIRST 50 ROWS ONLY
  7698. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statement :
  7699.  
  7700. SELECT PROJNO, PROJNAME
  7701. FROM DSN8710.PROJ
  7702. WHERE RESPEMP = (SELECT EMPNO
  7703. FROM DSN8710.EMP
  7704. WHERE FIRSTNME = 'CHRISTINE')
  7705.  
  7706. Which of the following gives the appropriate categorization of the above statement?
  7707.  
  7708.  
  7709.  
  7710.  
  7711. Correct Answer:
  7712.  
  7713.  
  7714. NON-CORRELATED SUBQUERY
  7715. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A table named DEPT has the following columns:
  7716.  
  7717. DEPT_ID
  7718. DEPT_NAME
  7719. MANAGER
  7720. AVG_SALARY
  7721.  
  7722. Which of the following is the best way to prevent most users from viewing AVG_SALARY data?
  7723.  
  7724.  
  7725. Correct Answer:
  7726.  
  7727.  
  7728. Create a view that does not contain the AVG_SALARY column
  7729.  
  7730. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. BOOKS
  7731. BOOK_ID BOOK_NAME SUB DATE_ISSUED
  7732. 112 .NET concepts 2012-01-22
  7733. 103 JAVA prilims null
  7734. 104 IBM DB2 2012-02-24
  7735.  
  7736.  
  7737. SELECT BOOK_NAME,
  7738. COALESCE(DATE_ISSUED, '9999-12-31')
  7739. FROM BOOKS
  7740. WHERE BOOK_ID BETWEEN 101 AND 105;
  7741. What is the result of the above query?
  7742.  
  7743.  
  7744. Selected Option:
  7745.  
  7746.  
  7747. JAVA prilims 9999-12-31 IBM DB2 2012-02-24 - 1.0
  7748. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. EMPNO EMAIL_ID
  7749. ------ ---------------
  7750. 000020 farookh_mgmail.com
  7751. 000070 farhangmail.com
  7752. 000090 ferozyahoo.com
  7753.  
  7754. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  7755.  
  7756.  
  7757. Correct Answer:
  7758.  
  7759.  
  7760. SELECT EMPNO, EMAIL_ID FROM EMPLOYEES WHERE EMAIL_ID LIKE 'f%' ESCAPE '@'
  7761. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. SELECT NAME
  7762. ,LCASE(NAME) AS LNAME
  7763. FROM STAFF
  7764. WHERE ID < 100
  7765. ID NAME
  7766. --- --------
  7767. 10 Nanda
  7768. 50 Shahul
  7769. 70 SUNDAR
  7770.  
  7771. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  7772.  
  7773.  
  7774.  
  7775.  
  7776.  
  7777.  
  7778. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 utility can be used to replace an existing data in a table?
  7779.  
  7780.  
  7781.  
  7782.  
  7783. LOAD
  7784.  
  7785. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE DSN81010.DEPT
  7786. (DEPTNO CHAR(3) NOT NULL,
  7787. DEPTNAME VARCHAR(36) NOT NULL,
  7788. MGRNO CHAR(6),
  7789. EMP_TYPE CHAR(8) DEFAULT 'NEW'
  7790. CHECK (EMP_TYPE IN ('TEMP', 'FULLTIME', 'CONTRACT')),
  7791. PRIMARY KEY (DEPTNO)
  7792. )
  7793. IN DSN8D10A.DSN8S10D;
  7794.  
  7795. While inserting into DEPT table, what will happen to the EMP_TYPE column, when no values provided for that field ?
  7796.  
  7797.  
  7798. Correct Answer:
  7799.  
  7800. It will throw sql error code -545.
  7801. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. EXEC SQL DECLARE C1 CURSOR FOR
  7802. SELECT *
  7803. FROM EMPLOYEE
  7804. FOR UPDATE OF JOB_DET;
  7805.  
  7806. EXEC SQL OPEN C1;
  7807. EXEC SQL FETCH C1 INTO ... ;
  7808. Based on the sample code above, how do you change the JOB_DET of a certain employee to a new job?
  7809.  
  7810.  
  7811.  
  7812. Correct Answer:
  7813.  
  7814.  
  7815. EXEC SQL UPDATE EMPLOYEE SET JOB_DET = :newjob WHERE CURRENT OF C1;
  7816. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with regard to declaring a Primary key as VARCHAR in a DB2 table?
  7817.  
  7818.  
  7819. Correct Answer:
  7820.  
  7821.  
  7822. Primary key can be a varchar which will be handled in similar way as other data types
  7823. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What SQL structure allows you to specify the columns and values for an INSERT statement in a different order than the columns appear in the table?
  7824.  
  7825.  
  7826. Selected Option:
  7827.  
  7828.  
  7829. The column list, as in "INSERT INTO employees (emp_id, last_name, first_name) VALUES (25, 'Narzeen','Kapil')" - 1.0
  7830. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. There is an update in the program as below to have every three records, there is a commit as a commit frequency.
  7831. While updating the JN number as J6 the program got abended. How many rows got updated as per the commit frequency. Select the appropriate answer
  7832. SN PN JN QTY
  7833. Row 1 S1 P1 J1 200
  7834. Row 2 S1 P1 J4 700
  7835. Row 3 S2 P3 J1 400
  7836. Row 4 S2 P3 J2 200
  7837. Row 5 S2 P3 J3 200
  7838. Row 6 S2 P3 J4 500
  7839. Row 7 S2 P3 J5 600
  7840. Row 8 S2 P3 J6 400
  7841. Row 9 S2 P3 J7 800
  7842.  
  7843.  
  7844. Selected Option:
  7845.  
  7846.  
  7847. Till Row 6 all the records get updated - 1.0
  7848.  
  7849. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When granting and revoking authorizations, which of the following aspects will NOT be taken into consideration by DB2?
  7850.  
  7851.  
  7852. Correct Answer:
  7853.  
  7854.  
  7855. Whether the GRANTEE is an existing user ID for RACF.
  7856. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements is NOT true about View?
  7857.  
  7858.  
  7859. \Correct Answer:
  7860.  
  7861.  
  7862. You can create an index for a view
  7863. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is TRUE for the System Variable $date$?
  7864.  
  7865.  
  7866. Selected Option:
  7867.  
  7868.  
  7869. Can be assigned to any variable or field during run time. - 0.0
  7870.  
  7871. Correct Answer:
  7872.  
  7873.  
  7874. Can be assigned to any field only during design time.
  7875. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is optional and do not have to be specified when creating a table?
  7876.  
  7877.  
  7878.  
  7879. Correct Answer:
  7880.  
  7881.  
  7882. Default constraint
  7883. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to Domain Integrity
  7884.  
  7885.  
  7886. Correct Answer:
  7887.  
  7888.  
  7889. This is the “Field-level integrity” which ensures that the structure of every field is sound
  7890. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate answer with respect to the goal of Normalization
  7891.  
  7892.  
  7893.  
  7894. Correct Answer:
  7895.  
  7896.  
  7897. All of the listed option
  7898. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a sub query, if DB2 evaluates the outer SELECT for every new row in the sub query, then the query is called _______________
  7899.  
  7900.  
  7901. Correct Answer:
  7902.  
  7903.  
  7904. Correlated sub query
  7905.  
  7906. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the maximum number of tables that can be joined in DB2 V8 ?
  7907.  
  7908.  
  7909. Correct Answer:
  7910.  
  7911. 255
  7912.  
  7913. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. DROP command is used to remove an object in the current server. Choose the option which can be removed using DROP command?
  7914.  
  7915.  
  7916. Correct Answer:
  7917.  
  7918. All of the listed option
  7919. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements concerning locking on TABLESPACE level is correct?
  7920.  
  7921.  
  7922. Correct Answer:
  7923.  
  7924. When a TABLESPACE is S-locked by another user, a U-lock can be placed. However, an X-lock is not compatible and will have to wait until the S-lock is released.
  7925. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 objects is NOT considered executable using SQL?
  7926.  
  7927.  
  7928. Correct Answer:
  7929.  
  7930.  
  7931. Trigger
  7932. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or False
  7933. Primary key can only be set in CREATE TABLE command.
  7934.  
  7935.  
  7936. Correct Answer:
  7937.  
  7938.  
  7939. F
  7940. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A new Column can be added to the table after it has been defined. State True or False.
  7941.  
  7942.  
  7943. Correct Answer:
  7944.  
  7945.  
  7946. T
  7947. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the list of aggregate functions which will be used to calculate and manipulate data?
  7948. Select 3
  7949.  
  7950.  
  7951. Correct Answer:
  7952.  
  7953.  
  7954. AVG() SUM() MAX()
  7955. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. what is the name of the default db2 catalog database?
  7956.  
  7957.  
  7958. Correct Answer:
  7959.  
  7960.  
  7961. DSNDB06
  7962. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many clustering indexes can be defined for a table?
  7963.  
  7964.  
  7965. Correct Answer:
  7966.  
  7967.  
  7968. One
  7969. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In SQL, the CREATE TABLESPACE is used
  7970.  
  7971.  
  7972. Correct Answer:
  7973.  
  7974.  
  7975. to create a place in the database for storage of scheme objects, rollback segments, and naming the data files to comprise the tablespace.
  7976. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid type of Table space?
  7977.  
  7978.  
  7979. Correct Answer:
  7980.  
  7981.  
  7982. Elementry Table Space
  7983. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If we need to combine the results of two tables and fetch all rows from them while eliminating duplicates, which of the following needs to be used?
  7984.  
  7985.  
  7986. Correct Answer:
  7987.  
  7988.  
  7989. Union
  7990. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When granting and revoking authorizations, which of the following aspects will NOT be taken into consideration by DB2?
  7991.  
  7992.  
  7993. Correct Answer:
  7994.  
  7995.  
  7996. Whether the GRANTEE is an existing user ID for RACF.
  7997.  
  7998. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What parameter in job card decides the output queue
  7999.  
  8000.  
  8001. Correct Answer:
  8002.  
  8003.  
  8004. MSGCLASS
  8005. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ____________ is the identifier used to define the temporary dataset in a JCL.
  8006.  
  8007.  
  8008. Correct Answer:
  8009.  
  8010.  
  8011. &&
  8012.  
  8013.  
  8014. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following embedded SQL statement:
  8015. SELECT PFNAME
  8016. INTO :PFNAME:IND
  8017. FROM TUTPERSONS
  8018. WHERE PLNAME = :PLNAME
  8019.  
  8020. In which order should the following program variables be evaluated by the part of the program
  8021. just after this SQL statement?
  8022.  
  8023.  
  8024. Correct Answer:
  8025.  
  8026.  
  8027. SQLCODE, IND, PFNAME
  8028. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below query.
  8029. SELECT EMPNO, DEPNO FROM EMPTAB WHERE EMPNO < ANY (SELECT MAX(EMPNO) FROM EMPTAB)
  8030.  
  8031.  
  8032.  
  8033.  
  8034.  
  8035. If the EMPNO value is lesser than one of the values return by sub-query, then outer table row will be selected.
  8036.  
  8037. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State the below statements are true of false
  8038. a) Left outer join - keeps the unmatched rows from the outer table
  8039. b) right outer join - keeps the unmatched rows from the inner table
  8040. c) full outer join - keeps the unmatched rows from both the tables
  8041.  
  8042.  
  8043.  
  8044.  
  8045. a,b,c are TRUE
  8046.  
  8047. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Query 1: SELECT EMPNO, SALARY FROM EMPLOYEES
  8048. WHERE SALARY BETWEEN 10000.00 AND 20000.00
  8049.  
  8050. Query 2: SELECT EMPNO, SALARY FROM EMPLOYEES
  8051. WHERE SALARY NOT BETWEEN 10000.00 AND 30000.00
  8052. By considering the above two queries select the appropriate answer
  8053.  
  8054.  
  8055. Selected Option:
  8056.  
  8057.  
  8058. The query will create a VIEW named VW_TBL upon the TB_EMP table that contains only those rows with a employee name starting with the letters SHA - 1.0
  8059.  
  8060. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the query which satisfies the below scenario:
  8061. Select the department number and average departmental salary for all departments in the table EMP table. Arrange the result table in ascending order by average departmental salary.
  8062.  
  8063.  
  8064. Selected Option:
  8065.  
  8066.  
  8067. SELECT WORKDEPT, AVG(SALARY) FROM EMP_TBL GROUP BY WORKDEPT ORDER BY 2; - 1.0
  8068. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider a table EMPTABLE which has columns EMPID, EMPNAME, QUALIFICATION
  8069.  
  8070. Only the columns EMPID and EMPNAME are specified as NOT NULL
  8071.  
  8072. The following SQL statement is executed:
  8073.  
  8074. INSERT INTO EMPTABLE(EMPID, EMPNAME, QUALIFICATION)
  8075. VALUES(2001, 'RAGHUVIR')
  8076.  
  8077. Which of the following is valid for the above?
  8078.  
  8079.  
  8080.  
  8081. Correct Answer:
  8082.  
  8083.  
  8084. 2001 is inserted into EMPID RAGHUVIR is inserted into EMPNAME NULL is inserted into QUALIFICATION
  8085. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following SQL statement, executed by user TU00001:
  8086. CREATE VIEW BELGIAN_COMPANIES
  8087. AS
  8088. SELECT *
  8089. FROM COMPANIES
  8090. WHERE COCOUNTRY = 'BE'
  8091.  
  8092. User TU00044 has INSERT authority on this view, what would happen if he tries to insert a row
  8093. into this view, where the COCOUNTRY field of that line contains a value of ‘GB’?
  8094.  
  8095.  
  8096. Correct Answer:
  8097.  
  8098. The row will be inserted in the table TU00001.COMPANIES, but it will never show up in a SELECT on this view.
  8099.  
  8100. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE SAMPLE_TBL
  8101. (
  8102. CUSTID INTEGER NOT NULL,
  8103. FIRSTNAME CHAR(06) NOT NULL,
  8104. LASTNAME CHAR(10) NOT NULL
  8105. )IN DB.TS2;
  8106. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IND99SD ON SAMPLE_TBL(CUSTID);
  8107. INSERT INTO SAMPLE_TBL VALUES(100656001,'ABDUL ','SHIHAB');
  8108. INSERT INTO SAMPLE_TBL VALUES(100656002,'MARIA ','JOSEPH');
  8109. INSERT INTO SAMPLE_TBL VALUES(100656003,'ASHA ','ANTONY');
  8110. INSERT INTO SAMPLE_TBL VALUES(100656004,'MARY ','ANN');
  8111. SELECT LOWER(FIRSTNAME) FROM SAMPLE_TBL;
  8112. What will be the outcome after executing the above query?
  8113.  
  8114.  
  8115. Selected Option:
  8116.  
  8117.  
  8118. abdul maria asha mary - 1.0
  8119.  
  8120. Correct Answer:
  8121.  
  8122.  
  8123. abdul maria asha mary
  8124. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the query which will satisfy the below scenario
  8125.  
  8126. The table STUD_TBL should have the fields
  8127.  
  8128. STUD_ID integer Primary key
  8129. STUD_TYPE Char-3 Accepted Values (BA1-batch 1,BA2-batch 2,BA3-batch 3)
  8130. MARKS Decimal (4,2) null
  8131. GRADE Char-1 Not null
  8132.  
  8133.  
  8134. Selected Option:
  8135.  
  8136.  
  8137. CREATE TABLE STUD_TBL ( STUD_ID INTEGER PRIMARY KEY NOT NULL, STUD_TYPE CHAR(3) NOT NULL, CHECK(STUD_TYPE IN('BA1','BA2','BA3')), MARKS DECIMAL(4,2) NULL, GRADE CHAR(1) NOT NULL )IN DB.TS ; - 1.0
  8138. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the two following tables:
  8139. Tablename: NAMES
  8140. Name Number
  8141. Wayne Gretzky 99
  8142. Jaromir Jagr 68
  8143. Bobby Orr 4
  8144. Bobby Hull 23
  8145. Brett Hull 16
  8146. Mario Lemieux 66
  8147. Steve Yzerman 19
  8148. Claude Lemieux 19
  8149. Mark Messier 11
  8150. Mats Sundin 13
  8151. Tablename: POINTS
  8152. Name Points
  8153. Wayne Gretzky 244
  8154. Jaromir Jagr 168
  8155. Bobby Orr 129
  8156. Bobby Hull 93
  8157. Brett Hull 121
  8158. Mario Lemieux 189
  8159. Joe Sakic 94
  8160. Which of the following statements will display the player's name, number and points for
  8161. all players with an entry in both tables?
  8162.  
  8163.  
  8164. Selected Option:
  8165.  
  8166.  
  8167. SELECT names.name, names.number, points.points FROM names INNER JOIN points ON names.name=points.name - 1.0
  8168.  
  8169. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. EMPNO LASTNAME
  8170. ------ ---------------
  8171. 000010 HAAS
  8172. 000020 THOMPSON
  8173. 000060 STERN
  8174. 000070 PULASKI
  8175. 000090 HENDERSON
  8176. 000100 SPENSER
  8177. By considering the above, which query will give the above result set?
  8178.  
  8179.  
  8180. Selected Option:
  8181.  
  8182.  
  8183. SELECT EMPNO, LASTNAME FROM EMPLOYEES WHERE LASTNAME LIKE '%S%' - 1.0
  8184.  
  8185. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE CUST_BANK
  8186. (
  8187. CUSTID INTEGER NOT NULL,
  8188. FIRSTNAME CHAR(06) NOT NULL,
  8189. LASTNAME CHAR(10) NOT NULL
  8190. )IN DB.TS2;
  8191. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IN3IDX ON CUST_BANK(CUSTID);
  8192. INSERT INTO CUST_BANK VALUES(100656003,'ABDUL ','.KALAM');
  8193. SELECT FIRSTNAME||''||LASTNAME FROM CUST_BANK;
  8194. By executing the above query what will be the output?
  8195.  
  8196.  
  8197. Selected Option:
  8198.  
  8199.  
  8200. ABDUL.KALAM - 0.0
  8201.  
  8202. Correct Answer:
  8203.  
  8204.  
  8205. ABDUL .KALAM
  8206. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly.
  8207. The PARTS table The PRODUCTS table
  8208.  
  8209. PART PROD# SUPPLIER PROD# PRODUCT PRICE
  8210. ======= ===== ============ ===== =========== =====
  8211. WIRE 10 ACWF 505 SCREWDRIVER 3.70
  8212. OIL 160 WESTERN_CHEM 30 RELAY 7.55
  8213. MAGNETS 10 BATEMAN 205 SAW 18.90
  8214. PLASTIC 30 PLASTIK_CORP 10 GENERATOR 45.75
  8215. BLADES 205 ACE_STEEL
  8216.  
  8217. by considering the above table, If we want to get the below result set, which query is the appropriate one?
  8218.  
  8219. PART SUPPLIER PROD# PRODUCT
  8220. ======= ============ ===== ==========
  8221. MAGNETS BATEMAN 10 GENERATOR
  8222. PLASTIC PLASTIK_CORP 30 RELAY
  8223.  
  8224.  
  8225. Correct Answer:
  8226.  
  8227.  
  8228. SELECT PART, SUPPLIER, PARTS.PROD#, PRODUCT FROM PARTS INNER JOIN PRODUCTS ON PARTS.PROD# = PRODUCTS.PROD# AND SUPPLIER NOT LIKE 'A%';
  8229. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following statement:
  8230.  
  8231. CREATE TABLE t1
  8232. col1 SMALLINT NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY,
  8233. col2 VARCHAR(200) NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT NONE,
  8234. col3 DECIMAL(5,2) CHECK (col3 >= 100.00),
  8235. col4 DATE NOT NULL WITH DEFAULT)
  8236.  
  8237. Which of the following definitions will cause the CREATE TABLE statement to fail?
  8238.  
  8239.  
  8240. Correct Answer:
  8241.  
  8242.  
  8243. COL2
  8244.  
  8245. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. There are two tables called DEPARTMENTS which contains all department details and EMPLOYEES table which contains all the salary details.
  8246. Select the query which will return the result set contains the department name for every department whose average salary for individuals working in that department is greater than 50,000, along with the actual average salary for each department.
  8247.  
  8248.  
  8249. Correct Answer:
  8250.  
  8251.  
  8252. SELECT DEPTNAME, AVG(SALARY) AS AVG_SALARY FROM DEPARTMENT D, EMPLOYEES E WHERE E.WORKDEPT = D.DEPTNO GROUP BY DEPTNAME HAVING AVG(SALARY) > 50000.00
  8253. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. TOUR GUIDE LANGUAGE TOUR_DATE START_TIME END_TIME GROUP_SIZE AVAILABILITY
  8254. Tower of London Paulo Spanish 30/08/2003 09:45:00 11:45:00 20 4
  8255. HMS Discovery Carol German 30/08/2003 10:30:00 12:30:00 16 0
  8256. Saint Paul's Albert French 30/08/2003 10:30:00 12:15:00 16 14
  8257. Tower of London Heidi French 30/08/2003 10:45:00 2:45:00 20 0
  8258. Covent Garden Heidi German 30/08/2003 13:30:00 16:30:00 24 19
  8259. By considering the above table select the proper query to satisfy the below criteria
  8260. Select tours which have the largest group sizes
  8261.  
  8262.  
  8263. Selected Option:
  8264.  
  8265.  
  8266. SELECT * FROM TOUR_GROUP WHERE GROUP_SIZE = (SELECT MAX(GROUP_SIZE) FROM TOUR_GROUP) ORDER BY TOUR, TOUR_DATE, START_TIME; - 1.0
  8267. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. CREATE TABLE STUD_DETAIL(
  8268. STUD_NAME CHAR(10) NOT NULL,
  8269. STUD_GRADE CHAR(1),
  8270. STUD_DEPT CHAR(3) NOT NULL
  8271. CHECK(STUD_DEPT IN('BCA','COM','SCI','BA')),
  8272. PRIMARY KEY(STUD_NAME,STUD_DEPT))
  8273. IN DBTCHN01.TSCEP02;
  8274. CREATE UNIQUE INDEX IX111G ON STUD_DETAIL(STUD_NAME,STUD_DEPT);
  8275. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('JOSEPH','A','BCA');
  8276. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('ANTONY','B','BCA');
  8277. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('KAREEN','A','SCI');
  8278. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('LEESA','C','BA');
  8279. INSERT INTO STUD_DETAIL VALUES('MARIA','D','COM');
  8280. By considering the above table declaration what will happen if we execute the below two queries
  8281. query 1: SELECT * FROM STUD_DETAIL WHERE STUD_NAME ='JOSEPH' AND STUD_NAME ='ANTONY';
  8282. query 2:SELECT * FROM STUD_DETAIL WHERE STUD_NAME ='JOSEPH' OR STUD_NAME ='ANTONY';
  8283.  
  8284.  
  8285. Selected Option:
  8286.  
  8287.  
  8288.  
  8289. Correct Answer:
  8290.  
  8291.  
  8292. Query 1 will not return any output Query 2 will return the below values ANTONY B BCA JOSEPH A BCA
  8293. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statement:
  8294.  
  8295. SELECT NAME, EMPNO, DEPT, SALARY
  8296. FROM EMP
  8297. WHERE AVG(SALARY) > 100
  8298.  
  8299. Which of the following is applicable for the above?
  8300.  
  8301.  
  8302.  
  8303. Correct Answer:
  8304.  
  8305.  
  8306. Incorrect use of Built-in function or grouped column.
  8307.  
  8308. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following table definition:
  8309.  
  8310. SALE
  8311. ?????????????????
  8312. INVOICE_NO CHAR(20) NOT NULL
  8313. SALE_DATE DATE
  8314. SALE_PERSON CHAR(20)
  8315. REGION CHAR(20)
  8316. SALE INTEGER
  8317.  
  8318. If the following SELECT statement is executed, which of the following describes the order of the rows in the result data set produced?
  8319.  
  8320. SELECT * FROM sale
  8321.  
  8322.  
  8323. Correct Answer:
  8324.  
  8325.  
  8326. The rows are not sorted in any particular order.
  8327. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the query which satisfies the below scenario:
  8328. Select the department number and average departmental salary for all departments in the table EMP table. Arrange the result table in ascending order by average departmental salary.
  8329.  
  8330.  
  8331. Selected Option:
  8332.  
  8333.  
  8334.  
  8335. Correct Answer:
  8336.  
  8337.  
  8338. SELECT WORKDEPT, AVG(SALARY) FROM EMP_TBL GROUP BY WORKDEPT ORDER BY 2;
  8339. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a table has a column "name" (declared to have nulls) and there are 10rows in the table of which 3 have a null value in the name column, what will select count(*) and select count(distinct name) return resp.?
  8340.  
  8341.  
  8342. Selected Option:
  8343.  
  8344.  
  8345. 10,7 - 1.0
  8346. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SELECT NAME
  8347. ,LCASE(NAME) AS LNAME
  8348. FROM STAFF
  8349. WHERE ID < 100
  8350. ID NAME
  8351. --- --------
  8352. 10 Nanda
  8353. 50 Shahul
  8354. 70 SUNDAR
  8355.  
  8356. By considering the above which query will give the result set?
  8357.  
  8358.  
  8359. Selected Option:
  8360.  
  8361.  
  8362. NAME LNAME ------- --------- Nanda nanda Shahul shahul SUNDAR sundar
  8363. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the statement:
  8364.  
  8365. CREATE TABLE tableb ( col1 INTEGER NOT NULL,
  8366. CONSTRAINT const1 CHECK (col1 in (100, 200, 300))
  8367.  
  8368. Which of the following can be inserted into TABLEB?
  8369.  
  8370.  
  8371. Selected Option:
  8372.  
  8373.  
  8374. 100
  8375.  
  8376. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 1 SELECT *
  8377. 2 FROM classes c, students s
  8378. 3 WHERE c.st_id = s.id
  8379. 4 AND LEN(s.name) > c.st_id
  8380. 5 ORDER BY c.*
  8381.  
  8382. Referring to the above sample code, which one of the following lines returns an error?
  8383.  
  8384.  
  8385. Selected Option:
  8386.  
  8387.  
  8388. Line 4 -
  8389. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State the below statements are true of false
  8390. a) Left outer join - keeps the unmatched rows from the outer table
  8391. b) right outer join - keeps the unmatched rows from the inner table
  8392. c) full outer join - keeps the unmatched rows from both the tables
  8393.  
  8394.  
  8395. Correct Answer:
  8396.  
  8397.  
  8398. a,b,c are TRUE
  8399. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following table:
  8400.  
  8401.  
  8402.  
  8403.  
  8404. EMPLOYEES
  8405. EMPNO EMPNAME
  8406. --------- ------------------
  8407. 100 GEORGE
  8408. 120 JAYANTH
  8409. 115 TONY
  8410. 112 PRIYANKA
  8411. 125 SANJAY
  8412. 130 KAREENA
  8413. 140 KAREENA
  8414.  
  8415. The query SELECT DISTINCT EMPNAME FROM EMPLOYEES ORDER BY EMPNO is executed on the above table.
  8416. What will be the correct result set retrieved by the above query?
  8417.  
  8418.  
  8419. Selected Option:
  8420.  
  8421.  
  8422. GEORGE PRIYANKA TONY JAYANTH SANJAY KAREENA -
  8423.  
  8424. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Can this query be executed and is it useful (according to the table and column definitions)?
  8425. SELECT CTITLE, CID
  8426. FROM COURSES
  8427. WHERE CID = '7820'
  8428.  
  8429.  
  8430. Selected Option:
  8431.  
  8432.  
  8433.  
  8434. Correct Answer:
  8435.  
  8436.  
  8437. Query can be executed and makes sense (according to the table and column definitions)
  8438. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following tools can be used to automate table reorganization operations?
  8439.  
  8440.  
  8441. Selected Option:
  8442.  
  8443.  
  8444. Task Center - 1.0
  8445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is TRUE for the System Variable $date$?
  8446.  
  8447.  
  8448. Correct Answer:
  8449.  
  8450.  
  8451. Can be assigned to any field only during design time.
  8452.  
  8453. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Please select the appropriate option after read the below data base related statements.
  8454.  
  8455. Statement 1: Data is actually stored in a structure known as a table space
  8456. Statement 2: Each table space correlates to one or more individual physical VSAM datasets in the DASD volumes of Storage Group.
  8457. Statement 3: Each table space contains only one table
  8458.  
  8459.  
  8460. Selected Option:
  8461.  
  8462.  
  8463. Statement 1 & 2 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE - 1.0
  8464.  
  8465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to SPUFI
  8466.  
  8467.  
  8468. Correct Answer:
  8469.  
  8470.  
  8471. It is the DB2 interactive menu-driven tool used by developers to create database objects
  8472. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A view is created with columns from three tables.
  8473. Which of the following is True with respect to updating the view?
  8474.  
  8475.  
  8476. Selected Option:
  8477.  
  8478.  
  8479. Can update any column referred in the view - 0.0
  8480.  
  8481. Correct Answer:
  8482.  
  8483.  
  8484. Cannot update any column referred in the view
  8485. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a sub query, if DB2 evaluates the outer SELECT for every new row in the sub query, then the query is called _______________
  8486.  
  8487.  
  8488. Selected Option:
  8489.  
  8490.  
  8491. Correlated sub query
  8492.  
  8493. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements concerning locking on TABLESPACE level is correct?
  8494.  
  8495.  
  8496. Correct Answer:
  8497.  
  8498.  
  8499. When a TABLESPACE is S-locked by another user, a U-lock can be placed. However, an X-lock is not compatible and will have to wait until the S-lock is released.
  8500. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are NOT stored in the system catalog tables?:
  8501.  
  8502.  
  8503. Correct Answer:
  8504.  
  8505.  
  8506. SQL statements used to create tables
  8507. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following DB2 objects is NOT considered executable using SQL?
  8508.  
  8509. Selected Option:
  8510.  
  8511.  
  8512. Trigger
  8513. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. DROP command is used to remove an object in the current server. Choose the option which can be removed using DROP command?
  8514. Selected Option:
  8515. All of the listed option
  8516. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is used to indicate a column will not accept NULL values and can be referenced in another table's foreign key specification?
  8517. Selected Option:
  8518. Unique constraint -
  8519. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is NOT a difference between a unique index and a primary key?
  8520.  
  8521. Correct Answer:
  8522. Unique indexes can be defined over one or more columns; primary keys can only be defined on a single column.
  8523. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are NOT stored in the system catalog tables?:
  8524. Correct Answer:
  8525. SQL statements used to create tables
  8526. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A new Column can be added to the table after it has been defined. State True or False.
  8527. Selected Option:
  8528. T
  8529. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below statements and state true or false
  8530. Statement 1: Access path is the path used to get to the data specified in the SQL
  8531. Statement 2: An object is anything that is managed by DB2 (i.e., alias, column, stogroup, database, table-space, table, view, index, synonym)
  8532. Statement 3: A base table is a real table - a table that physically not exists in that there are physical stored records
  8533. Selected Option:
  8534. Statement 1 & 2 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE - 1.0
  8535.  
  8536. Correct Answer:
  8537. Statement 1 & 2 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE
  8538. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The BETWEEN predicate is more efficient than the 'greater/less than or equal to' predicates.State True or False.
  8539. Selected Option:
  8540. T
  8541. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following can NOT be used to restrict specific values from being inserted into a column in a particular table?
  8542. Selected Option:
  8543. Default Constraint
  8544.  
  8545. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down all the valid types of relationships (Cardinality)
  8546. Selected Option:
  8547. One-to-One One-to-Many Many-to-One Many-to-Many -
  8548. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is true for group by,order by clause?
  8549. Correct Answer:
  8550. Selected columns must be column functions or in the group by clause.
  8551.  
  8552.  
  8553.  
  8554. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate answer with respect to the goal of Normalization
  8555.  
  8556.  
  8557. Selected Option:
  8558.  
  8559.  
  8560. All of the listed option -
  8561. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Assuming the database has no distinct types, which of the following is an invalid data
  8562. type on CREATE TABLE?
  8563. Selected Option:
  8564. CLOB - 0.0
  8565.  
  8566. Correct Answer:
  8567. DATETIME
  8568. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a table which contains columns A,B,C,D,E and F, if the columns A and E are declared as primary keys, what will be the result?
  8569.  
  8570. Correct Answer:
  8571. The key declaration works fine.
  8572. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the valid types of Integrity?
  8573. Correct Answer:
  8574. Entity Integrity Referential Integrity Domain Integrity
  8575. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the requirements to store customer names, billing addresses, and telephone numbers, which of the following would be the best way to define the telephone number column for a table if all customers were located in the same country?
  8576. Selected Option:
  8577. PHONE CHAR(15)
  8578. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which operator is used in correlated sub queries?
  8579. Selected Option:
  8580. EXISTS
  8581. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The BETWEEN predicate is more efficient than the 'greater/less than or equal to' predicates.State True or False.
  8582. Correct Answer:
  8583. T
  8584. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Please select the appropriate option after read the below data base related statements.
  8585.  
  8586. Statement 1: Data is actually stored in a structure known as a table space
  8587. Statement 2: Each table space correlates to one or more individual physical VSAM datasets in the DASD volumes of Storage Group.
  8588. Statement 3: Each table space contains only one table
  8589. Selected Option:
  8590. Statement 1 & 2 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE - 1.0
  8591.  
  8592. Correct Answer:
  8593. Statement 1 & 2 are TRUE Statement 3 is FALSE
  8594.  
  8595. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following portion of procedure division
  8596. MOVE 0 TO A, I.
  8597. PARA-1.
  8598. ADD 3 TO A.
  8599. ADD 2 TO I.
  8600. IF I < a=" ‘,">B MOVE A TO C
  8601. ELSE MOVE B TO C.
  8602. ADD C TO D.
  8603. Indicate which one of the following does not support the above statements
  8604.  
  8605.  
  8606. Selected Option:
  8607.  
  8608.  
  8609. Correct Answer:
  8610.  
  8611.  
  8612. The larger of the values, A and B will be added to D.
  8613.  
  8614. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the allowable level numbers of Elementary data items in COBOL program.
  8615.  
  8616.  
  8617. Selected Option:
  8618.  
  8619.  
  8620. 01 TO 49 , 77 - 1.0
  8621. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 VAR-A PIC 9(9).99.
  8622. 05 VAR-B PIC X(10).
  8623. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  8624. MOVE 12345.99 TO VAR-A.
  8625. MOVE 12345.99 TO VAR-B.
  8626. DISPLAY VAR-A.
  8627. DISPLAY VAR-B.
  8628.  
  8629. Output will be
  8630.  
  8631.  
  8632. Selected Option:
  8633.  
  8634.  
  8635. 000012345.99 and 12345.99 - 0.0
  8636.  
  8637. Correct Answer:
  8638.  
  8639.  
  8640. Compilation Error
  8641.  
  8642. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the below intrinsic date functions are valid?
  8643.  
  8644.  
  8645. Correct Answer:
  8646.  
  8647.  
  8648. None of the listed option
  8649. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 Item-1 Pic x(30) Value "Hello World!".
  8650. 01 Item-2 Pic x(30).
  8651. . . .
  8652. Display Item-1
  8653. Display Function Upper-case(Item-1)
  8654. Display Function Lower-case(Item-1)
  8655. Move Function Upper-case(Item-1) to Item-2
  8656. Display Item-2
  8657. Select the appropriate outputs after execution of above code snippet
  8658.  
  8659.  
  8660. Correct Answer:
  8661.  
  8662.  
  8663. Hello World! HELLO WORLD! hello world! HELLO WORLD!
  8664.  
  8665. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following variable declarations are syntactically correct?
  8666. (1) 01 V-1 PIC SX(4).
  8667. (2) 01 V-2 PIC S9(4).
  8668. (3) 01 V-1 PIC V99.
  8669. (4) 01 V-1 PIC P99.
  8670. (5) 01 V-1 PIC 9(4)S.
  8671. (6) 01 V 1 PIC X(4).
  8672.  
  8673.  
  8674. Correct Answer:
  8675.  
  8676.  
  8677. 2, 3 and 4
  8678. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL data definition:
  8679.  
  8680. 01 WS-TRANSACTION-RECORD.
  8681. 05 WS-STATUS PIC X.
  8682. 88 VALID-STATUS VALUES "A", "B", "C", "D".
  8683. 88 MARRIED VALUE "A".
  8684. 88 SINGLE VALUE "B".
  8685. 88 SEPARATED VALUE "C".
  8686. 88 DIVORCED VALUE "D".
  8687.  
  8688. Four of the five IF conditions below are equivalent. Identify the odd one.
  8689.  
  8690.  
  8691. Selected Option:
  8692.  
  8693.  
  8694. IF MARRIED AND SINGLE AND SEPARATED AND DIVORCED - 1.0
  8695. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF A = 1 OR 2 OR 3 NEXT SENTENCE
  8696. ELSE MOVE A TO B.
  8697. Which of the following describes the above sentence correctly
  8698.  
  8699.  
  8700. Correct Answer:
  8701.  
  8702. IF A NOT = 1 AND 2 AND 3 MOVE A TO B
  8703.  
  8704. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT REPORT-FILE
  8705. ON ASCENDING KEY CLASS-NUMBER STUDENT-NAME
  8706. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  8707. Which one of the following is false.
  8708.  
  8709.  
  8710. Selected Option:
  8711.  
  8712.  
  8713. The files INPUT-FILE and OUTPUT-FILE should be opened by an OPEN statement before the SORT statement. - 1.0
  8714.  
  8715. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below code snippet.
  8716.  
  8717. 01 WS-ITEM.
  8718. 05 WS-TOTAL PIC 9(5) VALUE SPACES.
  8719. 05 WS-NET PIC 9(10) VALUE ZEROES.
  8720. 05 WS-GROSS PIC 9(20) VALUE ZEROES.
  8721. ..
  8722. COMPUTE WS-GROSS = (WS-NET - WS-TOTAL)
  8723.  
  8724.  
  8725. Selected Option:
  8726.  
  8727.  
  8728. The code is syntatically incorrect. - 1.0
  8729.  
  8730. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The Cobol compiler at the time of compilation indicates the error in the following Statement
  8731. MULTIPLY 0.1 BY Y.
  8732. Which of the following had given the correct clause?
  8733.  
  8734.  
  8735. Correct Answer:
  8736.  
  8737. Y has the PIC CLAUSE ZZZ9.9
  8738.  
  8739. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The COBOL program contains the following IF statement
  8740.  
  8741. IF VAR1 NOT = 'L' OR 'M' OR 'N'
  8742. PERFORM PARA-ERROR
  8743. As a result of this statement, When will PARA-ERROR will be executed.
  8744.  
  8745.  
  8746. Correct Answer:
  8747.  
  8748.  
  8749. If VAR1 was defined as a condition-name with values 'L', 'M' or 'N'
  8750.  
  8751. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The picture of SAMPLE IS
  8752. 02 SAMPLE PIC 999V99
  8753. What will be the content of raffles when the following data is named to it?
  8754. 7892^23
  8755.  
  8756.  
  8757. Selected Option:
  8758.  
  8759.  
  8760. 89223 - 0.0
  8761.  
  8762. Correct Answer:
  8763.  
  8764.  
  8765. 89223
  8766.  
  8767. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. When you are coding a subquery using negation logic, use NOT EXISTS instead of NOT IN to increase the efficiency of the SQL.State True or False.
  8768.  
  8769.  
  8770. Correct Answer:
  8771.  
  8772.  
  8773. T
  8774.  
  8775. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which statement is TRUE with refer to VIEW of the table?
  8776.  
  8777.  
  8778. Correct Answer:
  8779.  
  8780.  
  8781. A VIEW never stores data.
  8782. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In tables related through referential integrity, the table with primary key is assumed to be a child table and the other table with the same keys as foreign key is a parent table.
  8783. State True or False.
  8784.  
  8785.  
  8786.  
  8787. Correct Answer:
  8788.  
  8789.  
  8790. F
  8791.  
  8792. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to identify the LIMIT size of an Generation Data Group or GDG? (Assume the GDG name as GDG.ONE)
  8793.  
  8794.  
  8795.  
  8796. Correct Answer:
  8797.  
  8798.  
  8799. //STEP4 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //STEPCAT DD DSNAME=GDG.ONE,DISP=SHR //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * LISTCAT /*
  8800.  
  8801. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option in which process level the isolation should be specified?
  8802. Correct Answer:
  8803. during BIND process
  8804. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Access path is determined for Dynamic SQL at run time when the PREPARE statement is issued. State True or False.
  8805. Selected Option:
  8806. T
  8807.  
  8808. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Why SELECT * is not prefered in embedded SQL programs?
  8809. Correct Answer:
  8810. All of the above
  8811.  
  8812. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Identify from the following, scenarios to use IEBGENER utility.
  8813.  
  8814.  
  8815. Correct Answer:
  8816.  
  8817.  
  8818. Create a backup copy of a sequential data set or a member of a partitioned data set or PDSEs or HFS files.
  8819. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  8820. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=EVEN
  8821. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),EVEN)
  8822.  
  8823. Whether STEP03 will execute ?
  8824.  
  8825.  
  8826. Correct Answer:
  8827.  
  8828.  
  8829. T
  8830.  
  8831. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below SORT Jcl and choose the correct purpose of it.
  8832. //SYSIN DD *
  8833. SORT FIELDS=COPY,STOPAFT=100
  8834. OUTREC FIELDS=(1:8,3,10:60,8,69:X)
  8835. /*
  8836. //
  8837.  
  8838.  
  8839. Correct Answer:
  8840.  
  8841.  
  8842. The sorted output file will be copied first 100 records from input file and SPACES at 69th position.
  8843. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DFSORT command is used to specify the number of records to be skipped before sorting or copying begins?
  8844.  
  8845.  
  8846. Correct Answer:
  8847.  
  8848.  
  8849. SKIPREC
  8850.  
  8851. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT Fields = (6, 10,CH,D) .
  8852. What does this statement represent?
  8853.  
  8854.  
  8855. Correct Answer:
  8856.  
  8857.  
  8858. Key length is 6, starts at 10th position, comparing type is character, arrange in descending order.
  8859.  
  8860. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can an in-stream dataset be terminated?
  8861.  
  8862.  
  8863. Correct Answer:
  8864.  
  8865.  
  8866. /*
  8867.  
  8868. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Abnormal Disposition'(Job ends with Abnormal Return code) value for DISP parameter
  8869.  
  8870.  
  8871. Correct Answer:
  8872.  
  8873.  
  8874. NEW
  8875. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to override a COND parameter in the PROC step to bypass ?
  8876.  
  8877.  
  8878. //STEP010 EXEC PGM=PGM1, COND=(0,GT)
  8879.  
  8880.  
  8881. Correct Answer:
  8882.  
  8883.  
  8884. // EXEC PROCNAME, COND.STEP010=(0,LE)
  8885.  
  8886. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In JCL, Instream data has been passed using the following command ?
  8887.  
  8888.  
  8889. Correct Answer:
  8890.  
  8891.  
  8892. //SYSIN DD * input data /*
  8893. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider, the value for Symbolic parameter is given in both JCL and PROC. While execution, the value given in the job is considered
  8894.  
  8895.  
  8896. Correct Answer:
  8897.  
  8898.  
  8899. T
  8900.  
  8901. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The parameter that can be used to control the number of pages to be printed to output log
  8902.  
  8903.  
  8904.  
  8905. Correct Answer:
  8906.  
  8907.  
  8908. PAGES
  8909.  
  8910.  
  8911. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Block size for DASD files must be defined as ?
  8912.  
  8913.  
  8914. Correct Answer:
  8915.  
  8916.  
  8917. BLKSIZE=0
  8918.  
  8919. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  8920. // SET GROUP=TBIS,DIV=USR,SUBJ=JCL,TYPE=DATA,NMBR=1
  8921. Which of the following structures containing symbolic parameters will result in:
  8922. TBISUSR.JCLCRS.DATA1?
  8923.  
  8924.  
  8925. Correct Answer:
  8926.  
  8927.  
  8928. &GROUP&DIV..&SUBJ.CRS.&TYPE&NMBR
  8929.  
  8930. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below Space parameter.
  8931.  
  8932. SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),CONTIG)
  8933.  
  8934. If CONTIG is specified and contiguous space is not available, what will happen ?
  8935.  
  8936.  
  8937. Correct Answer:
  8938.  
  8939.  
  8940. System terminates the job step
  8941.  
  8942. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the default value of MSGLEVEL parameter?
  8943.  
  8944.  
  8945. Correct Answer:
  8946.  
  8947.  
  8948. MSGLEVEL = (1,1)
  8949.  
  8950. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the appropriate option with respect to ABEND?
  8951.  
  8952.  
  8953. Correct Answer:
  8954.  
  8955.  
  8956. All of the above
  8957. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the condition code COND= (4092, GE, step1) is executed on step2, then for which of the following return codes will step2 get executed
  8958.  
  8959.  
  8960. 4094
  8961.  
  8962.  
  8963. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the full form of GDG?
  8964.  
  8965.  
  8966. Correct Answer:
  8967.  
  8968.  
  8969. Generation Data Groups
  8970.  
  8971.  
  8972. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job statement in a JCL:
  8973.  
  8974. //MYJOB JOB(T,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A
  8975.  
  8976. How do you verify the syntax errors of above job without actually executing the job?
  8977.  
  8978.  
  8979. Correct Answer:
  8980.  
  8981.  
  8982. By modifying the first statement to //MYJOB JOB (T,U202,SH1),’VIJAY’,CLASS=A,TYPRUN=SCAN
  8983.  
  8984.  
  8985. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter is used to modify the attributes of a GDG defined ?
  8986.  
  8987.  
  8988. Correct Answer:
  8989.  
  8990.  
  8991. ALTER command
  8992.  
  8993.  
  8994. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which "system abend" will occur when the job was cancelled because of violations or restrictions?
  8995.  
  8996.  
  8997. Correct Answer:
  8998.  
  8999.  
  9000. S122 Abend
  9001.  
  9002.  
  9003.  
  9004. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which utility is used to alter the existing GDG?
  9005.  
  9006.  
  9007. Correct Answer:
  9008.  
  9009.  
  9010. IDCAMS
  9011.  
  9012.  
  9013.  
  9014. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are possible cause of abends when running application programs?
  9015.  
  9016.  
  9017.  
  9018. Correct Answer:
  9019.  
  9020.  
  9021. Numeric variable defined in a progam contains non numeric data
  9022.  
  9023.  
  9024.  
  9025. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A GDG has been defined in the following manner.
  9026. DEFINE GDG (NAME(USERID.GDG.BASE) LIMIT(5) SCRATCH)
  9027. What happens when a dataset of USERID.GDG.BASE is uncatalogued?
  9028.  
  9029.  
  9030. Correct Answer:
  9031.  
  9032.  
  9033. Deletes the dataset
  9034.  
  9035. Correct Answer:
  9036.  
  9037.  
  9038. //REPRO1 JOB ... //STEP1 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //INDSET1 DD DSNAME=ISAMDSET,DISP=OLD, // DCB=(DSORG=IS,BUFNO=6) //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * REPRO - INFILE(INDSET1) - OUTDATASET(D40.EXAMPLE.KSDS1) /*
  9039.  
  9040.  
  9041. arefully read the question and answer accordingly. The IBM utility used extensively to manage VSAM datasets
  9042.  
  9043.  
  9044. Correct Answer:
  9045.  
  9046.  
  9047. IDCAMS
  9048.  
  9049. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider a scenario where the below file doesnt exist, what will happen after the execution of the step in JCL ?
  9050.  
  9051. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  9052. //CREATEPS DD DSN=TCHN670.TEMP,DISP=MOD,SPACE=(TRK,(1,1),RLSE),
  9053. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB,BLKSIZE=800)
  9054.  
  9055.  
  9056. Correct Answer:
  9057.  
  9058.  
  9059. TCHN670.TEMP will be created and deleted.
  9060. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the code snippet below: //STEP1 EXEC PGM = IDCAMS // SYSIN DD * DEFINE GDG (NAME(MY.GDG.BASE) LIMIT(3) SCRATCH ) /* Which of the following statements is True?
  9061.  
  9062.  
  9063. Correct Answer:
  9064.  
  9065.  
  9066. If the GDG 'MY.GDG.BASE' is uncatalogued, then it is deleted physically.
  9067.  
  9068. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. One IDCAMS JCL step comprises a Delete cluster, Define cluster, REPRO. When it is compiled, it returns a RC 8 for delete, RC 0 for Define and RC 4 for REPRO. Which RC will be notified to the User?
  9069.  
  9070.  
  9071.  
  9072. Correct Answer:
  9073.  
  9074.  
  9075. 8
  9076.  
  9077. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to sum the records starting at position 60 of length 5 and how to eliminate duplicates using the sort utility?
  9078.  
  9079.  
  9080. Correct Answer:
  9081.  
  9082.  
  9083. 1. Sum fields: //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(30,10,CH,A) SUM FIELDS=(60,5,ZD) // 2. Eliminate duplicates: //SYSIN DD * SORT FIELDS=(30,10,CH,A) SUM FIELDS=NONE //
  9084. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which DFSORT command is used to write the deleted records in a data set defined?
  9085.  
  9086.  
  9087. Correct Answer:
  9088.  
  9089.  
  9090. XSUM
  9091.  
  9092. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. It is possible to add sequence number using SORT
  9093.  
  9094.  
  9095. Correct Answer:
  9096.  
  9097.  
  9098. T
  9099.  
  9100. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. For the below IEBCOPY utility, dataset mentioned in IN6 DD contains 'A' to 'Z' PDS members.
  9101. What parameter needs to be used to copy all the members except B,R,Z members into OUT1 dataset?
  9102.  
  9103. //COPY JOB ...
  9104. //JOBSTEP EXEC PGM=IEBCOPY
  9105. //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A
  9106. //OUT1 DD DSNAME=DATASET1,UNIT=disk,VOL=SER=111112,
  9107. // DISP=(OLD,KEEP)
  9108. //IN6 DD DSNAME=DATASET6,UNIT=disk,VOL=SER=111115,
  9109. // DISP=OLD
  9110. //SYSUT3 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1))
  9111. //SYSUT4 DD UNIT=SYSDA,SPACE=(TRK,(1))
  9112. //SYSIN DD *
  9113. COPYOPER COPY OUTDD=OUT1
  9114. INDD=IN6
  9115. /*
  9116.  
  9117.  
  9118. Correct Answer:
  9119.  
  9120.  
  9121. EXCLUDE MEMBER=(B,R,Z)
  9122.  
  9123.  
  9124. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  9125. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  9126. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),(0,LE,STEP01),(4,LT))
  9127.  
  9128. Consider if the STEP01 executes to give return code as 0.
  9129.  
  9130. Whether the STEP03 will bypass ?
  9131.  
  9132.  
  9133.  
  9134.  
  9135. T
  9136.  
  9137. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. //STEP01 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14
  9138. //STEP02 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=ONLY
  9139. //STEP03 EXEC PGM=IEFBR14,COND=((0,LT,STEP01),ONLY)
  9140.  
  9141. Which are all the steps will get bypassed ?
  9142.  
  9143.  
  9144. Correct Answer:
  9145.  
  9146.  
  9147. STEP02 and STEP03
  9148.  
  9149. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below scenario.
  9150.  
  9151. A Job is calling 3 PROC's and each PROC is having 100 Steps in it. Whether the JOB will get executed ?
  9152.  
  9153.  
  9154.  
  9155. Correct Answer:
  9156.  
  9157.  
  9158. F
  9159.  
  9160.  
  9161.  
  9162. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the prefix character for symbolic parameter
  9163.  
  9164.  
  9165. Correct Answer:
  9166.  
  9167.  
  9168. &
  9169.  
  9170.  
  9171. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What parameter directs the output of the job log dataset ?
  9172.  
  9173.  
  9174.  
  9175. Correct Answer:
  9176.  
  9177.  
  9178. MSGCLASS
  9179.  
  9180.  
  9181. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If the job has been coded with both a JOBLIB and STEPLIB, what will happen when execute the job?
  9182.  
  9183.  
  9184. Correct Answer:
  9185.  
  9186.  
  9187. The STEPLIB library is searched before the JOBLIB library. The JOBLIB library is ignored for the job step.
  9188.  
  9189.  
  9190.  
  9191. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the record formats can be accepted in JCL for RECFM parameter?
  9192.  
  9193.  
  9194.  
  9195. Correct Answer:
  9196.  
  9197.  
  9198. F,FB,V,VB,U
  9199.  
  9200.  
  9201.  
  9202. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following JCL statements with use of symbolic parameters.
  9203.  
  9204. //RUN PROC TAPE=2400,NAME=SYS1
  9205. ......... (more lines of JCL not affecting the lines below)
  9206. //A DD UNIT=&TAPE-2,DSN=&NAME..P
  9207.  
  9208. Which of the following is the correct manner in which the DD statement parameters will get substituted?
  9209.  
  9210.  
  9211. Correct Answer:
  9212.  
  9213.  
  9214. //A DD UNIT=2400-2,DSN=SYS1.P
  9215.  
  9216.  
  9217.  
  9218. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider, the value for Symbolic parameter is given in both JCL and PROC. While execution, the value given in the job is considered
  9219.  
  9220.  
  9221. Correct Answer:
  9222.  
  9223.  
  9224. T
  9225.  
  9226.  
  9227. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following operators would be given first priority for an relational expression in a JCL?
  9228.  
  9229.  
  9230. Correct Answer:
  9231.  
  9232.  
  9233. NOT
  9234.  
  9235.  
  9236.  
  9237. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following job statement in a JCL:
  9238. //PRINTSS JOB CLASS=A,
  9239. // MSGCLASS=X,MSGLEVEL=(1,1),
  9240. // NOTIFY=&SYSUID
  9241.  
  9242. How do you print the job stream as a sysout?
  9243.  
  9244.  
  9245.  
  9246.  
  9247. TYPRUN=COPY
  9248.  
  9249.  
  9250.  
  9251. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The parameter that can be used to control the number of pages to be printed to output log
  9252.  
  9253.  
  9254. Correct Answer:
  9255.  
  9256.  
  9257. PAGES
  9258.  
  9259. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What abend occurs when the Job exceeds the Time limit specified?
  9260.  
  9261.  
  9262. Correct Answer:
  9263.  
  9264.  
  9265. S322
  9266.  
  9267.  
  9268.  
  9269. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider, the value for Symbolic parameter is given in both JCL and PROC. While execution, the value given in the job is considered
  9270.  
  9271.  
  9272. Correct Answer:
  9273.  
  9274.  
  9275. T
  9276.  
  9277.  
  9278.  
  9279. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which value in TIME parameter will allow the job or a step to use the maximum amount of time?
  9280.  
  9281.  
  9282. Correct Answer:
  9283.  
  9284.  
  9285. TIME=NOLIMIT
  9286.  
  9287.  
  9288. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid positional parameters in a JCL statement?
  9289.  
  9290.  
  9291. Correct Answer:
  9292.  
  9293.  
  9294. PGM=program-name
  9295.  
  9296.  
  9297.  
  9298. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following equivalents are correct?
  9299.  
  9300.  
  9301. Correct Answer:
  9302.  
  9303.  
  9304. DISP=(,,KEEP) is equivalent to DISP=(NEW,DELETE,KEEP)
  9305.  
  9306.  
  9307. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a JCL, the DD statement has two types of parameters.
  9308. Choose from the following.
  9309.  
  9310.  
  9311. Correct Answer:
  9312.  
  9313.  
  9314. Positional, Keyword
  9315.  
  9316.  
  9317.  
  9318. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the correct function of a //JCLLIB statement?
  9319.  
  9320.  
  9321. Correct Answer:
  9322.  
  9323.  
  9324. Identify the libraries that the system will search for include groups or procedures named in EXEC statements
  9325.  
  9326.  
  9327. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The return code can be a number between
  9328.  
  9329.  
  9330. Correct Answer:
  9331.  
  9332.  
  9333. 0 to 4095
  9334.  
  9335.  
  9336.  
  9337. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Sample Code
  9338. //MYJOB JOB(P,U202,SH1),'FRANK SMITH',CLASS=A
  9339. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PROGRAM1,SYSTEM=LINK,DEPT=INV,TYPE=REC
  9340. //FILEIN DD DSNAME=&SYSTEM..&DEPT..&TYPE,DISP=SHR
  9341. //FILEOUT DD DSNAME=&SYSTEM..&DEPT..DATA,DISP=(NEW,CATLG,DELETE),
  9342. // AVGREC=U,SPACE=(80,(100,20),RLSE),
  9343. // DCB=(LRECL=80,RECFM=FB)
  9344.  
  9345. Referring to the above coding, what is the effective dataset name for the data definition FILEOUT?
  9346.  
  9347.  
  9348. Correct Answer:
  9349.  
  9350.  
  9351. LINK.INV.DATA
  9352.  
  9353.  
  9354. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. // SET FILEOUT='MYID.TEST.OUTPUT'
  9355.  
  9356. Consider the above code snippet. What is the correct statement to Nullify the FILEOUT symbolic parameter?
  9357.  
  9358.  
  9359. Correct Answer:
  9360.  
  9361.  
  9362. // SET FILEOUT=
  9363.  
  9364.  
  9365. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to REGION parameter?
  9366.  
  9367.  
  9368. Correct Answer:
  9369.  
  9370.  
  9371. A REGION parameter on an EXEC statement, is only taken into consideration if there is no REGION parameter on the JOB statement
  9372.  
  9373.  
  9374. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. which of the following defines a NULL statement in a JCL?
  9375.  
  9376.  
  9377. Correct Answer:
  9378.  
  9379.  
  9380. By keeping double slash alone //
  9381.  
  9382.  
  9383. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be coded in the job statement if the program needs 100K of central storage?
  9384.  
  9385.  
  9386. Correct Answer:
  9387.  
  9388.  
  9389. //Jobid JOB Jobname,,REGION=100K,,
  9390.  
  9391.  
  9392. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are all the national characters be allowed in JCL name field?
  9393.  
  9394.  
  9395.  
  9396. Correct Answer:
  9397.  
  9398.  
  9399. # @ and $
  9400.  
  9401.  
  9402. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. You run a job executing a cataloged procedure, and you need to determine whether or not a statement was overridden.
  9403. Which of the following symbols appear in columns 1 through 3 of the output listing if such a statement is overridden?
  9404.  
  9405.  
  9406. Correct Answer:
  9407.  
  9408.  
  9409. X/
  9410.  
  9411.  
  9412.  
  9413. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Abnormal Disposition'(Job ends with Abnormal Return code) value for DISP parameter
  9414.  
  9415.  
  9416. Correct Answer:
  9417.  
  9418.  
  9419. NEW
  9420.  
  9421.  
  9422.  
  9423.  
  9424. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is TRUE with respect to parameters in JCL?
  9425.  
  9426.  
  9427. Correct Answer:
  9428.  
  9429.  
  9430. Key word parameters can be coded in any order after any positional parameters
  9431.  
  9432.  
  9433.  
  9434. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider Space= (27998,(20000,1000),RLSE, CONTIG). It requests that primary space be allocated on contiguous cylinders and tracks.State True or False
  9435.  
  9436.  
  9437.  
  9438. Correct Answer:
  9439.  
  9440.  
  9441. TRUE
  9442.  
  9443.  
  9444.  
  9445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is it possible to define VOL=SER= parameter for Tape datasets?
  9446.  
  9447.  
  9448.  
  9449. Correct Answer:
  9450.  
  9451.  
  9452. F
  9453.  
  9454.  
  9455.  
  9456. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum number of DD statements can be coded in a single Step ?
  9457.  
  9458.  
  9459. Correct Answer:
  9460.  
  9461.  
  9462. 3273
  9463.  
  9464.  
  9465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  9466.  
  9467. IF-THEN-ELSE construct can be coded in JCL.
  9468.  
  9469.  
  9470. Correct Answer:
  9471.  
  9472.  
  9473. T
  9474.  
  9475.  
  9476. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which parameter can not be used on a JOB statement?
  9477.  
  9478.  
  9479.  
  9480. Correct Answer:
  9481.  
  9482.  
  9483. JCLLIB
  9484.  
  9485.  
  9486. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a function of SDSF ?
  9487.  
  9488.  
  9489. Correct Answer:
  9490.  
  9491.  
  9492. Scheduling a Job
  9493.  
  9494.  
  9495. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The invalid 'Status' value for DISP parameter
  9496.  
  9497.  
  9498. Correct Answer:
  9499.  
  9500.  
  9501. CATLG
  9502.  
  9503.  
  9504.  
  9505. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Maximum number of steps that could be executed in JCL
  9506.  
  9507.  
  9508. Correct Answer:
  9509.  
  9510.  
  9511. 255
  9512.  
  9513.  
  9514. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many datasets can be merged at a time?
  9515.  
  9516.  
  9517. Correct Answer:
  9518.  
  9519.  
  9520. 16
  9521.  
  9522.  
  9523. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Valid values for RECFM
  9524.  
  9525.  
  9526.  
  9527. Correct Answer:
  9528.  
  9529.  
  9530. FB
  9531.  
  9532.  
  9533.  
  9534. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether true or false:
  9535.  
  9536. INCLUDE statement and OMIT statement cannot be specified together in DFSORT
  9537.  
  9538.  
  9539. Correct Answer:
  9540.  
  9541.  
  9542. T
  9543.  
  9544.  
  9545. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the purpose of the ‘DD KEYLEN’ parameter in a JCL?
  9546.  
  9547.  
  9548. Correct Answer:
  9549.  
  9550.  
  9551. Specifies the length of the keys in the dataset
  9552.  
  9553. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does * in sysout=* mean?
  9554.  
  9555.  
  9556.  
  9557. Correct Answer:
  9558.  
  9559.  
  9560. Same as MSGCLASS
  9561.  
  9562.  
  9563. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to display the jobs with job name beginning with ‘JBPCH002’ in SDSF
  9564.  
  9565.  
  9566. Correct Answer:
  9567.  
  9568.  
  9569. PRE JBPCH002
  9570.  
  9571.  
  9572.  
  9573. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are valid statements related to JCL procedures?
  9574.  
  9575.  
  9576. Correct Answer:
  9577.  
  9578.  
  9579. A cataloged procedure is stored in a partitioned data set and may be invoked by any job on the system.
  9580.  
  9581. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to override a COND parameter in the PROC step to bypass ?
  9582.  
  9583. //STEP010 EXEC PGM=PGM1, COND=(0,GT)
  9584.  
  9585.  
  9586. Correct Answer:
  9587.  
  9588.  
  9589. // EXEC PROCNAME, COND.STEP010=(0,LE)
  9590.  
  9591.  
  9592. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A JCL program can have more than one JOB card. State True or False.
  9593.  
  9594.  
  9595.  
  9596. Correct Answer:
  9597.  
  9598.  
  9599. T
  9600.  
  9601.  
  9602. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can the submitting user’s RACF authority be overridden in a job stream?
  9603.  
  9604.  
  9605. Correct Answer:
  9606.  
  9607.  
  9608. Through the USER and PASSWORD parameter
  9609.  
  9610.  
  9611.  
  9612. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job card:
  9613.  
  9614. //TSOCABX JOB (00010,1020983),'TSOCAB'
  9615.  
  9616. Which of the following parameters, when added to the above Jobcard, executes the job using a D initiator?
  9617.  
  9618.  
  9619. Correct Answer:
  9620.  
  9621.  
  9622. ,CLASS=D
  9623.  
  9624. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  9625. GDGs are a group of data sets which are related to each other chronologically and functionally. These related data sets share a different data set name
  9626.  
  9627.  
  9628.  
  9629. Correct Answer:
  9630.  
  9631.  
  9632. F
  9633.  
  9634.  
  9635. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which sort command will eliminate duplicate records in the data set?
  9636.  
  9637.  
  9638.  
  9639.  
  9640. SUM FIELDS=NONE
  9641.  
  9642. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Job statement in a JCL:
  9643.  
  9644. //MYJOB JOB(T,U202,SH1),'VIJAY N',CLASS=A
  9645.  
  9646. How do you verify the syntax errors of above job without actually executing the job?
  9647.  
  9648.  
  9649.  
  9650. Correct Answer:
  9651.  
  9652.  
  9653. By modifying the first statement to //MYJOB JOB (T,U202,SH1),’VIJAY’,CLASS=A,TYPRUN=SCAN
  9654.  
  9655. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ABEND Code for Time out
  9656.  
  9657.  
  9658. Correct Answer:
  9659.  
  9660.  
  9661. S322
  9662.  
  9663.  
  9664. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Given the following in a JCL:
  9665.  
  9666. COND=(code,LE)
  9667.  
  9668. For which of the following values of RC will the step be executed?
  9669.  
  9670.  
  9671.  
  9672. Correct Answer:
  9673.  
  9674.  
  9675. IF RC < code
  9676.  
  9677.  
  9678.  
  9679. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many number of generations can be held in a GDG?
  9680.  
  9681.  
  9682.  
  9683.  
  9684. 255
  9685.  
  9686.  
  9687.  
  9688. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False. Consider the below scenario.
  9689. //STEP1 EXEC PGM=PGM1
  9690. //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.FILE1(+1),DISP=(NEW,CATLG),SPACE=(TRK,(100,10))
  9691. //STEP2 EXEC PGM=PGM1
  9692. //DD1 DD DSN=USERID.FILE1(+0),DISP=(OLD)
  9693.  
  9694. If a (+1) generation dataset is created in the first step of a job, it can be referenced in later steps of the same Job as (+0).
  9695.  
  9696.  
  9697.  
  9698. Correct Answer:
  9699.  
  9700.  
  9701. F
  9702.  
  9703.  
  9704. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to identify the LIMIT size of an Generation Data Group or GDG? (Assume the GDG name as GDG.ONE)
  9705.  
  9706.  
  9707. Selected Option:
  9708.  
  9709.  
  9710. //STEP4 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //STEPCAT DD DSNAME=GDG.ONE,DISP=SHR //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * LISTCAT /* - 1.0
  9711.  
  9712. Correct Answer:
  9713.  
  9714.  
  9715. //STEP4 EXEC PGM=IDCAMS //STEPCAT DD DSNAME=GDG.ONE,DISP=SHR //SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT=A //SYSIN DD * LISTCAT /*
  9716.  
  9717.  
  9718.  
  9719. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which utility is used to alter the existing GDG?
  9720.  
  9721.  
  9722. Correct Answer:
  9723.  
  9724.  
  9725. IDCAMS
  9726.  
  9727.  
  9728.  
  9729. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If a generation data set is specified as input without the generation number, what will the input to the DD ?
  9730.  
  9731.  
  9732. Correct Answer:
  9733.  
  9734.  
  9735. Concatenation of all the cataloged generations
  9736.  
  9737.  
  9738. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. While editing a file/program,how will you know the changes you have done since the last SAVE command.
  9739.  
  9740.  
  9741.  
  9742. Correct Answer:
  9743.  
  9744.  
  9745. Give COMPARE SESSION on the command line
  9746.  
  9747.  
  9748.  
  9749. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which Line command is used to compress a dataset?
  9750.  
  9751.  
  9752. Correct Answer:
  9753.  
  9754.  
  9755. Z
  9756.  
  9757.  
  9758.  
  9759. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which TSO command allows you to quit the screen without saving the changes ?
  9760.  
  9761.  
  9762.  
  9763. Correct Answer:
  9764.  
  9765.  
  9766. CANCEL
  9767.  
  9768.  
  9769. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which Resource access control facility command (RACF) is used to grand access?
  9770.  
  9771.  
  9772. Correct Answer:
  9773.  
  9774.  
  9775. PERMIT
  9776.  
  9777.  
  9778. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE
  9779. While creating the data set in 3.2 option, if I don’t give the dataset name in " " then the first qualifier will get added and the data set name will be as <USERID>.<USERID>.PS
  9780.  
  9781.  
  9782. Correct Answer:
  9783.  
  9784.  
  9785. T
  9786.  
  9787.  
  9788.  
  9789. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO block line Command to get convert all the lowercase alphabetic characters to uppercase
  9790.  
  9791.  
  9792. Correct Answer:
  9793.  
  9794.  
  9795. Issue the block line command UCC
  9796.  
  9797. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How to cancel the unwanted job in spool?
  9798.  
  9799.  
  9800.  
  9801. Correct Answer:
  9802.  
  9803.  
  9804. By issuing C against the job
  9805.  
  9806.  
  9807.  
  9808. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Alternate Indexes do not support a reusable base cluster.
  9809.  
  9810.  
  9811. Correct Answer:
  9812.  
  9813.  
  9814. T
  9815.  
  9816.  
  9817.  
  9818.  
  9819. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the purpose of FREESPACE parameter while defining cluster ?
  9820.  
  9821.  
  9822.  
  9823. Correct Answer:
  9824.  
  9825.  
  9826. FREESPACE is reserved within the data component of a KSDS to accommodate inserting new records and the updating of records.
  9827.  
  9828. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  9829. Can we have duplicate records in Alternate index file ?
  9830.  
  9831.  
  9832.  
  9833. Correct Answer:
  9834.  
  9835.  
  9836. T
  9837.  
  9838.  
  9839. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is DELETE command deletes all objects associated with a retention period that has not expired.
  9840.  
  9841.  
  9842.  
  9843. Correct Answer:
  9844.  
  9845.  
  9846. F
  9847.  
  9848.  
  9849.  
  9850. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If you wish to use the REWRITE command how should the VSAM file be opened ?
  9851.  
  9852.  
  9853. Correct Answer:
  9854.  
  9855.  
  9856. It must be opened as INPUT-OUTPUT.
  9857.  
  9858.  
  9859.  
  9860. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  9861.  
  9862. Statement 1: ISPF option TS can be used to browse VSAM RRDS datasets.
  9863. Statement 2: Using TS option you can edit records in a VSAM RRDS dataset.
  9864.  
  9865. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  9866.  
  9867.  
  9868.  
  9869. Correct Answer:
  9870.  
  9871.  
  9872. Both statements 1 and 2 are true
  9873.  
  9874.  
  9875. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In RRDS records are accessed based on the RBA ?
  9876.  
  9877.  
  9878. Correct Answer:
  9879.  
  9880.  
  9881. F
  9882.  
  9883.  
  9884. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If records can be added, but only at the end (append), which type of VSAM dataset is talked about?
  9885.  
  9886.  
  9887. Correct Answer:
  9888.  
  9889.  
  9890. ESDS
  9891.  
  9892.  
  9893.  
  9894. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is EMPTY parameter in GDG, specifies that only the oldest generation dataset is to be uncataloged when the maximum is reached.
  9895.  
  9896.  
  9897.  
  9898. Correct Answer:
  9899.  
  9900.  
  9901. F
  9902.  
  9903.  
  9904.  
  9905. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true about CONTROL INTERVAL SPLIT ?
  9906.  
  9907.  
  9908. Correct Answer:
  9909.  
  9910.  
  9911. The CI will split if one or more records is to be inserted and there is no enough free space in the CI.
  9912. Approximately half of the records in the CI are transferred to a free CI and the record to be inserted is placed in the original CI.
  9913.  
  9914.  
  9915. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the tool which is used to perform set of utility functions on VSAM or Non VSAM files as like editing, browsing, printing, copying and maintain data?
  9916.  
  9917.  
  9918. Correct Answer:
  9919.  
  9920.  
  9921. FILE AID
  9922.  
  9923.  
  9924. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Do all versions of the GDG have to be of the same record length ?
  9925.  
  9926.  
  9927.  
  9928. Correct Answer:
  9929.  
  9930.  
  9931. F
  9932.  
  9933.  
  9934.  
  9935. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements are true?
  9936. Statement 1 : Empty slots is in the data set are used for adding records in LDS.
  9937. Statement 2 : A record cannot be deleted, but you can reuse its space for a record of the same length, in an ESDS.
  9938.  
  9939.  
  9940. Correct Answer:
  9941.  
  9942.  
  9943. Statement 1 is false, 2 is true
  9944.  
  9945.  
  9946. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is KEYS parameter defined for a ESDS cluster ?
  9947.  
  9948.  
  9949.  
  9950. Correct Answer:
  9951.  
  9952.  
  9953. F
  9954.  
  9955.  
  9956. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider there are 10 records in KSDS file. How to print only the last five records ?
  9957.  
  9958.  
  9959. Correct Answer:
  9960.  
  9961.  
  9962. PRINT IDS (DSN) SKIP(5) COUNT (5)
  9963.  
  9964.  
  9965.  
  9966.  
  9967. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements with regard to ESDS datasets in COBOL VSAM processing:
  9968.  
  9969. Statement 1: An ESDS dataset can be used in Dynamic access mode.
  9970. Statement 2: Records can be inserted in the middle of an ESDS dataset using INSERT statement.
  9971.  
  9972. Which of the following is applicable for the above statements?
  9973.  
  9974.  
  9975.  
  9976.  
  9977. Statement 1 and 2 are both false
  9978.  
  9979.  
  9980. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which command is used to define the file as a spanned file while creating it?
  9981.  
  9982.  
  9983. Correct Answer:
  9984.  
  9985.  
  9986. SPANNED
  9987.  
  9988.  
  9989.  
  9990. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which attribute is used to define the number of bytes allotted for the Control Interval while allocating VSAM file by using IDCAMS?
  9991.  
  9992.  
  9993. Correct Answer:
  9994.  
  9995.  
  9996. CISZ
  9997.  
  9998.  
  9999.  
  10000. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a KSDS dataset, if a record length is 128, which of the following are appropriate CISIZE values?
  10001.  
  10002.  
  10003. Correct Answer:
  10004.  
  10005.  
  10006. 512
  10007.  
  10008.  
  10009. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following:
  10010.  
  10011. Statement 1: You can delete a record in VSAM KSDS dataset using TS option.
  10012. Statement 2: TS option also shows the deleted VSAM KSDS records.
  10013.  
  10014. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  10015.  
  10016.  
  10017. Correct Answer:
  10018. Statement 1 is true, 2 is false
  10019.  
  10020.  
  10021. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements with regard to RRDS datasets in COBOL VSAM processing:
  10022.  
  10023. Statement 1: In the COBOL SELECT clause for a RRDS file, Relative key is R-RRN and R-RRN is part of the record description.
  10024. Statement 2: ACCESS mode is DYNAMIC can be used for a RRDS dataset.
  10025.  
  10026. Which of the following is applicable for the above statements?
  10027.  
  10028.  
  10029. Correct Answer:
  10030.  
  10031. Statement 1 is false, 2 is true
  10032.  
  10033.  
  10034. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following option under ISPF you will choose to browse a VSAM KSDS dataset?
  10035.  
  10036.  
  10037. Correct Answer:
  10038.  
  10039. TS option in ISPF, then F, F and option 1
  10040.  
  10041.  
  10042. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the TSO option to view the VSAM data set in file manager?
  10043.  
  10044.  
  10045. Correct Answer:
  10046.  
  10047. TS;F;F
  10048.  
  10049.  
  10050. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What are the parts of index component in VSAM?
  10051.  
  10052.  
  10053. Correct Answer:
  10054.  
  10055. Sequence set
  10056.  
  10057.  
  10058. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In a large VSAM KSDS dataset, how do you know the number of records deleted since its creation?
  10059.  
  10060. Correct Answer:
  10061. LISTCAT with option ENTRIES and ALL gives the statistics including number of records deleted
  10062.  
  10063.  
  10064. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is the integer values of both average and maximum are identical for fixed length records while defining the cluster RECORDSIZE(average maximum)] ?
  10065.  
  10066.  
  10067. Correct Answer:
  10068.  
  10069. T
  10070.  
  10071. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. EXPORT command under AMS is used to export _______________.
  10072.  
  10073.  
  10074. Correct Answer:
  10075.  
  10076. VSAM data to a sequential dataset only in a DASD or TAPE
  10077.  
  10078. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the BUFFERSPACE parameter while defining a cluster ?
  10079.  
  10080.  
  10081. Correct Answer:
  10082. BUFFERSPACE is used to specify the minimum amount of buffer space required to process the dataset.
  10083.  
  10084.  
  10085. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Before loading a sequential flle to a VSAM KSDS, the input file must be sorted on key value.
  10086. State True or False.
  10087.  
  10088.  
  10089. Correct Answer:
  10090.  
  10091. T
  10092.  
  10093. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. List down the allowed rules in naming convention of VSAM datasets?
  10094.  
  10095.  
  10096. Correct Answer:
  10097.  
  10098. 1) Length of file name should not be exceeded 44 characters 2) Letters allowed are (A-Z), (0-9),national characters(@,#,$), and hyphen(-)
  10099.  
  10100.  
  10101. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Is KEYS parameter defined for a ESDS cluster ?
  10102.  
  10103.  
  10104. Correct Answer:
  10105. F
  10106.  
  10107.  
  10108.  
  10109. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  10110.  
  10111. The CI size is 4096 bytes and it currently has 4 records. Record 1 is 1000 bytes. Records 2, 3 and 4 are 1200, 1000, 800 bytes respectively.
  10112.  
  10113. What will happen if the system tries to insert another record of size 1000 bytes?
  10114.  
  10115.  
  10116. Correct Answer:
  10117. Only CI split happens
  10118.  
  10119.  
  10120. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State TRUE or FALSE.
  10121. Is the RECORD KEY clause in COBOL code is used for accessing records in Random mode in KSDS file ?
  10122.  
  10123.  
  10124. Correct Answer:
  10125.  
  10126.  
  10127. F
  10128.  
  10129.  
  10130. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the total number of extents for a VSAM dataset.
  10131.  
  10132.  
  10133. Correct Answer:
  10134.  
  10135.  
  10136. 123
  10137.  
  10138.  
  10139. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Choose the character of VSAM
  10140.  
  10141.  
  10142. Correct Answer:
  10143.  
  10144.  
  10145. An access method that has a service program called AMS which consists of a utility program called IDCAMS.
  10146.  
  10147.  
  10148.  
  10149. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  10150. If the KSDS file is created with RESUE option, Alternate index can be created or not ?
  10151.  
  10152.  
  10153. Correct Answer:
  10154. F
  10155.  
  10156. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In RRDS records are accessed based on the RBA ?
  10157.  
  10158.  
  10159. Correct Answer:
  10160. F
  10161.  
  10162.  
  10163. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the command to print the VSAM data set on ISPF panel?
  10164.  
  10165.  
  10166. Correct Answer:
  10167. PRINT IDS(/) CHAR
  10168.  
  10169.  
  10170. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  10171.  
  10172. SET INDEX TO 8.
  10173. SET INDEX DOWN BY 4.
  10174. SET INDEX TO 4.
  10175. SET INDEX UP BY 1.
  10176. SET INDEX DOWN BY 3.
  10177.  
  10178. What is value of INDEX after executing the above statements?
  10179.  
  10180.  
  10181. Correct Answer:
  10182. 2
  10183.  
  10184.  
  10185. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which section is used to pass data from one program to another program ?
  10186.  
  10187.  
  10188. Correct Answer:
  10189.  
  10190. LINKAGE SECTION
  10191.  
  10192.  
  10193. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  10194.  
  10195. A program PRG1 calls PRG2, using statement CALL 'PRG2' USING P1,P2.
  10196. Both the programs are compiled and linked error free. Compiler option DYNAMIC is used.
  10197. Afterwards some modification is done to PRG2.
  10198.  
  10199. Which of the programs we need to compile to execute the main program?
  10200.  
  10201.  
  10202. Correct Answer:
  10203. Only PRG2
  10204.  
  10205.  
  10206. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ON SIZE ERROR can be used with
  10207.  
  10208.  
  10209. Correct Answer:
  10210. All of the above
  10211.  
  10212.  
  10213. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If you were passing a table via linkage
  10214.  
  10215.  
  10216. Correct Answer:
  10217. Index is preferable
  10218.  
  10219.  
  10220. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the difference if the sub program is coded with EXIT PROGRAM and the sub program is coded with GO BACK ?
  10221.  
  10222.  
  10223. Correct Answer:
  10224. EXIT PROGRAM : Stop executing the program GO BACK : The control will go back to the main program
  10225.  
  10226.  
  10227. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Linkage section is
  10228.  
  10229. a) It is must for called program
  10230. b) It is must for calling program
  10231. c) used for displaying messages in sub program
  10232. d) Temporary storage for called program
  10233.  
  10234.  
  10235. Temporary storage for called program
  10236.  
  10237. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How can we ensure that when the referenced sub-program is called for the next time, it will be entered in its initial state?
  10238.  
  10239.  
  10240. Correct Answer:
  10241. Use CANCEL command
  10242.  
  10243.  
  10244. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In nested programs, Linkage section is not mandatory even if calling program is passing some data.
  10245. State True or False.
  10246.  
  10247.  
  10248. Correct Answer:
  10249. F
  10250.  
  10251.  
  10252. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  10253. Statement 1 : SEARCH ALL does not require the table to be sorted order.
  10254. Statement 2: SEARCH minimizes the number of comparisions done on table element compared to SEARCH ALL.
  10255.  
  10256.  
  10257. Correct Answer:
  10258. Both statements are false
  10259.  
  10260.  
  10261. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Can Subscript value be passed to a Subprogram via Linkage Section ? State True or False.
  10262.  
  10263.  
  10264. Correct Answer:
  10265. T
  10266.  
  10267. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ‘CONTINUE’ is a No operation statement and indicates that no executable instruction is present.
  10268. State True or False.
  10269.  
  10270.  
  10271. Correct Answer:
  10272. TRUE
  10273.  
  10274.  
  10275. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL program snippet:
  10276.  
  10277. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  10278. 01 WS-CALLED-PGM PIC X(8) VALUE ‘PROGRAM2’.
  10279.  
  10280. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10281. MAIN-LOGIC.
  10282. CALL WS-CALLED-PGM.
  10283. STOP RUN.
  10284.  
  10285. CALL is a valid statement in the above code.
  10286. State True or False.
  10287.  
  10288.  
  10289. Correct Answer:
  10290. T
  10291.  
  10292. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following scenario:
  10293.  
  10294. 01 WS-TABLE.
  10295. 05 WS-TABLE-ELEMENT OCCURS 5 TIMES PIC X(1) VALUE 'AAAAA'.
  10296.  
  10297. DISPLAY WS-TABLE.
  10298.  
  10299. What is the error in the above code?
  10300.  
  10301.  
  10302.  
  10303. Correct Answer:
  10304. VALUE literal exceeds the PICTURE definition.
  10305.  
  10306. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether TRUE or FALSE
  10307. The index value of an array can be passed thru LINKAGE SECTION
  10308.  
  10309.  
  10310. Correct Answer:
  10311.  
  10312.  
  10313. F
  10314.  
  10315. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If you want to store two variables say, subscript and amount in a COMP and COMP-3 field, which one is preferred.
  10316.  
  10317.  
  10318. Correct Answer:
  10319. For a subscript COMP is preferred and for the amount COMP-3 is preferred.
  10320.  
  10321.  
  10322. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to ‘CALL ‘program’ USING BY CONTENT'?
  10323.  
  10324.  
  10325. Correct Answer:
  10326. Parameters passed to called program are protected.
  10327.  
  10328.  
  10329.  
  10330. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is used to set the size of a table, depending on the value of a particular variable data item?
  10331.  
  10332.  
  10333. Correct Answer:
  10334.  
  10335.  
  10336. OCCURS DEPENDING ON
  10337.  
  10338.  
  10339. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the bytes
  10340. 01 REC-1.
  10341. 01 L PIC X(6).
  10342. 02 M REDEFINES L.
  10343. 03 N OCCURS 6 TIMES PIC 9.
  10344. 02 O OCCURS 4 TIMES.
  10345. 03 P PIC X(5).
  10346. 03 Q PIC 999.
  10347.  
  10348.  
  10349. Correct Answer:
  10350. 38
  10351.  
  10352.  
  10353.  
  10354. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In CALL BY CONTEXT method, sub program will not be able to modify passed parameters
  10355.  
  10356.  
  10357. Correct Answer:
  10358. T
  10359.  
  10360.  
  10361.  
  10362. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Called program can contain Call statements.
  10363.  
  10364.  
  10365. Correct Answer:
  10366. T
  10367.  
  10368.  
  10369.  
  10370. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What will happen If the below type of scenario code is getting compiled?
  10371. Sub program id is wrongly given in sub program. The main program A is Calling the sub program B
  10372.  
  10373.  
  10374. Correct Answer:
  10375. LINK EDIT will fail
  10376.  
  10377.  
  10378. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following will cause SOC4 abend with respect to processing of TABLES?
  10379.  
  10380.  
  10381. Correct Answer:
  10382. A Subscript or INDEX is out of bounds (for the table).
  10383.  
  10384.  
  10385. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In nested programs, Linkage section is not mandatory even if calling program is passing some data.
  10386. State True or False.
  10387.  
  10388.  
  10389. Correct Answer:
  10390. F
  10391.  
  10392.  
  10393. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How does static call differ from Dynamic call?
  10394.  
  10395.  
  10396. Correct Answer:
  10397. Static call is bound with calling pgm at link edit time whereas dynamic call is loaded from pgm library and static is a part of executable load module
  10398.  
  10399.  
  10400.  
  10401.  
  10402. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following cannot be used to set an initial value to an index?
  10403.  
  10404.  
  10405. Correct Answer:
  10406. ADD or MOVE statement.
  10407.  
  10408. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Data Division entries:
  10409.  
  10410. 01 T1.
  10411. 02 TABLE-1 OCCURS 400 TIMES INDEXED BY A.
  10412. 03 TN PIC X(10).
  10413. 03 TNAME PIC X(30).
  10414. 03 TADDRESS PIC X(40).
  10415. 01 TEMP PIC X(10).
  10416.  
  10417. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10418. SEARCH ALL TABLE-1 AT END GO TO ERROR-ROUTINE
  10419. WHEN TEMP = TN(A) PERFORM PROCESS-PARA.
  10420.  
  10421. Which of the following is correct?
  10422.  
  10423.  
  10424. Correct Answer:
  10425.  
  10426. ASCENDING/DESCENDING KEY clause is required in the table description
  10427.  
  10428.  
  10429.  
  10430. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Can Subscript value be passed to a Subprogram via Linkage Section ? State True or False.
  10431.  
  10432.  
  10433. Correct Answer:
  10434.  
  10435.  
  10436. T
  10437. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False
  10438. REDEFINES clause is used to allow the same storage allocation to be referenced by different data
  10439.  
  10440.  
  10441. Correct Answer:
  10442. T
  10443.  
  10444.  
  10445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following defines a variable length table?
  10446.  
  10447.  
  10448. Correct Answer:
  10449. 01 VAR-RECORD. 05 REC-MISC PIC X(30). 05 REC-SAL-CNT PIC 9(4). 05 REC-SAL PIC 9(5) OCCURS 1 TO 100 TIMES DEPENDING ON REC-SAL-CNT.
  10450.  
  10451.  
  10452. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. GO BACK is coded instead of STOP RUN in a standalone COBOL program. Execution result will be
  10453.  
  10454.  
  10455. Correct Answer:
  10456.  
  10457. Similar to STOPRUN
  10458.  
  10459.  
  10460. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ‘CONTINUE’ is a No operation statement and indicates that no executable instruction is present.
  10461. State True or False.
  10462.  
  10463.  
  10464. Correct Answer:
  10465. TRUE
  10466.  
  10467.  
  10468. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In CALL BY REFERENCE method, data value of variable is passed to sub program
  10469.  
  10470.  
  10471. Correct Answer:
  10472.  
  10473. F
  10474.  
  10475.  
  10476. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Can Index value be passed to a Subprogram via Linkage Section ? State True or False.
  10477.  
  10478.  
  10479. Correct Answer:
  10480. F
  10481.  
  10482.  
  10483. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  10484. SEARCH ALL is a binary search and the table should be sorted by using ASCENDING/DESCENDING KEY clause before using SEARCH ALL
  10485.  
  10486.  
  10487. Correct Answer:
  10488.  
  10489. T
  10490.  
  10491.  
  10492. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What does File status 92 signify?
  10493.  
  10494.  
  10495. Correct Answer:
  10496.  
  10497. File is opened for input and an attempt is made to write to it.
  10498.  
  10499. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the list of verbs which will be used to include the Copybooks in COBOL program.
  10500.  
  10501.  
  10502. Correct Answer:
  10503. COPY INCLUDE
  10504.  
  10505.  
  10506. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the correct syntax to define the record descriptions in the FILE SECTION if there are three different record descriptions for the same file?
  10507.  
  10508.  
  10509. Correct Answer:
  10510.  
  10511.  
  10512. FD filename DATA RECORDS ARE RD01, RD02, RD03. 01 RD01 PIC X(n). 01 RD02 PIC X(n). 01 RD03 PIC X(n).
  10513.  
  10514.  
  10515. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State whether True or False. While writing to a file in COBOL, we refer to the file name next to the WRITE verb.
  10516.  
  10517.  
  10518. Correct Answer:
  10519. F
  10520.  
  10521.  
  10522. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 AAA pic 9(4).
  10523. 01 BBB pic 9(6).
  10524.  
  10525. move 123456 into BBB.
  10526. move BBB to AAA.
  10527.  
  10528. display BBB.
  10529.  
  10530. what would be the value of AAA
  10531.  
  10532.  
  10533. Correct Answer:
  10534. 3456
  10535.  
  10536.  
  10537. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  10538.  
  10539. Statement 1: V and . (Decimal point) picture characters may be used in the same data description entry
  10540. Statement 2: BLANK WHEN ZERO is allowed only for numeric data items
  10541.  
  10542. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  10543.  
  10544.  
  10545. Correct Answer:
  10546. Statement 1 is false and 2 is true
  10547.  
  10548.  
  10549.  
  10550. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. PERFORM RANGE-TO-BE-EXECUTED
  10551. VARYING E FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL I>15
  10552. AFTER F FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL J>10
  10553.  
  10554.  
  10555. Correct Answer:
  10556. The range RANGE-TO-BE-EXECUTED will be performed 150 times
  10557.  
  10558.  
  10559.  
  10560. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the one in which the INSPECT verb is syntactically correct?
  10561.  
  10562.  
  10563. Correct Answer:
  10564. INSPECT LEADING-SPACE-ITEM REPLACING LEADING SPACES BY ZEROS.
  10565.  
  10566.  
  10567. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In the example below 05 WS-VAR1 PIC X(5),05 WS-VAR2 REDEFINES WA-VAR1 PIC 9(5),PROCEDURE DIVISION MOVE 'ABCDE' TO WS-VAR1.Now what is the value of WS-VAR1 and WS-VAR2 ?
  10568.  
  10569.  
  10570. Correct Answer:
  10571. WS-VAR1 = ABCDE WS-VAR2 = Low values or Spaces
  10572.  
  10573.  
  10574. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  10575.  
  10576. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  10577. 01 WS-SUB1 PIC 99 VALUE 1.
  10578. 01 WS-SUB2 PIC 99 VALUE 1.
  10579.  
  10580.  
  10581. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10582. MAIN-LOGIC.
  10583. PERFORM PROCESS-PARA UNTIL WS-SUB1 > 8 AND WS-SUB2 > 10
  10584.  
  10585. PROCESS-PARA.
  10586. ADD 1 TO WS-SUB1.
  10587. ADD 1 TO WS-SUB2.
  10588.  
  10589. How many number of times PROCESS-PARA will be executed ?
  10590.  
  10591.  
  10592.  
  10593. Correct Answer:
  10594.  
  10595. 10
  10596.  
  10597.  
  10598. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF A = 1 OR 2 OR 3 NEXT SENTENCE
  10599. ELSE MOVE A TO B.
  10600. Which of the following describes the above sentence correctly
  10601.  
  10602.  
  10603. Correct Answer:
  10604. IF A NOT = 1 AND 2 AND 3 MOVE A TO B
  10605.  
  10606.  
  10607. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following entries appear in the WORKING-STORAGE SECTION:
  10608. 01 DATE-TDY.
  10609. 05 YY PIC XX VALUE "90".
  10610. 05 MM PIC XX VALUE "12".
  10611. 05 DD PIC XX VALUE :31".
  10612. 01 DATE-EDIT PIC XX/XX/XX.
  10613. MOVE DATE-TDY TO DATE-EDIT.
  10614.  
  10615.  
  10616. Correct Answer:
  10617. 901231
  10618.  
  10619.  
  10620.  
  10621. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the allowable level numbers of Elementary data items in COBOL program.
  10622.  
  10623.  
  10624. Correct Answer:
  10625. 01 TO 49 , 77
  10626.  
  10627.  
  10628. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The COBOL program contains the following IF statement
  10629.  
  10630. IF VAR1 NOT = 'L' OR 'M' OR 'N'
  10631. PERFORM PARA-ERROR
  10632. As a result of this statement, When will PARA-ERROR will be executed.
  10633.  
  10634.  
  10635. Correct Answer:
  10636. If VAR1 was defined as a condition-name with values 'L', 'M' or 'N'
  10637.  
  10638.  
  10639. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 VAR-A PIC 9(9).99.
  10640. 05 VAR-B PIC X(10).
  10641. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10642. MOVE 12345.99 TO VAR-A.
  10643. MOVE 12345.99 TO VAR-B.
  10644. DISPLAY VAR-A.
  10645. DISPLAY VAR-B.
  10646.  
  10647. Output will be
  10648.  
  10649.  
  10650. Correct Answer:
  10651. Compilation Error
  10652.  
  10653.  
  10654.  
  10655. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to condition-names?
  10656.  
  10657.  
  10658. Correct Answer:
  10659. condition-name is a identifier defined with level number 88.
  10660.  
  10661.  
  10662.  
  10663. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following symbols can NOT be coded on position 7 of a COBOL program?
  10664.  
  10665.  
  10666.  
  10667. Correct Answer:
  10668. #
  10669.  
  10670.  
  10671.  
  10672.  
  10673. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which ABEND will occur when the un-initialized numeric item is used in the COMPUTE or MOVE statements?
  10674.  
  10675.  
  10676. Correct Answer:
  10677.  
  10678.  
  10679. S0C7
  10680.  
  10681.  
  10682. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A1, A2 and A3 are condition-names. Consider the following compound conditions:
  10683. A. A1 OR A2 OR A3
  10684. B. A1 AND A2 AND A3
  10685. C. A1 OR (A2 AND A3)
  10686. D. A1 AND (A2 OR A3)
  10687. If A1 is known to evaluate to 'False' which of the above four conditions can be evaluated without additional information?
  10688.  
  10689.  
  10690. Correct Answer:
  10691. ALL (All conditions evaluate to 'False')
  10692.  
  10693.  
  10694. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. I HAVE FOLLOWING DECLARATION.
  10695. 02. A PIC X(10) VALUE 'XXXXXXXXXX'.
  10696. 02. B REDEFINES A.
  10697. 05. C PIC X(3).
  10698. 05. D PIC X(3).
  10699. 05. E PIC 9(3).
  10700. IN MY PROG, I HAVE
  10701. MOVE 1 TO E.
  10702. DISPLAY A.
  10703. WHAT WILL BE DISPLAYED AS A RESULT OF THIS?
  10704.  
  10705.  
  10706. Correct Answer:
  10707. XXXXXX001X
  10708.  
  10709.  
  10710. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Identify which of these are the correct declaration?
  10711.  
  10712. 1) 01 VAR1 VALUE 'ABCDE'.
  10713.  
  10714. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3).
  10715.  
  10716. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2).
  10717.  
  10718.  
  10719. 2) 01 VAR1.
  10720.  
  10721. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3) VALUE 'ABC'.
  10722.  
  10723. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2) VALUE 'DE'.
  10724.  
  10725.  
  10726. 3) 01 VAR1 VALUE 'ABCDE'.
  10727.  
  10728. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3) VALUE 'ABC'.
  10729.  
  10730. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2) VALUE 'DE'.
  10731.  
  10732.  
  10733. 4) 01 VAR1 PIC X(5) VALUE 'ABCDE'.
  10734.  
  10735. 05 VAR2 PIC X(3).
  10736.  
  10737. 05 VAR3 PIC X(2).
  10738.  
  10739.  
  10740. Correct Answer:
  10741. 1 and 2
  10742.  
  10743. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In code snippet, how many times the paragraph CALC-PARA will be executed?
  10744.  
  10745. PERFORM CALC-PARA THRU CALC-PARA-EXIT VARYING COUNTER FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL COUNTER = 13.
  10746.  
  10747.  
  10748. Correct Answer:
  10749. 12
  10750.  
  10751. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 77 A PIC X(10) VALUE IS “PPQQRRSSTT”.In PROCEDURE DIVISION contains the statement EXAMINE P REPLACING ALL “PQR” BY “XYZ” .Indicate which one of the following is true
  10752.  
  10753.  
  10754. Correct Answer:
  10755. The EXAMINE statement is incorrect as it is used to replace a single character by another single character but not a group of characters.
  10756.  
  10757. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the content of RESULT after execution of the following COBOL instruction. The start
  10758. value of RESULT is 0.
  10759. PERFORM VARYING COUNT FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL COUNT = 6
  10760. COMPUTE RESULT = RESULT + 1
  10761. END-PERFORM
  10762.  
  10763.  
  10764. Correct Answer:
  10765. 5
  10766.  
  10767.  
  10768. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the below compute verb and select the appropriate option
  10769. 01 WS-VARIABLES.
  10770. 05 WS-QTY PIC 9(2) VALUE 10.
  10771. 05 WS-DISC PIC 9(2) VALUE 39.
  10772. 05 WS-TOT PIC 9(2) VALUE 18.
  10773. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10774. 1000-MAIN-PARA.
  10775. COMPUTE ROUNDED WS-TOT =
  10776. WS-QTY * WS-DISC .
  10777. DISPLAY "QUANTITY :" WS-QTY.
  10778. DISPLAY "DISCOUNT :" WS-DISC.
  10779. DISPLAY "TOTAL :" WS-TOT.
  10780.  
  10781.  
  10782. Correct Answer:
  10783. The program will throw compilation error stating that the COMPUTE statement discarded due to data-name should come before the ROUNDED statement
  10784.  
  10785. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following declaration in the WORKING-STORAGE section.
  10786. 01 WEEK-DAY-NAMES PIC X(45)
  10787. VALUE 'MONDAY TUESDAY WEDNESDAY THURSDAY FRIDAY'.
  10788. 01 WEEK-DAYS REDEFINES WEEK-DAY-NAMES.
  10789. 02 WEEK_DAY PIC X(9) OCCURS 5 TIMES.
  10790.  
  10791. What value will be present in WEEK-DAY(4) ?
  10792.  
  10793.  
  10794. Correct Answer:
  10795. 'URSDAY FR’
  10796.  
  10797.  
  10798. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the result of the following code snippet?
  10799.  
  10800. 05 WS-VAR1 PIC 9(4)V99
  10801. 05 WS-VAR2 PIC 9(4).99
  10802.  
  10803. DIVIDE VAR1 INTO VAR2 ROUNDED
  10804.  
  10805.  
  10806. Correct Answer:
  10807.  
  10808.  
  10809. A compile time error since VAR2 has an edit symbol in its PIC and compiler expects a numeric value
  10810.  
  10811. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The Cobol compiler at the time of compilation indicates the error in the following Statement
  10812. MULTIPLY 0.1 BY Y.
  10813. Which of the following had given the correct clause?
  10814.  
  10815.  
  10816. Correct Answer:
  10817. Y has the PIC CLAUSE ZZZ9.9
  10818.  
  10819.  
  10820. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 PART1 PIC S9(3) SIGN LEADING SEPARATE VALUE - 567.
  10821. 05 PART2 PIC S9(3) SIGN TRAILING VALUE - 567.
  10822.  
  10823. What will be the value of PART1 & PART2 after execution?
  10824.  
  10825.  
  10826. Correct Answer:
  10827. PART1 will be -567 PART2 will be 567
  10828.  
  10829.  
  10830.  
  10831. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. By considering the below code what will be the content of WS-FINAL-ITEM?
  10832. 01 WS-ITEM1 PIC X(08) VALUE 'LANGUAGE'.
  10833. 01 WS-ITEM2 PIC X(10) VALUE 'COBOL IS A'.
  10834. 01 WS-FINAL-ITEM PIC X(30).
  10835. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10836. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  10837. STRING WS-ITEM1 DELIMITED BY SIZE
  10838. WS-ITEM2 DELIMITED BY SPACES
  10839. INTO WS-FINAL-ITEM.
  10840. DISPLAY 'WS-FINAL-ITEM :' WS-FINAL-ITEM.
  10841.  
  10842.  
  10843. Correct Answer:
  10844. LANGUAGECOBOL
  10845.  
  10846.  
  10847. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  10848. 01 WS1 PIC **999.
  10849.  
  10850. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10851. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  10852. MOVE 01234 TO WS1.
  10853. DISPLAY "FIRST VALUE :" WS1.
  10854. MOVE 00012 TO WS1.
  10855. DISPLAY "SECOND VALUE :" WS1.
  10856. STOP RUN.
  10857. consider the above code snippet and select the appropriate option.
  10858.  
  10859.  
  10860. Correct Answer:
  10861. The SYSOUT will be as below FIRST VALUE :*1234 SECOND VALUE :**012
  10862.  
  10863.  
  10864.  
  10865. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A=10, B=5, C=10, D=5, E=0 What will be the value of E after the following statement ADD A, B TO C, D GIVING E.
  10866.  
  10867.  
  10868. Correct Answer:
  10869. Syntax Error
  10870.  
  10871.  
  10872.  
  10873. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 VAR1 PIC 9(10)
  10874. UNSTRING "WELCOME" INTO VAR1
  10875.  
  10876. Execution of above command will result in
  10877.  
  10878.  
  10879. Correct Answer:
  10880. Error as sending field should be an identifier and not a literal
  10881.  
  10882.  
  10883. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following PROCEDRE DIVISION statement:
  10884. IF A LESS THAN B WRITE REC-1
  10885. ELSE WRITE REC-2
  10886. If, before executing this statement, A contains alphanumeric Literal 'l' and B contains alphanumeric literal 'A', then
  10887.  
  10888.  
  10889. Correct Answer:
  10890. REC-1 is always written
  10891.  
  10892.  
  10893. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 WS-SUB-VAR.
  10894. 05 WS-A PIC 9(2) VALUE 5.
  10895. 05 WS-B PIC 9(2) VALUE 39.
  10896. 05 WS-C PIC 9(2) VALUE 18.
  10897. 05 WS-D PIC 9(2) VALUE 20.
  10898. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  10899. 0000-MAIN-PARA.
  10900. DIVIDE WS-A INTO WS-B GIVING WS-C REMAINDER WS-D.
  10901. DISPLAY "WS-A :" WS-A
  10902. DISPLAY "WS-B :" WS-B
  10903. DISPLAY "WS-C :" WS-C
  10904. DISPLAY "WS-D :" WS-D
  10905. After the execution of above snippet what will be the output?
  10906.  
  10907.  
  10908.  
  10909. WS-A :05 WS-B :39 WS-C :07 WS-D :04
  10910.  
  10911.  
  10912. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following are Data division entries
  10913. 01 S PIC 9(2) VALUE IS 50
  10914. 01 T PIC 9(3) VALUE IS 950
  10915. The following is the procedure Division statement
  10916. ADD S TO T ON SIZE ERROR DISPLAY 'ON SIZE ERROR'
  10917. DISPLAY 'T' T
  10918. What is the value of B when it is displayed?
  10919.  
  10920.  
  10921. Correct Answer:
  10922. 100
  10923.  
  10924.  
  10925. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to below REDEFINES clause?
  10926. 01 WS-VAR1.
  10927. 05 WS-F-NAME PIC X(5) VALUE "ALICE".
  10928. 05 WS-L-NAME PIC X(5) VALUE "PETER".
  10929. 01 WS-FINAL-NAME REDEFINES WS-VAR1 PIC X(10).
  10930.  
  10931.  
  10932. Correct Answer:
  10933. All of the listed above
  10934.  
  10935.  
  10936.  
  10937. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Suppose a program has the following code. What will be the output?
  10938.  
  10939. MAIN-PARA.
  10940. DISPLAY 'MAIN-PARA'
  10941. PERFORM SECTION-C.
  10942. STOP RUN.
  10943.  
  10944. SECTION-C.
  10945. PARA-A1.
  10946. DISPLAY 'SECTION A PARA A1'.
  10947. PARA-A2.
  10948. DISPLAY 'SECTION A PARA A2'.
  10949.  
  10950.  
  10951. Correct Answer:
  10952. MAIN-PARA SECTION A PARA A1 SECTION A PARA A2
  10953.  
  10954. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False
  10955. X(10) can be redefined with x(20).
  10956.  
  10957.  
  10958. Correct Answer:
  10959. T
  10960.  
  10961. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the result of the following code snippet?
  10962.  
  10963. 05 WS-VAR1 PIC 9(4)V99
  10964. 05 WS-VAR2 PIC 9(4).99
  10965.  
  10966. DIVIDE VAR1 INTO VAR2 ROUNDED
  10967.  
  10968.  
  10969.  
  10970. A compile time error since VAR2 has an edit symbol in its PIC and compiler expects a numeric value
  10971.  
  10972.  
  10973. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Match the following select the right option
  10974. 1. COMP - a. Single Precision Floating point
  10975. 2. COMP1 - b. Double Precision Floating point
  10976. 3. COMP2 - c. Packed Decimal Format
  10977. 4. COMP3 - d. Binary Storage Format
  10978.  
  10979.  
  10980.  
  10981. 1 - d 2 - a 3 - b 4 - c
  10982.  
  10983.  
  10984.  
  10985. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 Item-1 Pic x(30) Value "Hello World!".
  10986. 01 Item-2 Pic x(30).
  10987. . . .
  10988. Display Item-1
  10989. Display Function Upper-case(Item-1)
  10990. Display Function Lower-case(Item-1)
  10991. Move Function Upper-case(Item-1) to Item-2
  10992. Display Item-2
  10993. Select the appropriate outputs after execution of above code snippet
  10994.  
  10995.  
  10996. Correct Answer:
  10997. Hello World! HELLO WORLD! hello world! HELLO WORLD!
  10998.  
  10999. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Unsigned Packed Decimal number 2431 will be stored as
  11000.  
  11001.  
  11002. Correct Answer:
  11003. 02431F
  11004.  
  11005. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Read the following code.
  11006.  
  11007. 01 WS-N PIC 9(2) VALUE ZERO.
  11008.  
  11009. A-PARA
  11010. MOVE 5 TO WS-N
  11011. PERFORM B-PARA WS-N TIMES
  11012.  
  11013. B-PARA
  11014. MOVE 10 TO WS-N
  11015.  
  11016. How many times will b-para be executed ?
  11017.  
  11018.  
  11019. Correct Answer:
  11020. 5
  11021.  
  11022.  
  11023.  
  11024.  
  11025. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT REPORT-FILE
  11026. ON ASCENDING KEY CLASS-NUMBER STUDENT-NAME
  11027. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  11028. Which one of the following is false.
  11029.  
  11030.  
  11031. Correct Answer:
  11032.  
  11033.  
  11034. The files INPUT-FILE and OUTPUT-FILE should be opened by an OPEN statement before the SORT statement.
  11035.  
  11036.  
  11037. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Determine the total number of bytes in the following
  11038. 01 REC-1.
  11039. 02 FIRST-GROUP.
  11040. 03 A1 PIC X(4).
  11041. 03 A2 PIC 99.
  11042. 02 REDEFINES FIRST-GROUP.
  11043. 03 A3 PIC 999.
  11044. 03 A4 PIC 999.
  11045. 02 THIRD-GROUP.
  11046. 03 A5 OCCURS 5 TIMES PIC 99.
  11047.  
  11048.  
  11049. Correct Answer:
  11050. 16
  11051.  
  11052.  
  11053.  
  11054. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. IF NOT AGE LESS THAN 30 AND 40
  11055. GO TO PARA-AGE-MIDDLES. The controls will go to the paragraph named PARA-AGE-MIDDLE.
  11056.  
  11057.  
  11058. Correct Answer:
  11059. If AGE is greater than or equal to 30 but less than 40.
  11060.  
  11061. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  11062.  
  11063. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
  11064. 01 WS-COUNT PIC 9 VALUE 0.
  11065. 01 WS-A PIC 9 VALUE 1.
  11066. 01 WS-B PIC 9 VALUE 9.
  11067.  
  11068. PROCEDURE DIVISION.
  11069. MAIN-LOGIC.
  11070. MOVE 1 TO WS-COUNT.
  11071. IF WS-A = 1
  11072. ADD 1 TO WS-COUNT
  11073. IF WS-B = 9
  11074. CONTINUE
  11075. END-IF
  11076. ADD 1 TO WS-COUNT
  11077. END-IF.
  11078. ADD 1 TO WS-COUNT.
  11079.  
  11080. What is the value stored in WS-COUNT after executing the above statements?
  11081.  
  11082.  
  11083. Correct Answer:
  11084. 4
  11085.  
  11086. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following variable declarations are syntactically correct?
  11087. (1) 01 V-1 PIC SX(4).
  11088. (2) 01 V-2 PIC S9(4).
  11089. (3) 01 V-1 PIC V99.
  11090. (4) 01 V-1 PIC P99.
  11091. (5) 01 V-1 PIC 9(4)S.
  11092. (6) 01 V 1 PIC X(4).
  11093.  
  11094.  
  11095. Correct Answer:
  11096. 2, 3 and 4
  11097.  
  11098. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the allowed data items available in COBOL
  11099.  
  11100.  
  11101. Correct Answer:
  11102. 9 V S X
  11103.  
  11104. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A=10, B=5, C=10, D=5, E=0 What will be the value of E after the following statement ADD A, B TO C, D GIVING E.
  11105.  
  11106.  
  11107. Correct Answer:
  11108. Syntax Error
  11109.  
  11110.  
  11111.  
  11112. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The following portion of procedure division
  11113. MOVE 0 TO A, I.
  11114. PARA-1.
  11115. ADD 3 TO A.
  11116. ADD 2 TO I.
  11117. IF I < a=" ‘,">B MOVE A TO C
  11118. ELSE MOVE B TO C.
  11119. ADD C TO D.
  11120. Indicate which one of the following does not support the above statements
  11121.  
  11122.  
  11123. Correct Answer:
  11124. The larger of the values, A and B will be added to D.
  11125.  
  11126.  
  11127. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following program.
  11128. PERFORM 10 TIMES
  11129. IF P=Q
  11130. NEXT SENTENCE
  11131. ELSE
  11132. DISPLAY Q
  11133. END-IF
  11134. END-PERFORM.
  11135. If after 5th iteration P becomes equal to Q then what happens.
  11136.  
  11137.  
  11138. Correct Answer:
  11139. It will come out of the perform loop.
  11140.  
  11141.  
  11142. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Take a look at the following COBOL instruction. When will instruction-3 be executed?
  11143. IF A=B THEN
  11144. instruction-1
  11145. ELSE
  11146. instruction-2.
  11147. instruction-3
  11148.  
  11149.  
  11150. Correct Answer:
  11151. always
  11152.  
  11153.  
  11154.  
  11155. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In DATA DIVISION the entries are
  11156. 01 BILL-AMT.
  11157. 02 A PIC 99.
  11158. 02 FILLER PIC X(7).
  11159. Indicate which one of the following statement in the Procedure division is correct
  11160.  
  11161.  
  11162. Correct Answer:
  11163. MOVE ZEROS TO A.
  11164.  
  11165. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following program segment.
  11166. A1.
  11167. PERFORM A2 THRU A3 VARYING A FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL A = 4.
  11168. DISPLAY A.
  11169. STOP RUN.
  11170. A2.
  11171. ADD 1 TO A.
  11172. ADD A TO SUM
  11173. A3.
  11174. EXIT.
  11175.  
  11176. Indicate which of the following will take place.
  11177.  
  11178.  
  11179. Correct Answer:
  11180. There will be an infinite loop.
  11181.  
  11182. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What should be usage clause if a dat item declared as PIC s9(4) requires storage of 3 bytes ?
  11183.  
  11184.  
  11185.  
  11186. Correct Answer:
  11187. COMP-3
  11188.  
  11189. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. SORT REPORT-FILE
  11190. ON ASCENDING KEY CLASS-NUMBER STUDENT-NAME
  11191. USING INPUT-FILE GIVING OUTPUT-FILE.
  11192. Which one of the following is false.
  11193.  
  11194.  
  11195. Correct Answer:
  11196. The files INPUT-FILE and OUTPUT-FILE should be opened by an OPEN statement before the SORT statement.
  11197.  
  11198. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following Code Snippet.
  11199.  
  11200. 01 WS-S PIC 9.
  11201.  
  11202. PERFORM PARA-1 VARYING WS-S FROM 1 BY 1 UNTIL WS-S = 10.
  11203.  
  11204. PARA-1.
  11205. DISPLAY SUB.
  11206. How many times will Para-1 will be executed?
  11207.  
  11208.  
  11209. Correct Answer:
  11210. Infinite Loop
  11211.  
  11212.  
  11213.  
  11214. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements is True about MERGE Keyword?
  11215.  
  11216.  
  11217. Correct Answer:
  11218. Files to be merged should be of same record size
  11219.  
  11220.  
  11221. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ACCEPT FROM DATE will return current date in following format
  11222.  
  11223.  
  11224. Correct Answer:
  11225. YYMMDD
  11226.  
  11227.  
  11228.  
  11229. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. A COBOL programmer wants to repeat an instruction 8 times. How can he/she code this?
  11230.  
  11231.  
  11232. Correct Answer:
  11233. PERFORM 8 TIMES instruction END-PERFORM
  11234.  
  11235.  
  11236.  
  11237. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an incorrect computation statement?
  11238.  
  11239.  
  11240.  
  11241. UBTRACT A FROM D, B FROM E, C FROM F
  11242.  
  11243. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following gives the correct purpose of a RECORD KEY clause in COBOL?
  11244.  
  11245.  
  11246. The RECORD KEY in the SELECT clause identifies the files with the primary key as it will be known to the program.
  11247.  
  11248. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 VAR1 PIC 99.
  11249. Which if the following are correct for above code snippet
  11250.  
  11251.  
  11252. MOVE ZEROES TO VAR1
  11253.  
  11254. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The output of Link Editor is ______________.
  11255.  
  11256.  
  11257. Correct Answer:
  11258. Load Module
  11259.  
  11260.  
  11261. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. If PIC clause for a data item is PPPP999 and the value moved to the data-item is 534 then the edited value taken is
  11262.  
  11263.  
  11264. 000534
  11265.  
  11266.  
  11267. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does a S9(5) SIGN TRAILING SEPARATE field occupy?
  11268.  
  11269.  
  11270. Correct Answer:
  11271. 6
  11272. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an incorrect computation statement?
  11273.  
  11274.  
  11275. Correct Answer:
  11276. MULTIPLY CORRESPONDING RECORD1 BY RECORD2
  11277.  
  11278.  
  11279. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PICTURE 9v99 occupy?
  11280.  
  11281.  
  11282. Correct Answer:
  11283. 3
  11284.  
  11285. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 88 level variables can be declared in FD section
  11286.  
  11287.  
  11288.  
  11289. T
  11290.  
  11291. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. After instructions are executed by a PERFORM para statement, control returns to the statement directly following the PERFORM.
  11292. State True or False.
  11293.  
  11294.  
  11295. Correct Answer:
  11296. T
  11297.  
  11298.  
  11299. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following COBOL code:
  11300.  
  11301. MOVE WORK-REC TO OUT-REC.
  11302. WRITE OUT-REC.
  11303.  
  11304. Which of the following is the equivalent single statement that can substitute the above two statements?
  11305.  
  11306.  
  11307. Correct Answer:
  11308. WRITE OUT-REC FROM WORK-REC.
  11309.  
  11310.  
  11311. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a procedure division verb?
  11312.  
  11313.  
  11314. Correct Answer:
  11315. Insert
  11316.  
  11317.  
  11318. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ADDRESS OF option is used with linkage variables in which levels?
  11319.  
  11320.  
  11321. Correct Answer:
  11322. 01
  11323.  
  11324.  
  11325. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  11326.  
  11327. Statement 1: RENAMES clause is used at a 77 level number
  11328. Statement 2: Condition name clause is used at 88 level number
  11329. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  11330.  
  11331.  
  11332. Correct Answer:
  11333. Statement 1 is false and 2 is true
  11334.  
  11335. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Result of DIVIDE A INTO B GIVING C
  11336.  
  11337.  
  11338. Correct Answer:
  11339. C=B/A
  11340.  
  11341.  
  11342. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is LOW-VALUES & HIGH-VALUES in COBOL program?
  11343.  
  11344.  
  11345. Correct Answer:
  11346. A LOW-VALUE is the lowest possible character in machine's collating sequence. A HIGH-VALUE is the highest possible character in machine's collating sequence.
  11347.  
  11348.  
  11349. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum size of numeric fields in COBOL ?
  11350.  
  11351.  
  11352. Correct Answer:
  11353. 18
  11354.  
  11355.  
  11356. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Scope terminator indicates
  11357.  
  11358.  
  11359. Correct Answer:
  11360. End of statement
  11361.  
  11362.  
  11363. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the operator which is used in COMPUTE verb for calculations?
  11364.  
  11365.  
  11366. Correct Answer:
  11367. **
  11368.  
  11369.  
  11370. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an example for control verbs in COBOL?
  11371.  
  11372.  
  11373. Correct Answer:
  11374. GO TO
  11375.  
  11376.  
  11377. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which one of the following is incorrect?
  11378.  
  11379.  
  11380. Correct Answer:
  11381. SUBTRACT A FROM D, B FROM E, C FROM F
  11382.  
  11383.  
  11384. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum size of alphanumeric literals in COBOL ?
  11385.  
  11386.  
  11387. Correct Answer:
  11388. 160
  11389.  
  11390. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Consider the following statements:
  11391.  
  11392. Statement 1: RENAMES clause is used at a 77 level number
  11393. Statement 2: Condition name clause is used at 88 level number
  11394. Which of the following is applicable for above?
  11395.  
  11396.  
  11397.  
  11398. Correct Answer:
  11399. Statement 1 is false and 2 is true
  11400.  
  11401.  
  11402. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PICTURE S9(8) COMP occupy?
  11403.  
  11404.  
  11405. Correct Answer:
  11406. 4
  11407.  
  11408.  
  11409. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. What is the maximum size of alphanumeric literals in COBOL ?
  11410.  
  11411.  
  11412. Correct Answer:
  11413. 160
  11414.  
  11415. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Take a look at the following COBOL program. Assuming A, B, C, ... are COBOL instructions,
  11416. in which order will they be executed?
  11417. MAIN-PAR.
  11418. PERFORM INIT-PAR
  11419. Z
  11420. PERFORM TERM-PAR
  11421. Z
  11422. STOP RUN
  11423. .
  11424. INIT-PAR.
  11425. A
  11426. B
  11427. PERFORM READ-X
  11428. .
  11429. LOOP-PAR.
  11430. E
  11431. F
  11432. .
  11433. TERM-PAR.
  11434. G
  11435. H
  11436. .
  11437. READ-X.
  11438. X.
  11439.  
  11440.  
  11441. Correct Answer:
  11442. A B X Z G H Z
  11443.  
  11444.  
  11445. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which level items may be used to represent fields within a record ?
  11446.  
  11447.  
  11448. Correct Answer:
  11449. 02 to 49
  11450.  
  11451. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct in-line PERFORM?
  11452.  
  11453.  
  11454. Correct Answer:
  11455. PERFORM MOVE A TO B END-PERFORM.
  11456.  
  11457.  
  11458. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is correct with respect to 01 level entries in data division?
  11459.  
  11460.  
  11461. Correct Answer:
  11462. 01 level entries can appear in any section of the Data Division
  11463.  
  11464.  
  11465. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is true with respect to SQL communication area in COBOL program?
  11466.  
  11467.  
  11468.  
  11469. orrect Answer:
  11470. It is a data structure that must be included in any host-language program using SQL. It is used to pass feedback about the sql operations to the program. Fields are return codes, error messages, handling codes and warnings.
  11471.  
  11472.  
  11473. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is an incorrect computation statement?
  11474.  
  11475.  
  11476. Correct Answer:
  11477. DIVIDE A BY B
  11478.  
  11479.  
  11480. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Results of an EVALUATE statement is same after arranging the order of WHEN clause
  11481.  
  11482.  
  11483. Correct Answer:
  11484. f
  11485.  
  11486.  
  11487. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. In UNSTRING statement, characters of sending field will be transferred to receiving field including delimiter
  11488.  
  11489.  
  11490. F
  11491.  
  11492.  
  11493. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Select the OCCURS statement which is syntactically wrong.
  11494.  
  11495.  
  11496. Correct Answer:
  11497. WORKING-STORAGE SECTION. 05 WS-TABLE1 OCCURS 100 INDEXED BY INX-B PIC X(5).
  11498.  
  11499.  
  11500. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Results of an EVALUATE statement is same after arranging the order of WHEN clause
  11501.  
  11502.  
  11503. Correct Answer:
  11504. F
  11505.  
  11506.  
  11507. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. DELIMITED BY SIZE in STRING fucntion, makes the transfer of characters from source field to receiving field to stop once a blank is encountered
  11508.  
  11509.  
  11510.  
  11511. f
  11512.  
  11513. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. State True or False.
  11514. COMP-1 stores binary data.
  11515.  
  11516.  
  11517. Correct Answer:
  11518. F
  11519.  
  11520.  
  11521. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The sign is over punched with the numeric value stored in the last bite for which decimal fields ?
  11522.  
  11523.  
  11524. Correct Answer:
  11525. Zoned decimal
  11526.  
  11527.  
  11528. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following is not a valid scope terminator in COBOL?
  11529.  
  11530.  
  11531.  
  11532. orrect Answer:
  11533. END.
  11534.  
  11535. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. The symbol V in a PIC clause stands for a decimal point between two consecutive digits and is counted for in the field size. State True or False
  11536.  
  11537.  
  11538. Correct Answer:
  11539. F
  11540.  
  11541.  
  11542. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following are the coding standards for COBOL programming?
  11543.  
  11544.  
  11545. Correct Answer:
  11546. All of the above
  11547.  
  11548.  
  11549.  
  11550. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 05 VAR1 PIC 99.
  11551.  
  11552. Which if the following are correct for above code snippet
  11553.  
  11554.  
  11555. Correct Answer:
  11556. MOVE ZEROES TO VAR1
  11557.  
  11558.  
  11559. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. 01 level number in COBOL is an independent variable and will take less memory space ?
  11560.  
  11561.  
  11562. Correct Answer:
  11563. F
  11564.  
  11565.  
  11566. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Mismatch in LRECL or BLKSIZE or RECFM between COBOL program and the JCL gives you a file status of
  11567.  
  11568.  
  11569. Correct Answer:
  11570. 39
  11571.  
  11572.  
  11573.  
  11574. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following COBOL EVALUATE statements in syntactically NOT correct?
  11575.  
  11576.  
  11577. Correct Answer:
  11578.  
  11579.  
  11580. EVALUATE A WHEN A=0 DISPLAY 'A = 0' WHEN A=5 DISPLAY 'A = 5' WHEN OTHER DISPLAY 'A IS NOT 0 NOR 5' END-EVALUATE
  11581.  
  11582.  
  11583. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. How many bytes does PICTURE 9v99 occupy?
  11584.  
  11585.  
  11586. orrect Answer:
  11587.  
  11588.  
  11589. 3
  11590.  
  11591.  
  11592. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. ADD CORRESPONDING identifier-1 TO identifier-2
  11593.  
  11594.  
  11595. Correct Answer:
  11596.  
  11597. All the above
  11598.  
  11599.  
  11600.  
  11601. Carefully read the question and answer accordingly. Which of the following statements is FALSE about RENAMES clause?
  11602.  
  11603.  
  11604. Correct Answer:
  11605. RENAME clause can regroup a 01, 77, 88 or 66 entry
Add Comment
Please, Sign In to add comment